summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html
blob: 8334ef82f3c911db4530ee06463e8be2c55776ea (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>SAMBA Project Documentation</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><meta name="description" content="
This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years.
Samba is always under development, and so is its' documentation. This release of the
documentation represents a major revision or layout as well as contents.
The most recent version of this document can be found at
http://www.samba.org/
on the &quot;Documentation&quot; page.  Please send updates to
Jelmer Venrooij,
John Terpstra or
Gerald (Jerry) Carter.
 
The Samba-Team would like to express sincere thanks to the many people who have with
or without their knowledge contributed to this update. The size and scope of this
project would not have been possible without significant community contribution. A not
insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obtained
from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big &quot;Thank-you&quot; is also offered.
Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTO's - they are a source of inspiration and
application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators.
"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Samba-HOWTO-Collection"></a>SAMBA Project Documentation</h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">SAMBA Team</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><p>
This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) 
version 2.  A copy of the license is included with the Samba source
distribution.  A copy can be found on-line at <a href="http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt" target="_top">http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt</a>
</p></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Monday April 21, 2003</p></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>
This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years.
Samba is always under development, and so is its' documentation. This release of the
documentation represents a major revision or layout as well as contents.
The most recent version of this document can be found at
<a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a>
on the &quot;Documentation&quot; page.  Please send updates to
<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">Jelmer Venrooij</a>,
<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John Terpstra</a> or
<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</a>.
</p><p>
The Samba-Team would like to express sincere thanks to the many people who have with
or without their knowledge contributed to this update. The size and scope of this
project would not have been possible without significant community contribution. A not
insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obtained
from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big &quot;Thank-you&quot; is also offered.
Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTO's - they are a source of inspiration and
application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators.
</p></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>I. <a href="#introduction">General Installation</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2794048">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2794106">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795149">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845311">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790901">Additional Resources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793926">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2844986">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844847">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845201">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844744">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858916">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858954">Try listing the shares available on your 
	server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859005">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859108">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, 
	Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859169">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>II. <a href="#type">Server Configuration Basics</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>3. <a href="#ServerType">Nomenclature of Server Types</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845139">Stand Alone Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859402">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859442">Domain Controller</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859458">Domain Controller Types</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="#securitylevels">Samba as Stand-Alone Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859216">User and Share security level</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859238">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859720">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859774">Server Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860095">Domain Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860234">ADS Level Security</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc">
Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller
</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859583">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859607">
Background
</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860563">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860863">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861132">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861366">&quot;On-the-Fly&quot; Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861423">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861529">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861536">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861574">I get told &quot;You already have a connection to the Domain....&quot; 
or &quot;Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an 
existing set..&quot; when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861621">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861672">The machine trust account for this computer either does not 
exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861721">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation,
I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861746">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861910">Configuration Instructions:	Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc">
Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control
</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845056">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860294">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862166">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862187">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862212">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2862231">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862264">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862361">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862390">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#ADS">Samba as a ADS domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862021">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862571">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862765">Possible errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862919">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#domain-member">Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862413">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863318">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>III. <a href="#optional">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>9. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862996">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863646">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863809">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863936">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864124">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864390">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864538">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864555">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864584">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864695">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2864763">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863586">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865218">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865243">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865274">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865287">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865354">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865470">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865517">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865624">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865703">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>10. <a href="#passdb">User information database</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866099">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866152">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866314">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866353">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866388">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866568">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866597">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866613">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866621">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866721">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866860">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866898">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867008">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867304">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867341">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867456">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867737">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867793">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867800">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867854">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867999">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868029">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868072">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#unix-permissions">UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865054">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT 
	security dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864937">How to view file security on a Samba share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868280">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868401">Viewing file or directory permissions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868484">File Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868587">Directory Permissions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868637">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868797">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask 
	parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869113">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute 
	mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Configuring Group Mapping</a></dt><dt>13. <a href="#printing">Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869498">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869614">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869661">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869893">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869992">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870099">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870231">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869233">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869259">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870336">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870355">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870379">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869340">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869347">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870552">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870619">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870661">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870795">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871344">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871420">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871438">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871464">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871008">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871067">Configuring smb.conf for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871607">CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871091">CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872272">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872314">Setting up CUPS for driver download</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872566">cupsaddsmb</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872915">The CUPS Filter Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873302">CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873339">Further printing steps</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873758">Limiting the number of pages users can print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874367">Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874473">Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#winbind">Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874714">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874743">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874814">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872076">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872107">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872135">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872170">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872192">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875280">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875352">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875387">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875414">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875442">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875518">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875611">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2877210">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877264">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Manangement</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875143">Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874905">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2874974">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875057">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877889">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877672">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877925">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878014">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878140">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878344">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878457">With Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878478">With a Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878502">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877599">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877483">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879080">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879695">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879742">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879925">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879970">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880011">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880040">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880129">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880513">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878684">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881006">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881019">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881063">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2881087">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881114">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881210">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#pam">PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880956">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881738">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881795">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882047">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881331">Introduction and configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882249">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882256">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882295">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882416">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882554">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882592">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882614">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882669">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882214">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882961">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882745">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883178">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883316">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883360">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883403">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883498">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883030">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883069">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883112">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883144">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883156">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883603">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883619">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884070">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884122">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884164">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883724">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883760">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884358">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884428">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884517">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884562">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884210">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884872">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884987">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885212">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885239">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885320">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885350">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>IV. <a href="#troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>27. <a href="#diagnosis">The samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884810">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793401">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886854">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2790687">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887096">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887237">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887343">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887497">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887016">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886937">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887713">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887849">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887942">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887989">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>V. <a href="#Appendixes">Appendixes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>30. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887580">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887587">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887620">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888377">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888418">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888501">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888639">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888786">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888853">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889045">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888159">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888028">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889725">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889980">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890062">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890304">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889273">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889171">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889194">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890671">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890709">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890716">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890741">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890748">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>33. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890402">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890976">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890983">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or 
		OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891066">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), 
		OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891126">Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) 
		is used as a client?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891155">How do I get printer driver download working 
		for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891218">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891226">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891257">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891287">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891313">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891344">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891361">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891388">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891458">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891475">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891585">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890961">SWAT Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890837">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891873">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891946">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892010">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892118">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892167">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892216">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892261">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892300">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892316">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#speed">Samba performance issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891608">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891653">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892541">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892584">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892637">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892660">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892717">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892759">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892781">Client tuning</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>21.1. <a href="#id2882333">Extended Auditing Log Information</a></dt><dt>31.1. <a href="#id2889997">The 3 Major Site Types</a></dt><dt>31.2. <a href="#id2890135">Nature of the Conversion Choices</a></dt></dl></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="introduction"></a>General Installation</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2789774"></a>Preparing Samba for Configuration</h1></div></div><p>This section of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection contains general info on how to install samba 
and how to configure the parts of samba you will most likely need.
PLEASE read this.</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2794048">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2794106">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795149">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845311">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790901">Additional Resources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793926">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2844986">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844847">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845201">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844744">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858916">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858954">Try listing the shares available on your 
	server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859005">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859108">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, 
	Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859169">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="IntroSMB"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Lechnyr</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Unofficial HOWTO<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com">david@lechnyr.com</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 14, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2794048">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2794106">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795149">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845311">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790901">Additional Resources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793926">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2844986">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
&quot;If you understand what you're doing, you're not learning anything.&quot; 
-- Anonymous
</em></span></p><p>
Samba is a file and print server for Windows-based clients using TCP/IP as the underlying
transport protocol. In fact, it can support any SMB/CIFS-enabled client. One of Samba's big
strengths is that you can use it to blend your mix of Windows and Linux machines together
without requiring a separate Windows NT/2000/2003 Server.  Samba is actively being developed
by a global team of about 30 active programmers and was originally developed by Andrew Tridgell.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2794048"></a>Background</h2></div></div><p>
Once long ago, there was a buzzword referred to as DCE/RPC. This stood for Distributed
Computing Environment/Remote Procedure Calls and conceptually was a good idea. It was
originally developed by Apollo/HP as NCA 1.0 (Network Computing Architecture) and only
ran over UDP. When there was a need to run it over TCP so that it would be compatible
with DECnet 3.0, it was redesigned, submitted to The Open Group, and officially became
known as DCE/RPC. Microsoft came along and decided, rather than pay $20 per seat to
license this technology, to reimplement DCE/RPC themselves as MSRPC. From this, the
concept continued in the form of SMB (Server Message Block, or the &quot;what&quot;) using the
NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System, or the &quot;how&quot;) compatibility layer. You can
run SMB (i.e., transport) over several different protocols; many different implementations
arose as a result, including NBIPX (NetBIOS over IPX, NwLnkNb, or NWNBLink) and NBT
(NetBIOS over TCP/IP, or NetBT). As the years passed, NBT became the most common form
of implementation until the advance of &quot;Direct-Hosted TCP&quot; -- the Microsoft marketing
term for eliminating NetBIOS entirely and running SMB by itself across TCP port 445
only. As of yet, direct-hosted TCP has yet to catch on.
</p><p>
Perhaps the best summary of the origins of SMB are voiced in the 1997 article titled, CIFS:
Common Insecurities Fail Scrutiny:
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
Several megabytes of NT-security archives, random whitepapers, RFCs, the CIFS spec, the Samba
stuff, a few MS knowledge-base articles, strings extracted from binaries, and packet dumps have
been dutifully waded through during the information-gathering stages of this project, and there
are *still* many missing pieces... While often tedious, at least the way has been generously
littered with occurrences of clapping hand to forehead and muttering 'crikey, what are they
thinking?
</em></span></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2794106"></a>Terminology</h2></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	SMB: Acronym for &quot;Server Message Block&quot;. This is Microsoft's file and printer sharing protocol.
	</p></li><li><p>
	CIFS: Acronym for &quot;Common Internet File System&quot;. Around 1996, Microsoft apparently
	decided that SMB needed the word &quot;Internet&quot; in it, so they changed it to CIFS.  
	</p></li><li><p>
	Direct-Hosted: A method of providing file/printer sharing services over port 445/tcp
	only using DNS for name resolution instead of WINS.
	</p></li><li><p>
	IPC: Acronym for &quot;Inter-Process Communication&quot;. A method to communicate specific
	information between programs.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Marshalling: - A method of serializing (i.e., sequential ordering of) variable data
	suitable for transmission via a network connection or storing in a file. The source
	data can be re-created using a similar process called unmarshalling.
	</p></li><li><p>
	NetBIOS: Acronym for &quot;Network Basic Input/Output System&quot;. This is not a protocol;
	it is a method of communication across an existing protocol. This is a standard which
	was originally developed for IBM by Sytek in 1983. To exaggerate the analogy a bit,
	it can help to think of this in comparison your computer's BIOS -- it controls the
	essential functions of your input/output hardware -- whereas NetBIOS controls the
	essential functions of your input/output traffic via the network. Again, this is a bit
	of an exaggeration but it should help that paradigm shift. What is important to realize
	is that NetBIOS is a transport standard, not a protocol. Unfortunately, even technically
	brilliant people tend to interchange NetBIOS with terms like NetBEUI without a second
	thought; this will cause no end (and no doubt) of confusion.
	</p></li><li><p>
	NetBEUI: Acronym for the &quot;NetBIOS Extended User Interface&quot;. Unlike NetBIOS, NetBEUI
	is a protocol, not a standard. It is also not routable, so traffic on one side of a
	router will be unable to communicate with the other side. Understanding NetBEUI is
	not essential to deciphering SMB; however it helps to point out that it is not the
	same as NetBIOS and to improve your score in trivia at parties. NetBEUI was originally
	referred to by Microsoft as &quot;NBF&quot;, or &quot;The Windows NT NetBEUI Frame protocol driver&quot;.
	It is not often heard from these days.
	</p></li><li><p>
	NBT: Acronym for &quot;NetBIOS over TCP&quot;; also known as &quot;NetBT&quot;. Allows the continued use
	of NetBIOS traffic proxied over TCP/IP. As a result, NetBIOS names are made 
	to IP addresses and NetBIOS name types are conceptually equivalent to TCP/IP ports.
	This is how file and printer sharing are accomplished in Windows 95/98/ME. They 
	traditionally rely on three ports: NetBIOS Name Service (nbname) via UDP port 137, 
	NetBIOS Datagram Service (nbdatagram) via UDP port 138, and NetBIOS Session Service 
	(nbsession) via TCP port 139. All name resolution is done via WINS, NetBIOS broadcasts, 
	and DNS. NetBIOS over TCP is documented in RFC 1001 (Concepts and methods) and RFC 1002 
	(Detailed specifications).
	</p></li><li><p>
	W2K: Acronym for Windows 2000 Professional or Server
	</p></li><li><p>
	W3K: Acronym for Windows 2003 Server
	</p></li></ul></div><p>If you plan on getting help, make sure to subscribe to the Samba Mailing List (available at 
http://www.samba.org).  Optionally, you could just search mailing.unix.samba at http://groups.google.com
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2795149"></a>Related Projects</h2></div></div><p>
There are currently two network filesystem client projects for Linux that are directly
related to Samba: SMBFS and CIFS VFS.  These are both available in the Linux kernel itself.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	SMBFS (Server Message Block File System) allows you to mount SMB shares (the protocol
	that Microsoft Windows and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share files and printers 
	over local networks) and access them just like any other Unix directory. This is useful 
	if you just want to mount such filesystems without being a SMBFS server.
	</p></li><li><p>
	CIFS VFS (Common Internet File System Virtual File System) is the successor to SMBFS, and
        is being actively developed for the upcoming version of the Linux kernel. The intent of this module
        is to provide advanced network file system functionality including support for dfs (heirarchical
	name space), secure per-user session establishment, safe distributed caching (oplock), 
	optional packet signing, Unicode and other internationalization improvements, and optional 
	Winbind (nsswitch) integration.
        </p></li></ul></div><p>
Again, it's important to note that these are implementations for client filesystems, and have
nothing to do with acting as a file and print server for SMB/CIFS clients.
</p><p>
There are other Open Source CIFS client implementations, such as the jCIFS project
(jcifs.samba.org) which provides an SMB client toolkit written in Java.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845311"></a>SMB Methodology</h2></div></div><p>
Traditionally, SMB uses UDP port 137 (NetBIOS name service, or netbios-ns),
UDP port 138 (NetBIOS datagram service, or netbios-dgm), and TCP port 139 (NetBIOS
session service, or netbios-ssn). Anyone looking at their network with a good
packet sniffer will be amazed at the amount of traffic generated by just opening
up a single file. In general, SMB sessions are established in the following order:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	&quot;TCP Connection&quot; - establish 3-way handshake (connection) to port 139/tcp
    or 445/tcp.
	</p></li><li><p>
	&quot;NetBIOS Session Request&quot; - using the following &quot;Calling Names&quot;: The local
    machine's NetBIOS name plus the 16th character 0x00; The server's NetBIOS
    name plus the 16th character 0x20
	</p></li><li><p>
	&quot;SMB Negotiate Protocol&quot; - determine the protocol dialect to use, which will
    be one of the following: PC Network Program 1.0 (Core) - share level security
    mode only; Microsoft Networks 1.03 (Core Plus) - share level security
    mode only; Lanman1.0 (LAN Manager 1.0) - uses Challenge/Response
    Authentication; Lanman2.1 (LAN Manager 2.1) - uses Challenge/Response
    Authentication; NT LM 0.12 (NT LM 0.12) - uses Challenge/Response
    Authentication
	</p></li><li><p>
	SMB Session Startup. Passwords are encrypted (or not) according to one of
    the following methods: Null (no encryption); Cleartext (no encryption); LM
    and NTLM; NTLM; NTLMv2
	</p></li><li><p>
	SMB Tree Connect: Connect to a share name (e.g., \\servername\share); Connect
    to a service type (e.g., IPC$ named pipe)
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
A good way to examine this process in depth is to try out SecurityFriday's SWB program
at http://www.securityfriday.com/ToolDownload/SWB/swb_doc.html.  It allows you to
walk through the establishment of a SMB/CIFS session step by step.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790901"></a>Additional Resources</h2></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	<a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/cifs.txt" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>CIFS: Common Insecurities Fail Scrutiny</em></span> by &quot;Hobbit&quot;</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://afr.com/it/2002/10/01/FFXDF43AP6D.html" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Doing the Samba on Windows</em></span> by Financial Review
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://ubiqx.org/cifs/" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Implementing CIFS</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://samba.anu.edu.au/cifs/docs/what-is-smb.html" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Just What Is SMB?</em></span> by Richard Sharpe
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-05/samba_01.html" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Opening Windows Everywhere</em></span> by Mike Warfield
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SMB-HOWTO.html" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>SMB HOWTO</em></span> by David Wood
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://www.phrack.org/phrack/60/p60-0x0b.txt" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>SMB/CIFS by The Root</em></span> by &quot;ledin&quot;
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-09/samba_01.html" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>The Story of Samba</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/samba/" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>The Unofficial Samba HOWTO</em></span> by David Lechnyr
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2001-05/smb_01.html" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Understanding the Network Neighborhood</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel
	</a>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2002-02/samba_01.html" target="_top">
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Using Samba as a PDC</em></span> by Andrew Bartlett
	</a>
	</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2793926"></a>Epilogue</h2></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
&quot;What's fundamentally wrong is that nobody ever had any taste when they
did it. Microsoft has been very much into making the user interface look good,
but internally it's just a complete mess. And even people who program for Microsoft
and who have had years of experience, just don't know how it works internally.
Worse, nobody dares change it. Nobody dares to fix bugs because it's such a
mess that fixing one bug might just break a hundred programs that depend on
that bug. And Microsoft isn't interested in anyone fixing bugs -- they're interested
in making money. They don't have anybody who takes pride in Windows 95 as an
operating system.
</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
People inside Microsoft know it's a bad operating system and they still
continue obviously working on it because they want to get the next version out
because they want to have all these new features to sell more copies of the
system.
</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
The problem with that is that over time, when you have this kind of approach,
and because nobody understands it, because nobody REALLY fixes bugs (other than
when they're really obvious), the end result is really messy. You can't trust
it because under certain circumstances it just spontaneously reboots or just
halts in the middle of something that shouldn't be strange. Normally it works
fine and then once in a blue moon for some completely unknown reason, it's dead,
and nobody knows why. Not Microsoft, not the experienced user and certainly
not the completely clueless user who probably sits there shivering thinking
&quot;What did I do wrong?&quot; when they didn't do anything wrong at all.
</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
That's what's really irritating to me.&quot;
</em></span></p><p>-- 
<a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/boot.txt" target="_top">Linus Torvalds, from an interview with BOOT Magazine, Sept 1998</a>
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2844986"></a>Miscellaneous</h2></div></div><p>
This chapter was lovingly handcrafted on a Dell Latitude C400 laptop running Slackware Linux 9.0,
in case anyone asks.
</p><p>
This chapter is Copyright © 2003 David Lechnyr (david at lechnyr dot com).
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms
of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. A copy of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.txt.
</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="install"></a>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Karl Auer</h3></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2844847">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845201">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844744">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858916">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858954">Try listing the shares available on your 
	server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859005">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859108">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, 
	Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859169">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2844847"></a>Obtaining and installing samba</h2></div></div><p>Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or 
	Unix distribution. There are also some packages available at 
	<a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">the samba homepage</a>.
	</p><p>If you need to compile samba from source, check the 
	<a href="#compiling" title="Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA">appropriate appendix chapter</a>.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845201"></a>Configuring samba</h2></div></div><p>Samba's configuration is stored in the smb.conf file, 
	that usually resides in <tt>/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt> 
	or <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt>. You can either 
	edit this file yourself or do it using one of the many graphical 
	tools that are available, such as the web-based interface swat, that 
	is included with samba.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2844744"></a>Editing the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file</h3></div></div><p>There are sample configuration files in the examples 
	subdirectory in the distribution. I suggest you read them 
	carefully so you can see how the options go together in 
	practice. See the man page for all the options.</p><p>The simplest useful configuration file would be 
	something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting">
[global]
	workgroup = MYGROUP

[homes]
	guest ok = no
	read only = no
	</pre><p>which would allow connections by anyone with an 
	account on the server, using either their login name or 
	&quot;<b>homes</b>&quot; as the service name. (Note that I also set the 
	workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for details)</p><p>Make sure you put the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file in the same place 
	you specified in the<tt>Makefile</tt> (the default is to 
	look for it in <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/</tt>).</p><p>For more information about security settings for the 
	<b>[homes]</b> share please refer to the chapter 
	<a href="#securing-samba" title="Chapter 24. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a>.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2858862"></a>Test your config file with 
	<b>testparm</b></h4></div></div><p>It's important that you test the validity of your
	<tt>smb.conf</tt> file using the testparm program. 
	If testparm runs OK then it will list the loaded services. If 
	not it will give an error message.</p><p>Make sure it runs OK and that the services look 
	reasonable before proceeding. </p><p>Always run testparm again when you change 
	<tt>smb.conf</tt>!</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858916"></a>SWAT</h3></div></div><p>
	SWAT is a web-based interface that helps you configure samba. 
	SWAT might not be available in the samba package on your platform, 
	but in a separate package. Please read the swat manpage 
	on compiling, installing and configuring swat from source.
	</p><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and 
	point it at &quot;http://localhost:901/&quot;. Replace <i><tt>localhost</tt></i> with the name of the computer you are running samba on if you 
	are running samba on a different computer than your browser.</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected 
	machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your 
	connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent 
	in the clear over the wire. </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858954"></a>Try listing the shares available on your 
	server</h2></div></div><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient -L 
	<i><tt>yourhostname</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>You should get back a list of shares available on 
	your server. If you don't then something is incorrectly setup. 
	Note that this method can also be used to see what shares 
	are available on other LanManager clients (such as WfWg).</p><p>If you choose user level security then you may find 
	that Samba requests a password before it will list the shares. 
	See the <b>smbclient</b> man page for details. (you 
	can force it to list the shares without a password by
	adding the option -U% to the command line. This will not work 
	with non-Samba servers)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859005"></a>Try connecting with the unix client</h2></div></div><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient <i><tt>
	//yourhostname/aservice</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>Typically the <i><tt>yourhostname</tt></i> 
	would be the name of the host where you installed smbd. 
	The <i><tt>aservice</tt></i> is 
	any service you have defined in the <tt>smb.conf</tt>
	file. Try your user name if you just have a <b>[homes]</b>
	section
	in <tt>smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>For example if your unix host is <i><tt>bambi</tt></i>
	and your login name is <i><tt>fred</tt></i> you would type:</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient //<i><tt>bambi</tt></i>/<i><tt>fred</tt></i>
	</tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859108"></a>Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, 
	Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</h2></div></div><p>Try mounting disks. eg:</p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\&gt; </tt><b><tt>net use d: \\servername\service
	</tt></b></p><p>Try printing. eg:</p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\&gt; </tt><b><tt>net use lpt1:
	\\servername\spoolservice</tt></b></p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\&gt; </tt><b><tt>print filename
	</tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859169"></a>What If Things Don't Work?</h2></div></div><p>Then you might read the file chapter 
	<a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 27. The samba checklist">Diagnosis</a> and the 
	FAQ. If you are still stuck then try to follow 
	the <a href="#problems" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems chapter</a>
	Samba has been successfully installed at thousands of sites worldwide,
	so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it. </p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="type"></a>Server Configuration Basics</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2845027"></a>First Steps in Server Configuration</h1></div></div><p>
Samba can operate in various modes within SMB networks. This HOWTO section contains information on
configuring samba to function as the type of server your network requires. Please read this
section carefully.
</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>3. <a href="#ServerType">Nomenclature of Server Types</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845139">Stand Alone Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859402">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859442">Domain Controller</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859458">Domain Controller Types</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="#securitylevels">Samba as Stand-Alone Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859216">User and Share security level</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859238">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859720">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859774">Server Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860095">Domain Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860234">ADS Level Security</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc">
Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller
</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859583">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859607">
Background
</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860563">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860863">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861132">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861366">&quot;On-the-Fly&quot; Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861423">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861529">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861536">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861574">I get told &quot;You already have a connection to the Domain....&quot; 
or &quot;Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an 
existing set..&quot; when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861621">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861672">The machine trust account for this computer either does not 
exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861721">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation,
I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861746">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861910">Configuration Instructions:	Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc">
Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control
</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845056">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860294">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862166">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862187">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862212">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2862231">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862264">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862361">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862390">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#ADS">Samba as a ADS domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862021">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862571">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862765">Possible errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862919">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#domain-member">Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862413">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863318">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ServerType"></a>Chapter 3. Nomenclature of Server Types</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2845139">Stand Alone Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859402">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859442">Domain Controller</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859458">Domain Controller Types</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Adminstrators of Microsoft networks often refer to there being three
different type of servers:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Stand Alone Server</p></li><li><p>Domain Member Server</p></li><li><p>Domain Controller</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>Primary Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>Backup Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>ADS Domain Controller</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><p>A network administrator who is familiar with these terms and who
wishes to migrate to or use Samba will want to know what these terms mean
within a Samba context.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845139"></a>Stand Alone Server</h2></div></div><p>
The term <span class="emphasis"><em>stand alone server</em></span> means that the server
will provide local authentication and access control for all resources
that are available from it. In general this means that there will be a
local user database. In more technical terms, it means that resources
on the machine will either be made available in either SHARE mode or in
USER mode. SHARE mode and USER mode security are documented under
discussions regarding &quot;security mode&quot;. The smb.conf configuration parameters
that control security mode are: &quot;security = user&quot; and &quot;security = share&quot;.
</p><p>
No special action is needed other than to create user accounts. Stand-alone
servers do NOT provide network logon services, meaning that machines that
use this server do NOT perform a domain logon but instead make use only of
the MS Windows logon which is local to the MS Windows workstation/server.
</p><p>
Samba tends to blur the distinction a little in respect of what is
a stand alone server. This is because the authentication database may be
local or on a remote server, even if from the samba protocol perspective
the samba server is NOT a member of a domain security context.
</p><p>
Through the use of PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) and nsswitch
(the name service switcher) the source of authentication may reside on 
another server. We would be inclined to call this the authentication server.
This means that the samba server may use the local Unix/Linux system
password database (/etc/passwd or /etc/shadow), may use a local smbpasswd
file (/etc/samba/smbpasswd or /usr/local/samba/lib/private/smbpasswd), or
may use an LDAP back end, or even via PAM and Winbind another CIFS/SMB
server for authentication.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859402"></a>Domain Member Server</h2></div></div><p>
This mode of server operation involves the samba machine being made a member
of a domain security context. This means by definition that all user authentication
will be done from a centrally defined authentication regime. The authentication
regime may come from an NT3/4 style (old domain technology) server, or it may be
provided from an Active Directory server (ADS) running on MS Windows 2000 or later.
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
Of course it should be clear that the authentication back end itself could be from any
distributed directory architecture server that is supported by Samba. This can be
LDAP (from OpenLDAP), or Sun's iPlanet, of NetWare Directory Server, etc.
</em></span></p><p>
Please refer to the section on Howto configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller
and for more information regarding how to create a domain machine account for a
domain member server as well as for information regarding how to enable the samba
domain member machine to join the domain and to be fully trusted by it.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859442"></a>Domain Controller</h2></div></div><p>
Over the years public perceptions of what Domain Control really is has taken on an
almost mystical nature. Before we branch into a brief overview of what Domain Control
is the following types of controller are known:
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859458"></a>Domain Controller Types</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Primary Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>Backup Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>ADS Domain Controller</td></tr></table><p>
The <span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> or PDC plays an important role in the MS 
Windows NT3 and NT4 Domain Control architecture, but not in the manner that so many
expect. The PDC seeds the Domain Control database (a part of the Windows registry) and
it plays a key part in synchronisation of the domain authentication database. 
</p><p>
New to Samba-3.0.0 is the ability to use a back-end file that holds the same type of data as
the NT4 style SAM (Security Account Manager) database (one of the registry files).
The samba-3.0.0 SAM can be specified via the smb.conf file parameter &quot;passwd backend&quot; and
valid options include <span class="emphasis"><em> smbpasswd tdbsam ldapsam nisplussam plugin unixsam</em></span>.
The smbpasswd, tdbsam and ldapsam options can have a &quot;_nua&quot; suffix to indicate that No Unix
Accounts need to be created. In other words, the Samba SAM will be independant of Unix/Linux
system accounts, provided a uid range is defined from which SAM accounts can be created.
</p><p>
The <span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> or BDC plays a key role in servicing network
authentication requests. The BDC is biased to answer logon requests so that on a network segment
that has a BDC and a PDC the BDC will be most likely to service network logon requests. The PDC will
answer network logon requests when the BDC is too busy (high load). A BDC can be promoted to
a PDC. If the PDC is on line at the time that the BDC is promoted to PDC the previous PDC is
automatically demoted to a BDC.
</p><p>
At this time Samba is NOT capable of acting as an <span class="emphasis"><em>ADS Domain Controller</em></span>.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securitylevels"></a>Chapter 4. Samba as Stand-Alone Server</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2859216">User and Share security level</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859238">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859720">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859774">Server Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860095">Domain Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860234">ADS Level Security</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
In this section the function and purpose of Samba's <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span>
modes are described.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859216"></a>User and Share security level</h2></div></div><p>
A SMB server tells the client at startup what &quot;security level&quot; it is
running. There are two options &quot;share level&quot; and &quot;user level&quot;. Which
of these two the client receives affects the way the client then tries
to authenticate itself. It does not directly affect (to any great
extent) the way the Samba server does security. I know this is
strange, but it fits in with the client/server approach of SMB. In SMB
everything is initiated and controlled by the client, and the server
can only tell the client what is available and whether an action is
allowed. 
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859238"></a>User Level Security</h3></div></div><p>
I'll describe user level security first, as its simpler. In user level
security the client will send a &quot;session setup&quot; command directly after
the protocol negotiation. This contains a username and password. The
server can either accept or reject that username/password
combination. Note that at this stage the server has no idea what
share the client will eventually try to connect to, so it can't base
the &quot;accept/reject&quot; on anything other than:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>the username/password</p></li><li><p>the machine that the client is coming from</p></li></ol></div><p>
If the server accepts the username/password then the client expects to
be able to mount any share (using a &quot;tree connection&quot;) without
specifying a password. It expects that all access rights will be as
the username/password specified in the &quot;session setup&quot;. 
</p><p>
It is also possible for a client to send multiple &quot;session setup&quot;
requests. When the server responds it gives the client a &quot;uid&quot; to use
as an authentication tag for that username/password. The client can
maintain multiple authentication contexts in this way (WinDD is an
example of an application that does this)
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859720"></a>Share Level Security</h3></div></div><p>
Ok, now for share level security. In share level security the client
authenticates itself separately for each share. It will send a
password along with each &quot;tree connection&quot; (share mount). It does not
explicitly send a username with this operation. The client is
expecting a password to be associated with each share, independent of
the user. This means that samba has to work out what username the
client probably wants to use. It is never explicitly sent the
username. Some commercial SMB servers such as NT actually associate
passwords directly with shares in share level security, but samba
always uses the unix authentication scheme where it is a
username/password that is authenticated, not a &quot;share/password&quot;.
</p><p>
Many clients send a &quot;session setup&quot; even if the server is in share
level security. They normally send a valid username but no
password. Samba records this username in a list of &quot;possible
usernames&quot;. When the client then does a &quot;tree connection&quot; it also adds
to this list the name of the share they try to connect to (useful for
home directories) and any users listed in the <b>user =</b> <tt>smb.conf</tt>
line. The password is then checked in turn against these &quot;possible
usernames&quot;. If a match is found then the client is authenticated as
that user.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859774"></a>Server Level Security</h3></div></div><p>
Finally &quot;server level&quot; security. In server level security the samba
server reports to the client that it is in user level security. The
client then does a &quot;session setup&quot; as described earlier. The samba
server takes the username/password that the client sends and attempts
to login to the &quot;password server&quot; by sending exactly the same
username/password that it got from the client. If that server is in
user level security and accepts the password then samba accepts the
clients connection. This allows the samba server to use another SMB
server as the &quot;password server&quot;. 
</p><p>
You should also note that at the very start of all this, where the
server tells the client what security level it is in, it also tells
the client if it supports encryption. If it does then it supplies the
client with a random &quot;cryptkey&quot;. The client will then send all
passwords in encrypted form. You have to compile samba with encryption
enabled to support this feature, and you have to maintain a separate
smbpasswd file with SMB style encrypted passwords. It is
cryptographically impossible to translate from unix style encryption
to SMB style encryption, although there are some fairly simple management
schemes by which the two could be kept in sync.
</p><p>
&quot;security = server&quot; means that Samba reports to clients that
it is running in &quot;user mode&quot; but actually passes off all authentication
requests to another &quot;user mode&quot; server. This requires an additional
parameter &quot;password server =&quot; that points to the real authentication server.
That real authentication server can be another Samba server or can be a
Windows NT server, the later natively capable of encrypted password support.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>Server</em></span> level security is incompatible with what is known 
as <span class="emphasis"><em>schannel</em></span> or &quot;sign and seal&quot; protocols. This means that
if you want to use <span class="emphasis"><em>server</em></span> level security you must disable
the use of &quot;sign and seal&quot; on all machines on your network.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2859859"></a>Configuring Samba for Seemless Windows Network Integration</h4></div></div><p>
MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a challenege/response
authentication model (a.k.a. NTLMv1) or alone, or clear text strings for simple
password based authentication. It should be realized that with the SMB protocol
the password is passed over the network either in plain text or encrypted, but
not both in the same authentication request.
</p><p>
When encrypted passwords are used a password that has been entered by the user
is encrypted in two ways:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>An MD4 hash of the UNICODE of the password
	string.  This is known as the NT hash.
	</p></li><li><p>The password is converted to upper case,
	and then padded or trucated to 14 bytes.  This string is 
	then appended with 5 bytes of NULL characters and split to
	form two 56 bit DES keys to encrypt a &quot;magic&quot; 8 byte value.
	The resulting 16 bytes for the LanMan hash.
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
MS Windows 95 pre-service pack 1, MS Windows NT versions 3.x and version 4.0
pre-service pack 3 will use either mode of password authentication. All
versions of MS Windows that follow these versions no longer support plain
text passwords by default.
</p><p>
MS Windows clients have a habit of dropping network mappings that have been idle
for 10 minutes or longer. When the user attempts to use the mapped drive
connection that has been dropped, the client re-establishes the connection using
a cached copy of the password.
</p><p>
When Microsoft changed the default password mode, support was dropped for caching
of the plain text password. This means that when the registry parameter is changed
to re-enable use of plain text passwords it appears to work, but when a dropped
service connection mapping attempts to revalidate it will fail if the remote
authentication server does not support encrypted passwords.  This means that it
is definitely not a good idea to re-enable plain text password support in such clients.
</p><p>
The following parameters can be used to work around the issue of Windows 9x client
upper casing usernames and password before transmitting them to the SMB server
when using clear text authentication.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	<a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDLEVEL" target="_top">passsword level</a> = <i><tt>integer</tt></i>
	<a href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMELEVEL" target="_top">username level</a> = <i><tt>integer</tt></i>
</pre><p>
By default Samba will lower case the username before attempting to lookup the user
in the database of local system accounts.  Because UNIX usernames conventionally
only contain lower case character, the <i><tt>username level</tt></i> parameter
is rarely needed.
</p><p>
However, passwords on UNIX systems often make use of mixed case characters. 
This means that in order for a user on a Windows 9x client to connect to a Samba
server using clear text authentication, the <i><tt>password level</tt></i>
must be set to the maximum number of upper case letter which <span class="emphasis"><em>could</em></span>
appear is a password.  Note that the server OS uses the traditional DES version
of crypt(), a <i><tt>password level</tt></i> of 8 will result in case
insensitive passwords as seen from Windows users.  This will also result in longer
login times as Samba has to compute the permutations of the password string and 
try them one by one until a match is located (or all combinations fail).
</p><p>
The best option to adopt is to enable support for encrypted passwords 
where ever Samba is used. There are three configuration possibilities 
for support of encrypted passwords:
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860034"></a>Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</h4></div></div><p>
This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	encrypt passwords = Yes
	security = server
	password server = &quot;NetBIOS_name_of_PDC&quot;
</pre><p>
There are two ways of identifying whether or not a username and 
password pair was valid or not. One uses the reply information provided 
as part of the authentication messaging process, the other uses 
just an error code.
</p><p>
The down-side of this mode of configuration is the fact that 
for security reasons Samba will send the password server a bogus 
username and a bogus password and if the remote server fails to 
reject the username and password pair then an alternative mode 
of identification of validation is used. Where a site uses password 
lock out after a certain number of failed authentication attempts 
this will result in user lockouts.
</p><p>
Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be 
a standard Unix account for the user, this account can be blocked 
to prevent logons by other than MS Windows clients.
</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860095"></a>Domain Level Security</h3></div></div><p>
When samba is operating in <span class="emphasis"><em>security = domain</em></span> mode this means that
the Samba server has a domain security trust account (a machine account) and will cause
all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860115"></a>Samba as a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</h4></div></div><p>
This method involves addition of the following parameters in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	encrypt passwords = Yes
	security = domain
	workgroup = &quot;name of NT domain&quot;
	password server = *
</pre><p>
The use of the &quot;*&quot; argument to <b>password server</b> will cause samba to locate the
domain controller in a way analogous to the way this is done within MS Windows NT.
This is the default behaviour.
</p><p>
In order for this method to work the Samba server needs to join the 
MS Windows NT security domain. This is done as follows:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>On the MS Windows NT domain controller using 
	the Server Manager add a machine account for the Samba server.
	</p></li><li><p>Next, on the Linux system execute: 
	<b>smbpasswd -r PDC_NAME -j DOMAIN_NAME</b> (samba 2.x)

	<b>net join -U administrator%password</b>   (samba-3)
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account
for the user in order to assign a uid once the account has been authenticated by
the remote Windows DC.  This account can be blocked to prevent logons by clients other than
MS Windows through things such as setting an invalid shell in the
<tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry. 
</p><p>
An alternative to assigning UIDs to Windows users on a Samba member server is
presented in the <a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind">Winbind Overview</a> chapter
in this HOWTO collection.
</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860234"></a>ADS Level Security</h3></div></div><p>
For information about the configuration option please refer to the entire section entitled
<span class="emphasis"><em>Samba as an ADS Domain Member.</em></span>
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-pdc"></a>Chapter 5. 
Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller
</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Bannon</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (26 Apr 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2859583">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859607">
Background
</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860563">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860863">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861132">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861366">&quot;On-the-Fly&quot; Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861423">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861529">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861536">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861574">I get told &quot;You already have a connection to the Domain....&quot; 
or &quot;Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an 
existing set..&quot; when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861621">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861672">The machine trust account for this computer either does not 
exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861721">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation,
I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861746">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861910">Configuration Instructions:	Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859583"></a>Prerequisite Reading</h2></div></div><p>
Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure 
that you are comfortable with configuring basic files services
in smb.conf and how to enable and administer password 
encryption in Samba.  Theses two topics are covered in the
<tt>smb.conf</tt> manpage.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859607"></a>
Background
</h2></div></div><p>
This article outlines the steps necessary for configuring Samba as a PDC.
It is necessary to have a working Samba server prior to implementing the
PDC functionality.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Domain logons for Windows NT 4.0 / 200x / XP Professional clients.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security
	</p></li><li><p>
	Retrieving a list of users and groups from a Samba PDC to
	Windows 9x / Me / NT / 200x / XP Professional clients
	</p></li><li><p>
	Roaming Profiles
	</p></li><li><p>
	Network/System Policies
	</p></li></ul></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics
that are covered separately in this document.
</p></div><p>
The following functionalities are new to the Samba 3.0 release:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Windows NT 4 domain trusts
	</p></li><li><p>
	Adding users via the User Manager for Domains
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba 3.0:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	SAM replication with Windows NT 4.0 Domain Controllers
	(i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa) 
	</p></li><li><p>
	Acting as a Windows 2000 Domain Controller (i.e. Kerberos and 
	Active Directory)
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
Please note that Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain
for reasons outlined in this article.  Therefore the protocol for
support of Windows 9x-style domain logons is completely different
from NT4 / Win2k type domain logons and has been officially supported for some 
time.
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
MS Windows XP Home edition is NOT able to join a domain and does not permit
the use of domain logons.</em></span>
</p><p>
Implementing a Samba PDC can basically be divided into 3 broad
steps.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	Configuring the Samba PDC
	</p></li><li><p>
	Creating machine trust accounts	and joining clients to the domain
	</p></li><li><p>
	Adding and managing domain user accounts
	</p></li></ol></div><p>
There are other minor details such as user profiles, system
policies, etc...  However, these are not necessarily specific
to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking
concepts.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2860563"></a>Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</h2></div></div><p>
The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to 
understand the parameters necessary in smb.conf. Here we
attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in
the <tt>smb.conf</tt> man page.
</p><p>
Here is an example <tt>smb.conf</tt> for acting as a PDC:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
[global]
    ; Basic server settings
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> = <i><tt>POGO</tt></i>
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> = <i><tt>NARNIA</tt></i>

    ; User and Machine Account Backends
    ; Choices are: tdbsam, tdbsam_nua, smbpasswd, smbpasswd_nua, ldapsam, ldapsam_nua, ...
    ;              mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a> = ldapsam, guest

    ; we should act as the domain and local master browser
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OSLEVEL" target="_top">os level</a> = 64
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PERFERREDMASTER" target="_top">preferred master</a> = yes
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> = yes
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top">local master</a> = yes
    
    ; security settings (must user security = user)
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSUSER" target="_top">security</a> = user
    
    ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> = yes
    
    ; support domain logons
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons</a> = yes
    
    ; where to store user profiles?
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path</a> = \\%N\profiles\%u
    
    ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at?
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE" target="_top">logon drive</a> = H:
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a> = \\homeserver\%u
    
    ; specify a generic logon script for all users
    ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT" target="_top">logon script</a> = logon.cmd

; necessary share for domain controller
[netlogon]
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = yes
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top">write list</a> = <i><tt>ntadmin</tt></i>
    
; share for storing user profiles
[profiles]
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /export/smb/ntprofile
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = no
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> = 0600
    <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a> = 0700
</pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
The above parameters make for a full set of parameters that may define the server's mode
of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	workgroup = NARNIA
	domain logons = Yes
	security = User
</pre><p>

The additional parameters shown in the longer listing above just makes for a
more complete environment.
</p></div><p>
There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Encrypted passwords must be enabled.  For more details on how 
	to do this, refer to <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 10. User information database">the User Database chapter</a>.
	</p></li><li><p>
	The server must support domain logons and a
	<tt>[netlogon]</tt> share
	</p></li><li><p>
	The server must be the domain master browser in order for Windows 
	client to locate the server as a DC.  Please refer to the various 
	Network Browsing documentation included with this distribution for 
	details.
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
Samba 3.0 offers a complete implementation of group mapping
between Windows NT groups and Unix groups (this is really quite
complicated to explain in a short space).
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2860863"></a>Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</h2></div></div><p>
A machine trust account is a Samba account that is used to
authenticate a client machine (rather than a user) to the Samba
server.  In Windows terminology, this is known as a &quot;Computer
Account.&quot;</p><p>
The password of a machine trust account acts as the shared secret for
secure communication with the Domain Controller.  This is a security
feature to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name
from joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group
accounts.  Windows NT, 200x, XP Professional clients use machine trust
accounts, but Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients do not.  Hence, a
Windows 9x / Me / XP Home  client is never a true member of a domain
because it does not possess a machine trust account, and thus has no
shared secret with the domain controller.
</p><p>A Windows PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows
Registry. A Samba-3 PDC also has to store machine trust account information
in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3 there can be multiple back-ends
for this including:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> - the plain ascii file stored used by
	earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires
	a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for
	machine accounts). This file will be located in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span>
	directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba).
	</p></li><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd_nua</em></span> - This file is independant of the
	system wide user accounts. The use of this back-end option requires
	specification of the &quot;non unix account range&quot; option also. It is called
	smbpasswd and will be located in the <tt>private</tt> directory.
	</p></li><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> - a binary database backend that will be
	stored in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> directory in a file called
	<span class="emphasis"><em>passwd.tdb</em></span>. The key benefit of this binary format
	file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accomodated
	in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file.
	</p></li><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam_nua</em></span> like the smbpasswd_nua option above, this
	file allows the creation of arbitrary user and machine accounts without
	requiring that account to be added to the system (/etc/passwd) file. It
	too requires the specification of the &quot;non unix account range&quot; option
	in the [globals] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file.
	</p></li><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the
	LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com
	</p></li><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam_nua</em></span> - LDAP based back-end with no unix
	account requirement, like smbpasswd_nua and tdbsam_nua above.
	</p></li></ul></div><p>Read the chapter about the <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 10. User information database">User Database</a> 
for details.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store vastly more information than
smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify
per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the
<tt>smb.conf</tt> file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc.
</p></div><p>
A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts,
as follows:

</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A Samba account, stored in the same location as user
    LanMan and NT password hashes (currently
    <tt>smbpasswd</tt>). The Samba account 
    possesses and uses only the NT password hash.</p></li><li><p>A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in
    <tt>/etc/passwd</tt>. (Future releases will alleviate the need to
    create <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entries.) </p></li></ul></div><p>
</p><p>
There are two ways to create machine trust accounts:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> Manual creation. Both the Samba and corresponding
	Unix account are created by hand.</p></li><li><p> &quot;On-the-fly&quot; creation. The Samba machine trust
	account is automatically created by Samba at the time the client
	is joined to the domain. (For security, this is the
	recommended method.) The corresponding Unix account may be
	created automatically or manually. </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861132"></a>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><p>
The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to
manually create the corresponding Unix account in
<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>.  This can be done using
<b>vipw</b> or other 'add user' command that is normally
used to create new Unix accounts.  The following is an example for a
Linux based Samba server:
</p><p>
  <tt>root# </tt><b>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <i><tt>&quot;machine 
nickname&quot;</tt></i> -s /bin/false <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$ </b>
</p><p>
<tt>root# </tt><b>passwd -l <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$</b>
</p><p>On *BSD systems, this can be done using the 'chpass' utility:</p><p>
<tt>root# </tt><b>chpass -a &quot;<i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin&quot;</b>
</p><p>
The <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry will list the machine name 
with a &quot;$&quot; appended, won't have a password, will have a null shell and no 
home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an 
<tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
doppy$:x:505:501:<i><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i>:/dev/null:/bin/false
</pre><p>
Above, <i><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i> can be any
descriptive name for the client, i.e., BasementComputer.
<i><tt>machine_name</tt></i> absolutely must be the NetBIOS
name of the client to be joined to the domain.  The &quot;$&quot; must be
appended to the NetBIOS name of the client or Samba will not recognize
this as a machine trust account.
</p><p>
Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create 
the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial 
machine trust account password.  This can be done using the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top"><b>smbpasswd(8)</b></a> command 
as shown here:
</p><p>
<tt>root# </tt><b><tt>smbpasswd -a -m <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i></tt></b>
</p><p>
where <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i> is the machine's NetBIOS
name.  The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of 
the corresponding Unix account.
</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Join the client to the domain immediately</h3><p>
	Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the 
	equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using 
	the &quot;Server Manager&quot;.  From the time at which the account is created
	to the time which the client joins the domain and changes the password,
	your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining your domain using
	a machine with the same NetBIOS name.  A PDC inherently trusts
	members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user 
	information to such clients.  You have been warned!
	</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861366"></a>&quot;On-the-Fly&quot; Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><p>
The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is
simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client
is joined to the domain. </p><p>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding
Unix account, a method for automatically creating the
Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the
<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" target="_top">add user script</a> 
option in <tt>smb.conf</tt>.  This
method is not required, however; corresponding Unix accounts may also
be created manually.
</p><p>Below is an example for a RedHat 6.2 Linux system.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
[global]
   # &lt;...remainder of parameters...&gt;
   add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u 
</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861423"></a>Joining the Client to the Domain</h3></div></div><p>
The procedure for joining a client to the domain varies with the
version of Windows.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Windows 2000</em></span></p><p>
	When the user elects to join the client to a domain, Windows prompts for
	an account and password that is privileged to join the domain. A Samba administrative
	account (i.e., a Samba account that has root privileges on the Samba server) must be
	entered here; the operation will fail if an ordinary user account is given. 
	The password for this account should be set to a different password than the associated
	<tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry, for security reasons.
	</p><p>
	The session key of the Samba administrative account acts as an
	encryption key for setting the password of the machine trust
	account. The machine trust account will be created on-the-fly, or
	updated if it already exists.
	</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Windows NT</em></span></p><p> If the machine trust account was created manually, on the
	Identification Changes menu enter the domain name, but do not
	check the box &quot;Create a Computer Account in the Domain.&quot;  In this case,
	the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine to
	the domain.</p><p> If the machine trust account is to be created
	on-the-fly, on the Identification Changes menu enter the domain
	name, and check the box &quot;Create a Computer Account in the Domain.&quot;  In
	this case, joining the domain proceeds as above for Windows 2000
	(i.e., you must supply a Samba administrative account when
	prompted).</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Samba</em></span></p><p>Joining a samba client to a domain is documented in 
	the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member">Domain Member</a> chapter.
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2861529"></a>Common Problems and Errors</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861536"></a>I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</h3></div></div><p>
A 'machine name' in (typically) <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> 	
of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD 
systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name.
</p><p>
The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works perfectly.
Create a user without the '$' using <b>vipw</b> to edit the entry, adding
the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like, make sure you use a unique User ID!
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861574"></a>I get told &quot;You already have a connection to the Domain....&quot; 
or &quot;Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an 
existing set..&quot; when creating a machine trust account.</h3></div></div><p>
This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the 
machine itself and already have a connection (e.g. mapped drive) 
to a share (or IPC$) on the Samba PDC.  The following command
will remove all network drive connections:
</p><p>
<tt>C:\WINNT\&gt;</tt> <b>net use * /d</b>
</p><p>
Further, if the machine is already a 'member of a workgroup' that 
is the same name as the domain you are joining (bad idea) you will 
get this message.  Change the workgroup name to something else, it 
does not matter what, reboot, and try again.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861621"></a>The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</h3></div></div><p>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading 
to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, &quot;The system 
can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your 
system administrator&quot; when attempting to logon.
</p><p>
This occurs when the domain SID stored in the secrets.tdb database
is changed. The most common cause of a change in domain SID is when
the domain name and/or the server name (netbios name) is changed.
The only way to correct the problem is to restore the original domain 
SID or remove the domain client from the domain and rejoin. The domain
SID may be reset using either the net or rpcclient utilities.
</p><p>
The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	net getlocalsid 'OLDNAME'
	net setlocalsid 'SID'
</pre><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861672"></a>The machine trust account for this computer either does not 
exist or is not accessible.</h3></div></div><p>
When I try to join the domain I get the message &quot;The machine account 
for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible&quot;. What's 
wrong?
</p><p>
This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. 
If you are using the <i><tt>add user script</tt></i> method to create 
accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain 
admin user system is working.
</p><p>
Alternatively if you are creating account entries manually then they 
have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry 
correct for the machine trust account in smbpasswd file on the Samba PDC. 
If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd 
utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name 
with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry 
in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. Some people have reported 
that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT 
client have caused this problem.   Make sure that these are consistent 
for both client and server.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861721"></a>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation,
I get a message about my account being disabled.</h3></div></div><p>
At first be ensure to enable the useraccounts with <b>smbpasswd -e 
%user%</b>, this is normally done, when you create an account.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2861746"></a>Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</h2></div></div><p>
A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same thing in terms of network
browsing.  The difference is that a distributable authentication
database is associated with a domain, for secure login access to a
network.  Also, different access rights can be granted to users if they
successfully authenticate against a domain logon server. Samba-3 does this
now in the same way that MS Windows NT/2K.
</p><p>
The SMB client logging on to a domain has an expectation that every other
server in the domain should accept the same authentication information.
Network browsing functionality of domains and workgroups is identical and
is explained in this documentation under the browsing discussions.
It should be noted, that browsing is totally orthogonal to logon support.
</p><p>
Issues related to the single-logon network model are discussed in this
section.  Samba supports domain logons, network logon scripts, and user
profiles for MS Windows for workgroups and MS Windows 9X/ME clients
which are the focus of this section.
</p><p>
When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon it broadcast requests for a
logon server.  The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its
password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed.
It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user
database is not shared between servers, i.e. they are effectively workgroup
servers advertising themselves as participating in a domain.  This
demonstrates how authentication is quite different from but closely
involved with domains.
</p><p>
Using these features you can make your clients verify their logon via
the Samba server; make clients run a batch file when they logon to
the network and download their preferences, desktop and start menu.
</p><p>
Before launching into the configuration instructions, it is 
worthwhile to look at how a Windows 9x/ME client performs a logon:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	The client broadcasts (to the IP broadcast address of the subnet it is in)
	a NetLogon request. This is sent to the NetBIOS name DOMAIN&lt;1c&gt; at the
	NetBIOS layer.  The client chooses the first response it receives, which
	contains the NetBIOS name of the logon server to use in the format of 
	\\SERVER.
	</p></li><li><p>
	The client then connects to that server, logs on (does an SMBsessetupX) and
	then connects to the IPC$ share (using an SMBtconX).
	</p></li><li><p>
	The client then does a NetWkstaUserLogon request, which retrieves the name
	of the user's logon script. 
	</p></li><li><p>
	The client then connects to the NetLogon share and searches for this 	
	and if it is found and can be read, is retrieved and executed by the client.
	After this, the client disconnects from the NetLogon share.
	</p></li><li><p>
	The client then sends a NetUserGetInfo request to the server, to retrieve
	the user's home share, which is used to search for profiles. Since the
	response to the NetUserGetInfo request does not contain much more then	
	the user's home share, profiles for Win9X clients MUST reside in the user
	home directory.
	</p></li><li><p>
	The client then connects to the user's home share and searches for the 
	user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the user's home share as
	a sharename and path. For example, \\server\fred\.profile.
	If the profiles are found, they are implemented.
	</p></li><li><p>
	The client then disconnects from the user's home share, and reconnects to
	the NetLogon share and looks for CONFIG.POL, the policies file. If this is
	found, it is read and implemented.
	</p></li></ol></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861910"></a>Configuration Instructions:	Network Logons</h3></div></div><p>
The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon 
server configuration is that
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server.
</p></li><li><p>
Windows 9x/ME clients do not possess machine trust accounts.
</p></li></ul></div><p>
Therefore, a Samba PDC will also act as a Windows 9x logon 
server.
</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">security mode and master browsers</h3><p>
There are a few comments to make in order to tie up some 
loose ends.  There has been much debate over the issue of whether
or not it is ok to configure Samba as a Domain Controller in security
modes other than <tt>USER</tt>.  The only security mode 
which  will not work due to technical reasons is <tt>SHARE</tt>
mode security.  <tt>DOMAIN</tt> and <tt>SERVER</tt>
mode security is really just a variation on SMB user level security.
</p><p>
Actually, this issue is also closely tied to the debate on whether 
or not Samba must be the domain master browser for its workgroup
when operating as a DC.  While it may technically be possible
to configure a server as such (after all, browsing and domain logons
are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to do
so.  You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b NetBIOS 
name.  This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC.
Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB.
For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB.
</p><p>
Now back to the issue of configuring a Samba DC to use a mode other
than &quot;security = user&quot;.  If a Samba host is configured to use 
another SMB server or DC in order to validate user connection 
requests, then it is a fact that some other machine on the network 
(the &quot;password server&quot;) knows more about the user than the Samba host.
99% of the time, this other host is a domain controller.  Now 
in order to operate in domain mode security, the &quot;workgroup&quot; parameter
must be set to the name of the Windows NT domain (which already 
has a domain controller, right?)
</p><p>
Therefore configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that 
already by definition has a PDC is asking for trouble.
Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC to be the DMB
for its domain.
</p></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-bdc"></a>Chapter 6. 
Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control
</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Volker Lendecke</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (26 Apr 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2845056">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860294">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862166">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862187">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862212">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2862231">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862264">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862361">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862390">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845056"></a>Prerequisite Reading</h2></div></div><p>
Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure
that you are comfortable with configuring a Samba PDC
as described in the <a href="Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-HOWTO</a>.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2860294"></a>Background</h2></div></div><p>
What is a Domain Controller? It is a machine that is able to answer
logon requests from workstations in a Windows NT Domain. Whenever a
user logs into a Windows NT Workstation, the workstation connects to a
Domain Controller and asks him whether the username and password the
user typed in is correct.  The Domain Controller replies with a lot of
information about the user, for example the place where the users
profile is stored, the users full name of the user. All this
information is stored in the NT user database, the so-called SAM.
</p><p>
There are two kinds of Domain Controller in a NT 4 compatible Domain:
A Primary Domain Controller (PDC) and one or more Backup Domain
Controllers (BDC). The PDC contains the master copy of the
SAM. Whenever the SAM has to change, for example when a user changes
his password, this change has to be done on the PDC. A Backup Domain
Controller is a machine that maintains a read-only copy of the
SAM. This way it is able to reply to logon requests and authenticate
users in case the PDC is not available. During this time no changes to
the SAM are possible. Whenever changes to the SAM are done on the PDC,
all BDC receive the changes from the PDC.
</p><p>
Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all
current Windows Clients, including Windows 2000 and XP. This text
assumes the domain to be named SAMBA. To be able to act as a PDC, some
parameters in the [global]-section of the smb.conf have to be set:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	workgroup = SAMBA
	domain master = yes
	domain logons = yes
</pre><p>
Several other things like a [homes] and a [netlogon] share also may be
set along with settings for the profile path, the users home drive and
others. This will not be covered in this document.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862166"></a>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</h2></div></div><p>
Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to
register the NetBIOS group name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server and/or
by broadcast on the local network. The PDC also registers the unique
NetBIOS name SAMBA#1b with the WINS server. The name type #1b is
normally reserved for the domain master browser, a role that has
nothing to do with anything related to authentication, but the
Microsoft Domain implementation requires the domain master browser to
be on the same machine as the PDC.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862187"></a>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</h3></div></div><p>
A NT workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a local user to be
authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does
this by doing a NetBIOS name query for the group name SAMBA#1c. It
assumes that each of the machines it gets back from the queries is a
domain controller and can answer logon requests. To not open security
holes both the workstation and the selected (TODO: How is the DC
chosen) domain controller authenticate each other. After that the
workstation sends the user's credentials (his name and password) to
the domain controller, asking for approval.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862212"></a>When is the PDC needed?</h3></div></div><p>
Whenever a user wants to change his password, this has to be done on
the PDC. To find the PDC, the workstation does a NetBIOS name query
for SAMBA#1b, assuming this machine maintains the master copy of the
SAM. The workstation contacts the PDC, both mutually authenticate and
the password change is done.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862231"></a>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</h2></div></div><p>
With version 2.2, no. The native NT SAM replication protocols have
not yet been fully implemented. The Samba Team is working on
understanding and implementing the protocols, but this work has not
been finished for version 2.2.
</p><p>
With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a
suitable storage mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC
support is expected soon.
</p><p>
Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba?  Yes. The main reason for
implementing a BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine,
a second Samba machine can be set up to
service logon requests whenever the PDC is down.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862264"></a>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</h2></div></div><p>
Several things have to be done:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to
be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created
anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is
stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb
from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would
generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this
new BDC SID.</p><p>
To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the
secrets.tdb, execute 'net rpc getsid' on the BDC.
</p></li><li><p>
The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the
BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be
replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually
whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master
server and the BDC as a NIS slave server. To set up the BDC as a
mere NIS client would not be enough, as the BDC would not be able to
access its user database in case of a PDC failure.
</p></li><li><p>
The Samba password database in the file private/smbpasswd has to be
replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This is a bit tricky, see the
next section.
</p></li><li><p>
Any netlogon share has to be replicated from the PDC to the
BDC. This can be done manually whenever login scripts are changed,
or it can be done automatically together with the smbpasswd
synchronization.
</p></li></ul></div><p>
Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done
by setting
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	workgroup = samba
	domain master = no
	domain logons = yes
</pre><p>
in the [global]-section of the smb.conf of the BDC. This makes the BDC
only register the name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server. This is no
problem as the name SAMBA#1c is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to
be registered by more than one machine. The parameter 'domain master =
no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA#1b which as a unique NetBIOS
name is reserved for the Primary Domain Controller.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862361"></a>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</h3></div></div><p>
Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done
whenever changes to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is
done in the smbpasswd file and has to be replicated to the BDC. So
replicating the smbpasswd file very often is necessary.
</p><p>
As the smbpasswd file contains plain text password equivalents, it
must not be sent unencrypted over the wire. The best way to set up
smbpasswd replication from the PDC to the BDC is to use the utility
rsync. rsync can use ssh as a transport. ssh itself can be set up to
accept *only* rsync transfer without requiring the user to type a
password.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862390"></a>Can I do this all with LDAP?</h3></div></div><p>The simple answer is YES.  Samba's pdb_ldap code supports
binding to a replica LDAP server, and will also follow referrals and
rebind to the master if it ever needs to make a modification to the
database.  (Normally BDCs are read only, so this will not occur
often).
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ADS"></a>Chapter 7. Samba as a ADS domain member</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">2002/2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2862021">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862571">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862765">Possible errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862919">Notes</a></dt></dl></div><p>
This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with kerberos authentication against a
Windows2000 KDC. 
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862021"></a>Setup your <tt>smb.conf</tt></h2></div></div><p>You must use at least the following 3 options in smb.conf:</p><pre class="programlisting">
	realm = YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM
	security = ADS
	encrypt passwords = yes
</pre><p>
In case samba can't figure out your ads server using your realm name, use the 
<b>ads server</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt>:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	ads server = your.kerberos.server
</pre><p>
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You do *not* need a smbpasswd file, and older clients will
  be authenticated as if <b>security = domain</b>,
  although it won't do any harm
  and allows you to have local users not in the domain.
  I expect that the above required options will change soon when we get better
  active directory integration.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862571"></a>Setup your <tt>/etc/krb5.conf</tt></h2></div></div><p>Note: you will need the krb5 workstation, devel, and libs installed</p><p>The minimal configuration for <tt>krb5.conf</tt> is:</p><pre class="programlisting">
	[realms]
	    YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = {
		kdc = your.kerberos.server
	    }
</pre><p>Test your config by doing a <b><tt>kinit
<i><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b> and
making sure that your password is accepted by the Win2000 KDC.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>The realm must be uppercase or you will get &quot;Cannot find KDC for requested
realm while getting initial credentials&quot; error </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Time between the two servers must be synchronized.  You will get a
&quot;kinit(v5): Clock skew too great while getting initial credentials&quot; if the time
difference is more than five minutes. </p></div><p>
You also must ensure that you can do a reverse DNS lookup on the IP
address of your KDC. Also, the name that this reverse lookup maps to
must either be the netbios name of the KDC (ie. the hostname with no
domain attached) or it can alternatively be the netbios name
followed by the realm. 
</p><p>
The easiest way to ensure you get this right is to add a 
<tt>/etc/hosts</tt> entry mapping the IP address of your KDC to 
its netbios name. If you don't get this right then you will get a 
&quot;local error&quot; when you try to join the realm.
</p><p>
If all you want is kerberos support in smbclient then you can skip
straight to <a href="#ads-test-smbclient" title="Testing with smbclient">Test with smbclient</a> now. 
<a href="#ads-create-machine-account" title="Create the computer account">Creating a computer account</a> 
and <a href="#ads-test-server" title="Test your server setup">testing your servers</a>
is only needed if you want kerberos support for smbd and winbindd.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-create-machine-account"></a>Create the computer account</h2></div></div><p>
As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory
(usually root) run:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	<b><tt>net join -U Administrator%password</tt></b>
</pre><p>
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862765"></a>Possible errors</h3></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">&quot;ADS support not compiled in&quot;</span></dt><dd><p>Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled
	(make clean all install) after the kerberos libs and headers are installed.
	</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net join prompts for user name</span></dt><dd><p>You need to login to the domain using <b><tt>kinit
	<i><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b>.
	<i><tt>USERNAME</tt></i> must be a user who has rights to add a machine
	to the domain.  </p></dd></dl></div><p>
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-test-server"></a>Test your server setup</h2></div></div><p>
If the join was successful, you will see a new computer account with the
NetBIOS name of your Samba server in Active Directory (in the &quot;Computers&quot;
folder under Users and Computers.
</p><p>
On a Windows 2000 client try <b><tt>net use * \\server\share</tt></b>. You should
be logged in with kerberos without needing to know a password. If
this fails then run <b><tt>klist tickets</tt></b>. Did you get a ticket for the
server? Does it have an encoding type of DES-CBC-MD5 ? 
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-test-smbclient"></a>Testing with smbclient</h2></div></div><p>
On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba
server using smbclient and kerberos. Use smbclient as usual, but
specify the <i><tt>-k</tt></i> option to choose kerberos authentication.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862919"></a>Notes</h2></div></div><p>You must change administrator password at least once after DC 
install, to create the right encoding types</p><p>w2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in
   their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs?</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="domain-member"></a>Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">16 Apr 2001</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2862413">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863318">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862413"></a>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</h2></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Assumptions:</em></span>
	</p><pre class="programlisting">
		NetBIOS name: SERV1
		Win2K/NT domain name: DOM
		Domain's PDC NetBIOS name: DOMPDC
		Domain's BDC NetBIOS names: DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2
	</pre><p>
	</p><p>First, you must edit your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file to tell Samba it should
	now use domain security.</p><p>Change (or add) your <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">
	<i><tt>security =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section 
	of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> to read:</p><p><b>security = domain</b></p><p>Next change the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top"><i><tt>
	workgroup =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section to read: </p><p><b>workgroup = DOM</b></p><p>as this is the name of the domain we are joining. </p><p>You must also have the parameter <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">
	<i><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> set to <tt>yes
	</tt> in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC.</p><p>Finally, add (or modify) a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top">
	<i><tt>password server =</tt></i></a> line in the [global]
	section to read: </p><p><b>password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2</b></p><p>These are the primary and backup domain controllers Samba 
	will attempt to contact in order to authenticate users. Samba will 
	try to contact each of these servers in order, so you may want to 
	rearrange this list in order to spread out the authentication load 
	among domain controllers.</p><p>Alternatively, if you want smbd to automatically determine 
	the list of Domain controllers to use for authentication, you may 
	set this line to be :</p><p><b>password server = *</b></p><p>This method, allows Samba to use exactly the same
        mechanism that NT does. This 
	method either broadcasts or uses a WINS database in order to
	find domain controllers to authenticate against.</p><p>In order to actually join the domain, you must run this
        command:</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net join -S DOMPDC
	-U<i><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>
	If the <b><tt>-S DOMPDC</tt></b> argument is not given then
	the domain name will be obtained from smb.conf.
	</p><p>as we are joining the domain DOM and the PDC for that domain 
	(the only machine that has write access to the domain SAM database) 
	is DOMPDC. The <i><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i> is 
	the login name and password for an account which has the necessary 
	privilege to add machines to the domain.  If this is successful 
	you will see the message:</p><p><tt>Joined domain DOM.</tt>
	or <tt>Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'</tt>
	</p><p>in your terminal window. See the <a href="net.8.html" target="_top">
	net(8)</a> man page for more details.</p><p>This process joins the server to the domain
	without having to create the machine trust account on the PDC
	beforehand.</p><p>This command goes through the machine account password 
	change protocol, then writes the new (random) machine account 
	password for this Samba server into a file in the same directory 
	in which an smbpasswd file would be stored - normally :</p><p><tt>/usr/local/samba/private/secrets.tdb</tt></p><p>This file is created and owned by root and is not 
	readable by any other user. It is the key to the domain-level 
	security for your system, and should be treated as carefully 
	as a shadow password file.</p><p>Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for 
	clients to begin using domain security!</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2863318"></a>Why is this better than security = server?</h2></div></div><p>Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from 
	having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching 
	to your server. This means that if domain user <tt>DOM\fred
	</tt> attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs 
	to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix 
	filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode 
	<a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" target="_top">security = server</a>, 
	where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows 
	NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would.
	</p><p>Please refer to the <a href="winbind.html" target="_top">Winbind 
	paper</a> for information on a system to automatically
	assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups.
	</p><p>The advantage to domain-level security is that the 
	authentication in domain-level security is passed down the authenticated 
	RPC channel in exactly the same way that an NT server would do it. This 
	means Samba servers now participate in domain trust relationships in 
	exactly the same way NT servers do (i.e., you can add Samba servers into 
	a resource domain and have the authentication passed on from a resource
	domain PDC to an account domain PDC).</p><p>In addition, with <b>security = server</b> every Samba 
	daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the 
	authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain 
	the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run 
	out of available connections. With <b>security = domain</b>, 
	however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long 
	as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, 
	thus conserving PDC connection resources.</p><p>And finally, acting in the same manner as an NT server 
	authenticating to a PDC means that as part of the authentication 
	reply, the Samba server gets the user identification information such 
	as the user SID, the list of NT groups the user belongs to, etc. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> Much of the text of this document 
	was first published in the Web magazine <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com" target="_top"> 	
	LinuxWorld</a> as the article <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com/linuxworld/lw-1998-10/lw-10-samba.html" target="_top">Doing 
	the NIS/NT Samba</a>.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="optional"></a>Advanced Configuration</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2859626"></a>Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information</h1></div></div><p>
Samba has several features that you might want or might not want to use. The chapters in this part each cover specific Samba features.
</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>9. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862996">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863646">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863809">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863936">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864124">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864390">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864538">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864555">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864584">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864695">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2864763">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863586">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865218">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865243">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865274">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865287">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865354">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865470">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865517">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865624">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865703">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>10. <a href="#passdb">User information database</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866099">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866152">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866314">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866353">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866388">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866568">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866597">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866613">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866621">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866721">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866860">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866898">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867008">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867304">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867341">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867456">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867737">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867793">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867800">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867854">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867999">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868029">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868072">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#unix-permissions">UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865054">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT 
	security dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864937">How to view file security on a Samba share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868280">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868401">Viewing file or directory permissions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868484">File Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868587">Directory Permissions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868637">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868797">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask 
	parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869113">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute 
	mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Configuring Group Mapping</a></dt><dt>13. <a href="#printing">Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869498">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869614">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869661">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869893">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869992">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870099">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870231">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869233">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869259">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870336">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870355">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870379">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869340">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869347">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870552">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870619">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870661">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870795">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871344">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871420">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871438">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871464">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871008">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871067">Configuring smb.conf for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871607">CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871091">CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872272">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872314">Setting up CUPS for driver download</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872566">cupsaddsmb</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872915">The CUPS Filter Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873302">CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873339">Further printing steps</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873758">Limiting the number of pages users can print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874367">Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874473">Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#winbind">Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874714">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874743">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874814">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872076">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872107">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872135">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872170">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872192">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875280">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875352">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875387">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875414">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875442">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875518">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875611">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2877210">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877264">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Manangement</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875143">Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874905">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2874974">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875057">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877889">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877672">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877925">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878014">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878140">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878344">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878457">With Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878478">With a Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878502">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877599">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877483">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879080">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879695">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879742">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879925">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879970">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880011">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880040">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880129">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880513">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878684">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881006">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881019">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881063">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2881087">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881114">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881210">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#pam">PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880956">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881738">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881795">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882047">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881331">Introduction and configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882249">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882256">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882295">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882416">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882554">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882592">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882614">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882669">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882214">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882961">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882745">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883178">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883316">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883360">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883403">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883498">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883030">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883069">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883112">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883144">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883156">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883603">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883619">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884070">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884122">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884164">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883724">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883760">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884358">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884428">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884517">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884562">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884210">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884872">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884987">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885212">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885239">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885320">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885350">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NetworkBrowsing"></a>Chapter 9. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">July 5, 1998</p></div><div><p class="pubdate">Updated: April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2862996">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863646">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863809">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863936">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864124">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864390">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864538">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864555">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864584">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864695">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2864763">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863586">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865218">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865243">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865274">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865287">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865354">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865470">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865517">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865624">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865703">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
This document contains detailed information as well as a fast track guide to
implementing browsing across subnets and / or across workgroups (or domains).
WINS is the best tool for resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addesses. WINS is
NOT involved in browse list handling except by way of name to address resolution.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
MS Windows 2000 and later can be configured to operate with NO NetBIOS 
over TCP/IP. Samba-3 and later also supports this mode of operation.
When the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP has been disabled then the primary
means for resolution of MS Windows machine names is via DNS and Active Directory.
The following information assumes that your site is running NetBIOS over TCP/IP.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862996"></a>What is Browsing?</h2></div></div><p>
To most people browsing means that they can see the MS Windows and Samba servers
in the Network Neighborhood, and when the computer icon for a particular server is
clicked, it opens up and shows the shares and printers available on the target server.
</p><p>
What seems so simple is in fact a very complex interaction of different technologies.
The technologies (or methods) employed in making all of this work includes:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS Windows machines register their presence to the network</td></tr><tr><td>Machines announce themselves to other machines on the network</td></tr><tr><td>One or more machine on the network collates the local announcements</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine finds the machine that has the collated list of machines</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine is able to resolve the machine names to IP addresses</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine is able to connect to a target machine</td></tr></table><p>
The samba application that controls/manages browse list management and name resolution is
called <tt>nmbd</tt>. The configuration parameters involved in nmbd's operation are:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	Browsing options:
	-----------------
		* os level
		  lm announce
		  lm interval
		* preferred master
		* local master
		* domain master
		  browse list
		  enhanced browsing

	Name Resolution Method:
	-----------------------
		* name resolve order

	WINS options:
	-------------
		  dns proxy
		  wins proxy
		* wins server
		* wins support
		  wins hook
</pre><p>
WINS Server and WINS Support are mutually exclusive options. Those marked with an '*' are
the only options that commonly MAY need to be modified. Even if not one of these parameters
is set nmbd will still do it's job.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2863646"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><p>
Firstly, all MS Windows networking is based on SMB (Server Message
Block) based messaging. SMB messaging may be implemented using NetBIOS or 
without NetBIOS. Samba implements NetBIOS by encapsulating it over TCP/IP.
MS Windows products can do likewise. NetBIOS based networking uses broadcast
messaging to affect browse list management. When running NetBIOS over
TCP/IP this uses UDP based messaging. UDP messages can be broadcast or unicast.
</p><p>
Normally, only unicast UDP messaging can be forwarded by routers. The
<b>remote announce</b>
parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements
to remote network segments via unicast UDP. Similarly, the 
<b>remote browse sync</b> parameter of <tt>smb.conf</tt>
implements browse list collation using unicast UDP.
</p><p>
Secondly, in those networks where Samba is the only SMB server technology
wherever possible <tt>nmbd</tt> should be configured on one (1) machine as the WINS
server. This makes it easy to manage the browsing environment. If each network
segment is configured with it's own Samba WINS server, then the only way to
get cross segment browsing to work is by using the 
<b>remote announce</b> and the <b>remote browse sync</b>
parameters to your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file.
</p><p>
If only one WINS server is used for an entire multi-segment network then
the use of the <b>remote announce</b> and the 
<b>remote browse sync</b> parameters should NOT be necessary.
</p><p>
As of Samba 3 WINS replication is being worked on. The bulk of the code has
been committed, but it still needs maturation.
</p><p>
Right now samba WINS does not support MS-WINS replication. This means that
when setting up Samba as a WINS server there must only be one <tt>nmbd</tt> configured
as a WINS server on the network. Some sites have used multiple Samba WINS
servers for redundancy (one server per subnet) and then used 
<b>remote browse sync</b> and <b>remote announce</b>
to affect browse list collation across all
segments. Note that this means clients will only resolve local names,
and must be configured to use DNS to resolve names on other subnets in
order to resolve the IP addresses of the servers they can see on other
subnets. This setup is not recommended, but is mentioned as a practical
consideration (ie: an 'if all else fails' scenario).
</p><p>
Lastly, take note that browse lists are a collection of unreliable broadcast
messages that are repeated at intervals of not more than 15 minutes. This means
that it will take time to establish a browse list and it can take up to 45
minutes to stabilise, particularly across network segments.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2863809"></a>How Browsing Functions</h2></div></div><p>
As stated above, MS Windows machines register their NetBIOS names 
(ie: the machine name for each service type in operation) on start 
up. Also, as stated above, the exact method by which this name registration 
takes place is determined by whether or not the MS Windows client/server 
has been given a WINS server address, whether or not LMHOSTS lookup 
is enabled, or if DNS for NetBIOS name resolution is enabled, etc.
</p><p>
In the case where there is no WINS server all name registrations as 
well as name lookups are done by UDP broadcast. This isolates name 
resolution to the local subnet, unless LMHOSTS is used to list all 
names and IP addresses. In such situations Samba provides a means by 
which the samba server name may be forcibly injected into the browse 
list of a remote MS Windows network (using the 
<b>remote announce</b> parameter).
</p><p>
Where a WINS server is used, the MS Windows client will use UDP 
unicast to register with the WINS server. Such packets can be routed 
and thus WINS allows name resolution to function across routed networks.
</p><p>
During the startup process an election will take place to create a 
local master browser if one does not already exist. On each NetBIOS network 
one machine will be elected to function as the domain master browser. This 
domain browsing has nothing to do with MS security domain control. 
Instead, the domain master browser serves the role of contacting each local 
master browser (found by asking WINS or from LMHOSTS) and exchanging browse 
list contents. This way every master browser will eventually obtain a complete 
list of all machines that are on the network. Every 11-15 minutes an election 
is held to determine which machine will be the master browser. By the nature of 
the election criteria used, the machine with the highest uptime, or the 
most senior protocol version, or other criteria, will win the election 
as domain master browser.
</p><p>
Clients wishing to browse the network make use of this list, but also depend 
on the availability of correct name resolution to the respective IP 
address/addresses. 
</p><p>
Any configuration that breaks name resolution and/or browsing intrinsics 
will annoy users because they will have to put up with protracted 
inability to use the network services.
</p><p>
Samba supports a feature that allows forced synchonisation 
of browse lists across routed networks using the <b>remote 
browse sync</b> parameter in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. 
This causes Samba to contact the local master browser on a remote network and 
to request browse list synchronisation. This effectively bridges 
two networks that are separated by routers. The two remote 
networks may use either broadcast based name resolution or WINS 
based name resolution, but it should be noted that the <b>remote 
browse sync</b> parameter provides browse list synchronisation - and 
that is distinct from name to address resolution, in other 
words, for cross subnet browsing to function correctly it is 
essential that a name to address resolution mechanism be provided. 
This mechanism could be via DNS, <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>, 
and so on.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2863936"></a>Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</h3></div></div><p>
To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines
in up to be in a WORKGROUP, not an NT Domain you need to set up one
Samba server to be the Domain Master Browser (note that this is *NOT*
the same as a Primary Domain Controller, although in an NT Domain the
same machine plays both roles).  The role of a Domain master browser is
to collate the browse lists from local master browsers on all the
subnets that have a machine participating in the workgroup.  Without
one machine configured as a domain master browser each subnet would
be an isolated workgroup, unable to see any machines on any other
subnet.  It is the presense of a domain master browser that makes
cross subnet browsing possible for a workgroup.
</p><p>
In an WORKGROUP environment the domain master browser must be a
Samba server, and there must only be one domain master browser per
workgroup name.  To set up a Samba server as a domain master browser,
set the following option in the [global] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	domain master = yes
</pre><p>
</p><p>
The domain master browser should also preferrably be the local master
browser for its own subnet.  In order to achieve this set the following
options in the [global] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	domain master = yes
	local master = yes
	preferred master = yes
	os level = 65
</pre><p>
</p><p>
The domain master browser may be the same machine as the WINS
server, if you require.
</p><p>
Next, you should ensure that each of the subnets contains a
machine that can act as a local master browser for the
workgroup.  Any MS Windows NT/2K/XP/2003  machine should be
able to do this, as will Windows 9x machines (although these
tend to get rebooted more often, so it's not such a good idea
to use these).  To make a Samba server a local master browser
set the following options in the [global] section of the
<tt>smb.conf</tt> file :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	domain master = no
	local master = yes
	preferred master = yes
	os level = 65
</pre><p>
</p><p>
Do not do this for more than one Samba server on each subnet,
or they will war with each other over which is to be the local
master browser.
</p><p>
The <b>local master</b> parameter allows Samba to act as a
local master browser.  The <b>preferred master</b> causes nmbd
to force a browser election on startup and the <b>os level</b>
parameter sets Samba high enough so that it should win any browser elections.
</p><p>
If you have an NT machine on the subnet that you wish to
be the local master browser then you can disable Samba from
becoming a local master browser by setting the following
options in the <b>[global]</b> section of the 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> file :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	domain master = no
	local master = no
	preferred master = no
	os level = 0
</pre><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864124"></a>Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</h3></div></div><p>
If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then
you must not set up a Samba server as a domain master browser.
By default, a Windows NT Primary Domain Controller for a Domain
name is also the Domain master browser for that name, and many
things will break if a Samba server registers the Domain master
browser NetBIOS name (<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>&lt;1B&gt;)
with WINS instead of the PDC.
</p><p>
For subnets other than the one containing the Windows NT PDC
you may set up Samba servers as local master browsers as
described.  To make a Samba server a local master browser set 
the following options in the <b>[global]</b> section 
of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	domain master = no
	local master = yes
	preferred master = yes
	os level = 65
</pre><p>
</p><p>
If you wish to have a Samba server fight the election with machines
on the same subnet you may set the <b>os level</b> parameter
to lower levels.  By doing this you can tune the order of machines that
will become local master browsers if they are running.  For
more details on this see the section <a href="#browse-force-master" title="Forcing samba to be the master">
Forcing samba to be the master browser</a>
below.
</p><p>
If you have Windows NT machines that are members of the domain
on all subnets, and you are sure they will always be running then
you can disable Samba from taking part in browser elections and
ever becoming a local master browser by setting following options 
in the <b>[global]</b> section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt>
file :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
        domain master = no
        local master = no
        preferred master = no
        os level = 0
</pre><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="browse-force-master"></a>Forcing samba to be the master</h3></div></div><p>
Who becomes the <b>master browser</b> is determined by an election
process using broadcasts.  Each election packet contains a number of parameters
which determine what precedence (bias) a host should have in the
election.  By default Samba uses a very low precedence and thus loses
elections to just about anyone else.
</p><p>
If you want Samba to win elections then just set the <b>os level</b> global
option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to a higher number.  It defaults to 0.  Using 34
would make it win all elections over every other system (except other
samba systems!)
</p><p>
A <b>os level</b> of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows
NT/2K Server.  A MS Windows NT/2K Server domain controller uses level 32.
</p><p>The maximum os level is 255</p><p>
If you want samba to force an election on startup, then set the
<b>preferred master</b> global option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to &quot;yes&quot;.  Samba will
then have a slight advantage over other potential master browsers
that are not preferred master browsers.  Use this parameter with
care, as if you have two hosts (whether they are windows 95 or NT or
samba) on the same local subnet both set with <b>preferred master</b> to
&quot;yes&quot;, then periodically and continually they will force an election
in order to become the local master browser.
</p><p>
If you want samba to be a <b>domain master browser</b>, then it is
recommended that you also set <b>preferred master</b> to &quot;yes&quot;, because
samba will not become a domain master browser for the whole of your
LAN or WAN if it is not also a local master browser on its own
broadcast isolated subnet.
</p><p>
It is possible to configure two samba servers to attempt to become
the domain master browser for a domain.  The first server that comes
up will be the domain master browser.  All other samba servers will
attempt to become the domain master browser every 5 minutes.  They
will find that another samba server is already the domain master
browser and will fail.  This provides automatic redundancy, should
the current domain master browser fail.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864390"></a>Making samba the domain master</h3></div></div><p>
The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of
multiple subnets so that browsing can occur between subnets.  You can
make samba act as the domain master by setting <b>domain master = yes</b>
in <tt>smb.conf</tt>.  By default it will not be a domain master.
</p><p>
Note that you should NOT set Samba to be the domain master for a
workgroup that has the same name as an NT Domain.
</p><p>
When samba is the domain master and the master browser it will listen
for master announcements (made roughly every twelve minutes) from local
master browsers on other subnets and then contact them to synchronise
browse lists.
</p><p>
If you want samba to be the domain master then I suggest you also set
the <b>os level</b> high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set
<b>preferred master</b> to &quot;yes&quot;, to get samba to force an election on
startup.
</p><p>
Note that all your servers (including samba) and clients should be
using a WINS server to resolve NetBIOS names.  If your clients are only
using broadcasting to resolve NetBIOS names, then two things will occur:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	your local master browsers will be unable to find a domain master
	browser, as it will only be looking on the local subnet.
	</p></li><li><p>
	if a client happens to get hold of a domain-wide browse list, and
	a user attempts to access a host in that list, it will be unable to
	resolve the NetBIOS name of that host.
	</p></li></ol></div><p>
If, however, both samba and your clients are using a WINS server, then:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	your local master browsers will contact the WINS server and, as long as
	samba has registered that it is a domain master browser with the WINS
	server, your local master browser will receive samba's ip address
	as its domain master browser.
	</p></li><li><p>
	when a client receives a domain-wide browse list, and a user attempts
	to access a host in that list, it will contact the WINS server to
	resolve the NetBIOS name of that host.  as long as that host has
	registered its NetBIOS name with the same WINS server, the user will
	be able to see that host.  
	</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864538"></a>Note about broadcast addresses</h3></div></div><p>
If your network uses a &quot;0&quot; based broadcast address (for example if it
ends in a 0) then you will strike problems.  Windows for Workgroups
does not seem to support a 0's broadcast and you will probably find
that browsing and name lookups won't work.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864555"></a>Multiple interfaces</h3></div></div><p>
Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces.  If you
have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the <b>interfaces</b>
option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to configure them. 
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864584"></a>Use of the <b>Remote Announce</b> parameter</h3></div></div><p>
The <b>remote announce</b> parameter of 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> can be used to forcibly ensure
that all the NetBIOS names on a network get announced to a remote network.
The syntax of the <b>remote announce</b> parameter is:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	remote announce = a.b.c.d [e.f.g.h] ...
</pre><p>
_or_
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	remote announce = a.b.c.d/WORKGROUP [e.f.g.h/WORKGROUP] ...
</pre><p>

where:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> and 
<i><tt>e.f.g.h</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address
or the broadcst address of the remote network.
ie: the LMB is at 192.168.1.10, or the address
could be given as 192.168.1.255 where the netmask
is assumed to be 24 bits (255.255.255.0).
When the remote announcement is made to the broadcast
address of the remote network every host will receive
our announcements. This is noisy and therefore
undesirable but may be necessary if we do NOT know
the IP address of the remote LMB.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i><tt>WORKGROUP</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is optional and can be either our own workgroup
or that of the remote network. If you use the
workgroup name of the remote network then our
NetBIOS machine names will end up looking like
they belong to that workgroup, this may cause
name resolution problems and should be avoided.
</p></dd></dl></div><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864695"></a>Use of the <b>Remote Browse Sync</b> parameter</h3></div></div><p>
The <b>remote browse sync</b> parameter of 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> is used to announce to
another LMB that it must synchronise it's NetBIOS name list with our
Samba LMB. It works ONLY if the Samba server that has this option is
simultaneously the LMB on it's network segment.
</p><p>
The syntax of the <b>remote browse sync</b> parameter is:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
remote browse sync = <i><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i>
</pre><p>

where <i><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> is either the IP address of the
remote LMB or else is the network broadcast address of the remote segment.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2864763"></a>WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</h2></div></div><p>
Use of WINS (either Samba WINS _or_ MS Windows NT Server WINS) is highly
recommended. Every NetBIOS machine registers it's name together with a
name_type value for each of of several types of service it has available.
eg: It registers it's name directly as a unique (the type 0x03) name.
It also registers it's name if it is running the lanmanager compatible
server service (used to make shares and printers available to other users)
by registering the server (the type 0x20) name.
</p><p>
All NetBIOS names are up to 15 characters in length. The name_type variable
is added to the end of the name - thus creating a 16 character name. Any
name that is shorter than 15 characters is padded with spaces to the 15th
character. ie: All NetBIOS names are 16 characters long (including the
name_type information).
</p><p>
WINS can store these 16 character names as they get registered. A client
that wants to log onto the network can ask the WINS server for a list
of all names that have registered the NetLogon service name_type. This saves
broadcast traffic and greatly expedites logon processing. Since broadcast
name resolution can not be used across network segments this type of
information can only be provided via WINS _or_ via statically configured
<tt>lmhosts</tt> files that must reside on all clients in the
absence of WINS.
</p><p>
WINS also serves the purpose of forcing browse list synchronisation by all
LMB's. LMB's must synchronise their browse list with the DMB (domain master
browser) and WINS helps the LMB to identify it's DMB. By definition this
will work only within a single workgroup. Note that the domain master browser
has NOTHING to do with what is referred to as an MS Windows NT Domain. The
later is a reference to a security environment while the DMB refers to the
master controller for browse list information only.
</p><p>
Use of WINS will work correctly only if EVERY client TCP/IP protocol stack
has been configured to use the WINS server/s. Any client that has not been
configured to use the WINS server will continue to use only broadcast based
name registration so that WINS may NEVER get to know about it. In any case,
machines that have not registered with a WINS server will fail name to address
lookup attempts by other clients and will therefore cause workstation access
errors.
</p><p>
To configure Samba as a WINS server just add 
<b>wins support = yes</b> to the <tt>smb.conf</tt>
file [globals] section.
</p><p>
To configure Samba to register with a WINS server just add
&quot;wins server = a.b.c.d&quot; to your smb.conf file [globals] section.
</p><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Important</h3><p>
Never use both <b>wins support = yes</b> together
with <b>wins server = a.b.c.d</b>
particularly not using it's own IP address.
Specifying both will cause nmbd to refuse to start!
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2863586"></a>Setting up a WINS server</h3></div></div><p>
Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up
as a WINS server.  To set a Samba machine to be a WINS server you must
add the following option to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file on the selected machine :
in the [globals] section add the line 
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	wins support = yes
</pre><p>
</p><p>
Versions of Samba prior to 1.9.17 had this parameter default to
yes.  If you have any older versions of Samba on your network it is
strongly suggested you upgrade to a recent version, or at the very
least set the parameter to 'no' on all these machines.
</p><p>
Machines with <b>wins support = yes</b> will keep a list of 
all NetBIOS names registered with them, acting as a DNS for NetBIOS names.
</p><p>
You should set up only ONE wins server.  Do NOT set the
<b>wins support = yes</b> option on more than one Samba 
server.
</p><p>
To set up a Windows NT Server as a WINS server you need to set up
the WINS service - see your NT documentation for details.  Note that
Windows NT WINS Servers can replicate to each other, allowing more
than one to be set up in a complex subnet environment.  As Microsoft
refuse to document these replication protocols Samba cannot currently
participate in these replications.  It is possible in the future that
a Samba-&gt;Samba WINS replication protocol may be defined, in which
case more than one Samba machine could be set up as a WINS server
but currently only one Samba server should have the 
<b>wins support = yes</b> parameter set.
</p><p>
After the WINS server has been configured you must ensure that all
machines participating on the network are configured with the address
of this WINS server.  If your WINS server is a Samba machine, fill in
the Samba machine IP address in the &quot;Primary WINS Server&quot; field of
the &quot;Control Panel-&gt;Network-&gt;Protocols-&gt;TCP-&gt;WINS Server&quot; dialogs
in Windows 95 or Windows NT.  To tell a Samba server the IP address
of the WINS server add the following line to the [global] section of
all <tt>smb.conf</tt> files :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	wins server = &lt;name or IP address&gt;
</pre><p>
</p><p>
where &lt;name or IP address&gt; is either the DNS name of the WINS server
machine or its IP address.
</p><p>
Note that this line MUST NOT BE SET in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file of the Samba
server acting as the WINS server itself.  If you set both the
<b>wins support = yes</b> option and the 
<b>wins server = &lt;name&gt;</b> option then
nmbd will fail to start.
</p><p>
There are two possible scenarios for setting up cross subnet browsing.
The first details setting up cross subnet browsing on a network containing
Windows 95, Samba and Windows NT machines that are not configured as
part of a Windows NT Domain.  The second details setting up cross subnet
browsing on networks that contain NT Domains.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865218"></a>WINS Replication</h3></div></div><p>
Samba-3 permits WINS replication through the use of the <tt>wrepld</tt> utility.
This tool is not currently capable of being used as it is still in active development.
As soon as this tool becomes moderately functional we will prepare man pages and enhance this
section of the documentation to provide usage and technical details.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865243"></a>Static WINS Entries</h3></div></div><p>
New to Samba-3 is a tool called <tt>winsedit</tt> that may be used to add
static WINS entries to the WINS database. This tool can be used also to modify entries
existing in the WINS database.
</p><p>
The development of the winsedit tool was made necessary due to the migration
of the older style wins.dat file into a new tdb binary backend data store.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2865274"></a>Helpful Hints</h2></div></div><p>
The following hints should be carefully considered as they are stumbling points
for many new network administrators.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865287"></a>Windows Networking Protocols</h3></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>
Do NOT use more than one (1) protocol on MS Windows machines
</p></div><p>
A very common cause of browsing problems results from installing more than
one protocol on an MS Windows machine.
</p><p>
Every NetBIOS machine takes part in a process of electing the LMB (and DMB)
every 15 minutes. A set of election criteria is used to determine the order
of precidence for winning this election process. A machine running Samba or
Windows NT will be biased so that the most suitable machine will predictably
win and thus retain it's role.
</p><p>
The election process is &quot;fought out&quot; so to speak over every NetBIOS network
interface. In the case of a Windows 9x machine that has both TCP/IP and IPX
installed and has NetBIOS enabled over both protocols the election will be
decided over both protocols. As often happens, if the Windows 9x machine is
the only one with both protocols then the LMB may be won on the NetBIOS
interface over the IPX protocol. Samba will then lose the LMB role as Windows
9x will insist it knows who the LMB is. Samba will then cease to function
as an LMB and thus browse list operation on all TCP/IP only machines will
fail.
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
Windows 95, 98, 98se, Me are referred to generically as Windows 9x.
The Windows NT4, 2000, XP and 2003 use common protocols. These are roughly
referred to as the WinNT family, but it should be recognised that 2000 and
XP/2003 introduce new protocol extensions that cause them to behave 
differently from MS Windows NT4. Generally, where a server does NOT support
the newer or extended protocol, these will fall back to the NT4 protocols.
</em></span></p><p>
The safest rule of all to follow it this - USE ONLY ONE PROTOCOL!
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865354"></a>Name Resolution Order</h3></div></div><p>
Resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addresses can take place using a number
of methods. The only ones that can provide NetBIOS name_type information
are:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>WINS: the best tool!</td></tr><tr><td>LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.</td></tr><tr><td>Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.</td></tr></table><p>
Alternative means of name resolution includes:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>/etc/hosts: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info</td></tr><tr><td>DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.</td></tr></table><p>
Many sites want to restrict DNS lookups and want to avoid broadcast name
resolution traffic. The &quot;name resolve order&quot; parameter is of great help here.
The syntax of the &quot;name resolve order&quot; parameter is:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
name resolve order = wins lmhosts bcast host
</pre><p>
_or_
</p><pre class="programlisting">
name resolve order = wins lmhosts  	(eliminates bcast and host)
</pre><p>
The default is:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
name  resolve order = host lmhost wins bcast
</pre><p>
where &quot;host&quot; refers the the native methods used by the Unix system
to implement the gethostbyname() function call. This is normally
controlled by <tt>/etc/host.conf</tt>, <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> and <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt>.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2865470"></a>Technical Overview of browsing</h2></div></div><p>
SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list
of machines in a network, a so-called <b>browse list</b>.  This list
contains machines that are ready to offer file and/or print services
to other machines within the network. Thus it does not include
machines which aren't currently able to do server tasks.  The browse
list is heavily used by all SMB clients.  Configuration of SMB
browsing has been problematic for some Samba users, hence this
document.
</p><p>
MS Windows 2000 and later, as with Samba 3 and later, can be
configured to not use NetBIOS over TCP/IP. When configured this way
it is imperative that name resolution (using DNS/LDAP/ADS) be correctly
configured and operative. Browsing will NOT work if name resolution
from SMB machine names to IP addresses does not function correctly.
</p><p>
Where NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled use of a WINS server is highly
recommended to aid the resolution of NetBIOS (SMB) names to IP addresses.
WINS allows remote segment clients to obtain NetBIOS name_type information
that can NOT be provided by any other means of name resolution.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865517"></a>Browsing support in samba</h3></div></div><p>
Samba facilitates browsing.  The browsing is supported by nmbd
and is also controlled by options in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file.
Samba can act as a local browse master for a workgroup and the ability
to support domain logons and scripts is now available.
</p><p>
Samba can also act as a domain master browser for a workgroup.  This
means that it will collate lists from local browse masters into a
wide area network server list.  In order for browse clients to
resolve the names they may find in this list, it is recommended that
both samba and your clients use a WINS server.
</p><p>
Note that you should NOT set Samba to be the domain master for a
workgroup that has the same name as an NT Domain: on each wide area
network, you must only ever have one domain master browser per workgroup,
regardless of whether it is NT, Samba or any other type of domain master
that is providing this service.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Nmbd can be configured as a WINS server, but it is not
necessary to specifically use samba as your WINS server.  MS Windows
NT4, Server or Advanced Server 2000 or 2003 can be configured as
your WINS server.  In a mixed NT/2000/2003 server and samba environment on
a Wide Area Network, it is recommended that you use the Microsoft
WINS server capabilities.  In a samba-only environment, it is
recommended that you use one and only one Samba server as your WINS server.
</p></div><p>
To get browsing to work you need to run nmbd as usual, but will need
to use the <b>workgroup</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt>
to control what workgroup Samba becomes a part of.
</p><p>
Samba also has a useful option for a Samba server to offer itself for
browsing on another subnet.  It is recommended that this option is only
used for 'unusual' purposes: announcements over the internet, for
example.  See <b>remote announce</b> in the 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> man page.  
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865624"></a>Problem resolution</h3></div></div><p>
If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmb file will help
you track down the problem.  Try a debug level of 2 or 3 for finding
problems. Also note that the current browse list usually gets stored
in text form in a file called <tt>browse.dat</tt>.
</p><p>
Note that if it doesn't work for you, then you should still be able to
type the server name as <tt>\\SERVER</tt> in filemanager then
hit enter and filemanager should display the list of available shares.
</p><p>
Some people find browsing fails because they don't have the global
<b>guest account</b> set to a valid account.  Remember that the
IPC$ connection that lists the shares is done as guest, and thus you must
have a valid guest account.
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
MS Windows 2000 and upwards (as with Samba) can be configured to disallow
anonymous (ie: Guest account) access to the IPC$ share. In that case, the
MS Windows 2000/XP/2003 machine acting as an SMB/CIFS client will use the
name of the currently logged in user to query the IPC$ share. MS Windows
9X clients are not able to do this and thus will NOT be able to browse
server resources.
</em></span></p><p>
The other big problem people have is that their broadcast address,
netmask or IP address is wrong (specified with the &quot;interfaces&quot; option
in <tt>smb.conf</tt>)
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865703"></a>Browsing across subnets</h3></div></div><p>
Since the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1) Samba has been
updated to enable it to support the replication of browse lists
across subnet boundaries.  New code and options have been added to
achieve this.  This section describes how to set this feature up
in different settings.
</p><p>
To see browse lists that span TCP/IP subnets (ie.  networks separated
by routers that don't pass broadcast traffic) you must set up at least
one WINS server.  The WINS server acts as a DNS for NetBIOS names, allowing
NetBIOS name to IP address translation to be done by doing a direct
query of the WINS server.  This is done via a directed UDP packet on
port 137 to the WINS server machine.  The reason for a WINS server is
that by default, all NetBIOS name to IP address translation is done
by broadcasts from the querying machine.  This means that machines
on one subnet will not be able to resolve the names of machines on
another subnet without using a WINS server.
</p><p>
Remember, for browsing across subnets to work correctly, all machines,
be they Windows 95, Windows NT, or Samba servers must have the IP address
of a WINS server given to them by a DHCP server, or by manual configuration 
(for Win95 and WinNT, this is in the TCP/IP Properties, under Network 
settings) for Samba this is in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865754"></a>How does cross subnet browsing work ?</h4></div></div><p>
Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple
moving parts.  It has taken Microsoft several years to get the code
that achieves this correct, and Samba lags behind in some areas.
Samba is capable of cross subnet browsing when configured correctly.
</p><p>
Consider a network set up as follows :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
                                   (DMB)
             N1_A      N1_B        N1_C       N1_D        N1_E
              |          |           |          |           |
          -------------------------------------------------------
            |          subnet 1                       |
          +---+                                      +---+
          |R1 | Router 1                  Router 2   |R2 |
          +---+                                      +---+
            |                                          |
            |  subnet 2              subnet 3          |
  --------------------------       ------------------------------------
  |     |     |      |               |        |         |           |
 N2_A  N2_B  N2_C   N2_D           N3_A     N3_B      N3_C        N3_D 
                    (WINS)
</pre><p>
</p><p>
Consisting of 3 subnets (1, 2, 3) connected by two routers
(R1, R2) - these do not pass broadcasts.  Subnet 1 has 5 machines
on it, subnet 2 has 4 machines, subnet 3 has 4 machines.  Assume
for the moment that all these machines are configured to be in the
same workgroup (for simplicities sake).  Machine N1_C on subnet 1
is configured as Domain Master Browser (ie.  it will collate the
browse lists for the workgroup).  Machine N2_D is configured as
WINS server and all the other machines are configured to register
their NetBIOS names with it.
</p><p>
As all these machines are booted up, elections for master browsers
will take place on each of the three subnets.  Assume that machine
N1_C wins on subnet 1, N2_B wins on subnet 2, and N3_D wins on
subnet 3 - these machines are known as local master browsers for
their particular subnet.  N1_C has an advantage in winning as the
local master browser on subnet 1 as it is set up as Domain Master
Browser.
</p><p>
On each of the three networks, machines that are configured to 
offer sharing services will broadcast that they are offering
these services.  The local master browser on each subnet will
receive these broadcasts and keep a record of the fact that
the machine is offering a service.  This list of records is
the basis of the browse list.  For this case, assume that
all the machines are configured to offer services so all machines
will be on the browse list.
</p><p>
For each network, the local master browser on that network is
considered 'authoritative' for all the names it receives via
local broadcast.  This is because a machine seen by the local
master browser via a local broadcast must be on the same 
network as the local master browser and thus is a 'trusted'
and 'verifiable' resource.  Machines on other networks that
the local master browsers learn about when collating their
browse lists have not been directly seen - these records are
called 'non-authoritative'.
</p><p>
At this point the browse lists look as follows (these are 
the machines you would see in your network neighborhood if
you looked in it on a particular network right now).
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Subnet           Browse Master   List
------           -------------   ----
Subnet1          N1_C            N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E

Subnet2          N2_B            N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D

Subnet3          N3_D            N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D
</pre><p>
</p><p>
Note that at this point all the subnets are separate, no
machine is seen across any of the subnets.
</p><p>
Now examine subnet 2.  As soon as N2_B has become the local
master browser it looks for a Domain master browser to synchronize
its browse list with.  It does this by querying the WINS server
(N2_D) for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name 
WORKGROUP&lt;1B&gt;.  This name was registerd by the Domain master
browser (N1_C) with the WINS server as soon as it was booted.
</p><p>
Once N2_B knows the address of the Domain master browser it
tells it that is the local master browser for subnet 2 by
sending a MasterAnnouncement packet as a UDP port 138 packet.
It then synchronizes with it by doing a NetServerEnum2 call.  This
tells the Domain Master Browser to send it all the server
names it knows about.  Once the domain master browser receives
the MasterAnnouncement packet it schedules a synchronization
request to the sender of that packet.  After both synchronizations
are done the browse lists look like :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Subnet           Browse Master   List
------           -------------   ----
Subnet1          N1_C            N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, 
                                 N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)

Subnet2          N2_B            N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D
                                 N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)

Subnet3          N3_D            N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D

Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names.
</pre><p>
</p><p>
At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on
subnets 1 or 2 will see all the servers on both, users on
subnet 3 will still only see the servers on their own subnet.
</p><p>
The same sequence of events that occured for N2_B now occurs
for the local master browser on subnet 3 (N3_D).  When it
synchronizes browse lists with the domain master browser (N1_A)
it gets both the server entries on subnet 1, and those on
subnet 2.  After N3_D has synchronized with N1_C and vica-versa
the browse lists look like.
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Subnet           Browse Master   List
------           -------------   ----
Subnet1          N1_C            N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, 
                                 N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*),
                                 N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)

Subnet2          N2_B            N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D
                                 N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)

Subnet3          N3_D            N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D
                                 N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*),
                                 N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)

Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names.
</pre><p>
</p><p>
At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on
subnets 1 or 3 will see all the servers on all sunbets, users on
subnet 2 will still only see the servers on subnets 1 and 2, but not 3.
</p><p>
Finally, the local master browser for subnet 2 (N2_B) will sync again
with the domain master browser (N1_C) and will recieve the missing
server entries.  Finally - and as a steady state (if no machines
are removed or shut off) the browse lists will look like :
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Subnet           Browse Master   List
------           -------------   ----
Subnet1          N1_C            N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, 
                                 N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*),
                                 N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)

Subnet2          N2_B            N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D
                                 N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)
                                 N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)

Subnet3          N3_D            N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D
                                 N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*),
                                 N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)
	
Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names.
</pre><p>
</p><p>
Synchronizations between the domain master browser and local
master browsers will continue to occur, but this should be a
steady state situation.
</p><p>
If either router R1 or R2 fails the following will occur:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	Names of computers on each side of the inaccessible network fragments
	will be maintained for as long as 36 minutes, in the network neighbourhood
	lists.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Attempts to connect to these inaccessible computers will fail, but the
	names will not be removed from the network neighbourhood lists.
	</p></li><li><p>
	If one of the fragments is cut off from the WINS server, it will only
	be able to access servers on its local subnet, by using subnet-isolated
	broadcast NetBIOS name resolution.  The effects are similar to that of
	losing access to a DNS server.
	</p></li></ol></div></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="passdb"></a>Chapter 10. User information database</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Olivier (lem) Lemaire</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IDEALX<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org">olem@IDEALX.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">February 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2866099">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866152">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866314">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866353">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866388">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866568">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866597">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866613">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866621">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866721">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866860">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866898">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867008">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867304">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867341">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867456">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867737">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867793">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867800">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867854">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867999">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868029">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868072">XML</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866099"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. 
	Samba can check these passwords by crypting them and comparing them 
	to the hash stored in the unix user database.
	</p><p>
	Newer windows clients send encrypted passwords (so-called 
	Lanman and NT hashes) over 
	the wire, instead of plain text passwords. The newest clients 
	will only send encrypted passwords and refuse to send plain text 
	passwords, unless their registry is tweaked.
	</p><p>These passwords can't be converted to unix style encrypted 
	passwords. Because of that you can't use the standard unix 
	user database, and you have to store the Lanman and NT hashes 
	somewhere else. </p><p>Next to a differently encrypted passwords, 
	windows also stores certain data for each user 
	that is not stored in a unix user database, e.g. 
	workstations the user may logon from, the location where his/her 
	profile is stored, etc.
	Samba retrieves and stores this information using a &quot;passdb backend&quot;.
	Commonly
	available backends are LDAP, plain text file, MySQL and nisplus.
	For more information, see the documentation about the 
	<b>passdb backend = </b> parameter.
	</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866152"></a>Important Notes About Security</h2></div></div><p>The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar 
	on the surface. This similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix 
	scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the network when 
	logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme never sends the 
	cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte 
	hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed 
	values are a &quot;password equivalent&quot;. You cannot derive the user's 
	password from them, but they could potentially be used in a modified 
	client to gain access to a server. This would require considerable 
	technical knowledge on behalf of the attacker but is perfectly possible. 
	You should thus treat the data stored in whatever 
	passdb backend you use (smbpasswd file, ldap, mysql) as though it contained the 
	cleartext passwords of all your users. Its contents must be kept 
	secret, and the file should be protected accordingly.</p><p>Ideally we would like a password scheme which neither requires 
	plain text passwords on the net or on disk. Unfortunately this 
	is not available as Samba is stuck with being compatible with 
	other SMB systems (WinNT, WfWg, Win95 etc). </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Note that Windows NT 4.0 Service pack 3 changed the 
		default for permissible authentication so that plaintext 
		passwords are <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> sent over the wire. 
		The solution to this is either to switch to encrypted passwords 
		with Samba or edit the Windows NT registry to re-enable plaintext 
		passwords. See the document WinNT.txt for details on how to do 
		this.</p><p>Other Microsoft operating systems which also exhibit 
		this behavior includes</p><p> These versions of MS Windows do not support full domain
		security protocols, although they may log onto a domain environment.
		Of these Only MS Windows XP Home does NOT support domain logons.</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with 
			the basic network redirector installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 95 with the network redirector 
			update installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 98 [se]</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Me</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Home</td></tr></table><p> The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain
		security protocols.</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Windows NT 3.5x</td></tr><tr><td>Windows NT 4.0</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 2000 Professional</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Professional</td></tr></table></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>All current release of 
	Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the
	SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here.  Enabling
	clear text authentication does not disable the ability
	of the client to participate in encrypted authentication.</p></div><p>MS Windows clients will cache the encrypted password alone.
	Even when plain text passwords are re-enabled, through the appropriate
	registry change, the plain text password is NEVER cached. This means that
	in the event that a network connections should become disconnected (broken)
	only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server
	to affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted
	passwords the auto-reconnect will fail. <span class="emphasis"><em>USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS
	IS STRONGLY ADVISED.</em></span></p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866314"></a>Advantages of SMB Encryption</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Plain text passwords are not passed across 
			the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just 
			record passwords going to the SMB server.</td></tr><tr><td>WinNT doesn't like talking to a server 
			that does not support encrypted passwords. It will refuse 
			to browse the server if the server is also in user level 
			security mode. It will insist on prompting the user for the 
			password on each connection, which is very annoying. The
			only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption.
			</td></tr><tr><td>Encrypted password support allows automatic share
			(resource) reconnects.</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866353"></a>Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Plain text passwords are not kept 
			on disk, and are NOT cached in memory. </td></tr><tr><td>Uses same password file as other unix 
			services such as login and ftp</td></tr><tr><td>Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which
			send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB
			isn't such a big deal.</td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866388"></a>The smbpasswd Command</h2></div></div><p>The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the 
	<b>passwd</b> or <b>yppasswd</b> programs.
	It maintains the two 32 byte password fields in the passdb backend. </p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> works in a client-server mode 
	where it contacts the local smbd to change the user's password on its 
	behalf. This has enormous benefits - as follows.</p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> has the capability 
	to change passwords on Windows NT servers (this only works when 
	the request is sent to the NT Primary Domain Controller if you 
	are changing an NT Domain user's password).</p><p>To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type :</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbpasswd</tt></b></p><p><tt>Old SMB password: </tt><b><tt>&lt;type old value here - 
	or hit return if there was no old password&gt;</tt></b></p><p><tt>New SMB Password: </tt><b><tt>&lt;type new value&gt;
	</tt></b></p><p><tt>Repeat New SMB Password: </tt><b><tt>&lt;re-type new value
	</tt></b></p><p>If the old value does not match the current value stored for 
	that user, or the two new values do not match each other, then the 
	password will not be changed.</p><p>If invoked by an ordinary user it will only allow the user 
	to change his or her own Samba password.</p><p>If run by the root user smbpasswd may take an optional 
	argument, specifying the user name whose SMB password you wish to 
	change.  Note that when run as root smbpasswd does not prompt for 
	or check the old password value, thus allowing root to set passwords 
	for users who have forgotten their passwords.</p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> is designed to work in the same way 
	and be familiar to UNIX users who use the <b>passwd</b> or 
	<b>yppasswd</b> commands.</p><p>For more details on using <b>smbpasswd</b> refer 
	to the man page which will always be the definitive reference.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866568"></a>Plain text</h2></div></div><p>
Older versions of samba retrieved user information from the unix user database 
and eventually some other fields from the file <tt>/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt>
or <tt>/etc/smbpasswd</tt>. When password encryption is disabled, no 
data is stored at all.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866597"></a>TDB</h2></div></div><p>Samba can also store the user data in a &quot;TDB&quot; (Trivial Database). Using this backend 
doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is recommended for new installations that 
don not require LDAP.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866613"></a>LDAP</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866621"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p>
This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user
account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file.  It is
assumed that the reader already has a basic understanding of LDAP concepts
and has a working directory server already installed.  For more information
on LDAP architectures and Directories, please refer to the following sites.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>OpenLDAP - <a href="http://www.openldap.org/" target="_top">http://www.openldap.org/</a></p></li><li><p>iPlanet Directory Server - <a href="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory" target="_top">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</a></p></li></ul></div><p>
Note that <a href="http://www.ora.com/" target="_top">O'Reilly Publishing</a> is working on
a guide to LDAP for System Administrators which has a planned release date of
early summer, 2002.
</p><p>
Two additional Samba resources which may prove to be helpful are
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <a href="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb/ldap-smb-3-howto.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-LDAP-HOWTO</a>
	maintained by Ignacio Coupeau.</p></li><li><p>The NT migration scripts from <a href="http://samba.idealx.org/" target="_top">IDEALX</a> that are
	geared to manage users and group in such a Samba-LDAP Domain Controller configuration.
	</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866721"></a>Encrypted Password Database</h3></div></div><p>
Traditionally, when configuring <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">&quot;encrypt
passwords = yes&quot;</a> in Samba's <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, user account
information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account
flags have been stored in the <tt>smbpasswd(5)</tt> file.  There are several
disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted
in the thousands).
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
The first is that all lookups must be performed sequentially.  Given that
there are approximately two lookups per domain logon (one for a normal
session connection such as when mapping a network drive or printer), this
is a performance bottleneck for large sites.  What is needed is an indexed approach
such as is used in databases.
</p></li><li><p>
The second problem is that administrators who desired to replicate a
smbpasswd file to more than one Samba server were left to use external
tools such as <b>rsync(1)</b> and <b>ssh(1)</b>
and wrote custom, in-house scripts.
</p></li><li><p>
And finally, the amount of information which is stored in an
smbpasswd entry leaves no room for additional attributes such as
a home directory, password expiration time, or even a Relative
Identified (RID).
</p></li></ul></div><p>
As a result of these defeciencies, a more robust means of storing user attributes
used by smbd was developed.  The API which defines access to user accounts
is commonly referred to as the samdb interface (previously this was called the passdb
API, and is still so named in the CVS trees). 
</p><p>
There are a few points to stress about that the ldapsam
does not provide.  The LDAP support referred to in the this documentation does not
include:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A means of retrieving user account information from
	an Windows 2000 Active Directory server.</p></li><li><p>A means of replacing /etc/passwd.</p></li></ul></div><p>
The second item can be accomplished by using LDAP NSS and PAM modules.  LGPL
versions of these libraries can be obtained from PADL Software
(<a href="http://www.padl.com/" target="_top">http://www.padl.com/</a>). More
information about the configuration of these packages may be found at &quot;LDAP,
System Administration; Gerald Carter, O'Reilly; Chapter 6: Replacing NIS&quot;.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866860"></a>Supported LDAP Servers</h3></div></div><p>
The LDAP samdb code in 2.2.3 (and later) has been developed and tested
using the OpenLDAP 2.0 server and client libraries. 
The same code should be able to work with Netscape's Directory Server
and client SDK. However, due to lack of testing so far, there are bound
to be compile errors and bugs.  These should not be hard to fix.
If you are so inclined, please be sure to forward all patches to
<a href="mailto:samba-patches@samba.org" target="_top">samba-patches@samba.org</a> and
<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866898"></a>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</h3></div></div><p>
Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in
<tt>examples/LDAP/samba.schema</tt>.  The sambaAccount objectclass is given here:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
objectclass ( 1.3.1.5.1.4.1.7165.2.2.2 NAME 'sambaAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
     DESC 'Samba Account'
     MUST ( uid $ rid )
     MAY  ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $
            logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $
            displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $
            description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain ))
</pre><p>
The samba.schema file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0.  The OID's are
owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published.
If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please
submit the modified schema file as a patch to <a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>
</p><p>
Just as the smbpasswd file is meant to store information which supplements a
user's <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry, so is the sambaAccount object
meant to supplement the UNIX user account information.  A sambaAccount is a
<tt>STRUCTURAL</tt> objectclass so it can be stored individually
in the directory.  However, there are several fields (e.g. uid) which overlap
with the posixAccount objectclass outlined in RFC2307.  This is by design.
</p><p>
In order to store all user account information (UNIX and Samba) in the directory,
it is necessary to use the sambaAccount and posixAccount objectclasses in
combination.  However, smbd will still obtain the user's UNIX account
information via the standard C library calls (e.g. getpwnam(), et. al.).
This means that the Samba server must also have the LDAP NSS library installed
and functioning correctly.  This division of information makes it possible to
store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account
information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867008"></a>Configuring Samba with LDAP</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867016"></a>OpenLDAP configuration</h4></div></div><p>
To include support for the sambaAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory
server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory.
</p><p>
<tt>root# </tt><b><tt>cp samba.schema /etc/openldap/schema/</tt></b>
</p><p>
Next, include the <tt>samba.schema</tt> file in <tt>slapd.conf</tt>.
The sambaAccount object contains two attributes which depend upon other schema
files.  The 'uid' attribute is defined in <tt>cosine.schema</tt> and
the 'displayName' attribute is defined in the <tt>inetorgperson.schema</tt>
file.  Both of these must be included before the <tt>samba.schema</tt> file.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
## /etc/openldap/slapd.conf

## schema files (core.schema is required by default)
include	           /etc/openldap/schema/core.schema

## needed for sambaAccount
include            /etc/openldap/schema/cosine.schema
include            /etc/openldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema
include            /etc/openldap/schema/samba.schema
include            /etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema

....
</pre><p>
It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most usefull attributes,
like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaAccount objectclasses
(and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well).
</p><pre class="programlisting">
# Indices to maintain
## required by OpenLDAP 2.0
index objectclass   eq

## support pb_getsampwnam()
index uid           pres,eq
## support pdb_getsambapwrid()
index rid           eq

## uncomment these if you are storing posixAccount and
## posixGroup entries in the directory as well
##index uidNumber     eq
##index gidNumber     eq
##index cn            eq
##index memberUid     eq

# (both fetched via ldapsearch):
index   primaryGroupID  eq
index   displayName     pres,eq

</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867134"></a>Configuring Samba</h4></div></div><p>
The following parameters are available in smb.conf only with <i><tt>--with-ldapsam</tt></i>
was included when compiling Samba.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend [ldapsam|ldapsam_nua]:url</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPFILTER" target="_top">ldap filter</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPORT" target="_top">ldap port</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPDELETEDN" target="_top">ldap delete dn</a></p></li></ul></div><p>
These are described in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> man
page and so will not be repeated here.  However, a sample smb.conf file for
use with an LDAP directory could appear as
</p><pre class="programlisting">
## /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf
[global]
     security = user
     encrypt passwords = yes

     netbios name = TASHTEGO
     workgroup = NARNIA

     # ldap related parameters

     # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers
     # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf.  Rather it
     # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <i><tt>secretpw</tt></i>' to store the
     # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file.  If the &quot;ldap admin dn&quot; values
     # change, this password will need to be reset.
     ldap admin dn = &quot;cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org&quot;

     # Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory
     # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default))
     ldap ssl = start tls

     passdb backend ldapsam:ldap://ahab.samba.org

     # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry
     ldap delete dn = no

     # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix
     # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL siffixes by default
     ldap user suffix = ou=People
     ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems

     # define the port to use in the LDAP session (defaults to 636 when
     # &quot;ldap ssl = on&quot;)
     ldap port = 389

     # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory
     ldap suffix = &quot;ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org&quot;

     # generally the default ldap search filter is ok
     # ldap filter = &quot;(&amp;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))&quot;
</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867304"></a>Accounts and Groups management</h3></div></div><p>
As users accounts are managed thru the sambaAccount objectclass, you should
modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaAccount attributes.
</p><p>
Machines accounts are managed with the sambaAccount objectclass, just
like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store thoses accounts
in a different tree of you LDAP namespace: you should use
&quot;ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org&quot; to store groups and
&quot;ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org&quot; to store users. Just configure your
NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration
file).
</p><p>
In Samba release 3.0, the group management system is based on posix
groups. This means that Samba makes usage of the posixGroup objectclass.
For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local
groups).
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867341"></a>Security and sambaAccount</h3></div></div><p>
There are two important points to remember when discussing the security
of sambaAccount entries in the directory.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> retrieve the lmPassword or
	ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> allow non-admin users to
	view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</p></li></ul></div><p>
These password hashes are clear text equivalents and can be used to impersonate
the user without deriving the original clear text strings.  For more information
on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 10. User information database">User Database</a> of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.
</p><p>
To remedy the first security issue, the &quot;ldap ssl&quot; smb.conf parameter defaults
to require an encrypted session (<b>ldap ssl = on</b>) using
the default port of 636
when contacting the directory server.  When using an OpenLDAP 2.0 server, it
is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended  operation in the place of
LDAPS.  In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security
(<b>ldap ssl = off</b>).
</p><p>
Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS
extended operation.  However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for
the older method of securing communication between clients and servers.
</p><p>
The second security precaution is to prevent non-administrative users from
harvesting password hashes from the directory.  This can be done using the
following ACL in <tt>slapd.conf</tt>:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
## allow the &quot;ldap admin dn&quot; access, but deny everyone else
access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
     by dn=&quot;cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org&quot; write
     by * none
</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867456"></a>LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</h3></div></div><p>
The sambaAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>lmPassword</tt>: the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character
	representation of a hexidecimal string.</p></li><li><p><tt>ntPassword</tt>: the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character
	representation of a hexidecimal string.</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdLastSet</tt>: The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the
	<tt>lmPassword</tt> and <tt>ntPassword</tt> attributes were last set.
	</p></li><li><p><tt>acctFlags</tt>: string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets []
	representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration), and
	D(disabled).</p></li><li><p><tt>logonTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>logoffTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>kickoffTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdCanChange</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdMustChange</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>homeDrive</tt>: specifies the drive letter to which to map the
	UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form &quot;X:&quot;
	where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the &quot;logon drive&quot; parameter in the
	smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>scriptPath</tt>: The scriptPath property specifies the path of
	the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path
	is relative to the netlogon share.  Refer to the &quot;logon script&quot; parameter in the
	smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>profilePath</tt>: specifies a path to the user's profile.
	This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path.  Refer to the
	&quot;logon path&quot; parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>smbHome</tt>: The homeDirectory property specifies the path of
	the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies
	a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network
	UNC path of the form \\server\share\directory. This value can be a null string.
	Refer to the &quot;logon home&quot; parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.
	</p></li><li><p><tt>userWorkstation</tt>: character string value currently unused.
	</p></li><li><p><tt>rid</tt>: the integer representation of the user's relative identifier
	(RID).</p></li><li><p><tt>primaryGroupID</tt>: the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group
	of the user.</p></li></ul></div><p>
The majority of these parameters are only used when Samba is acting as a PDC of
a domain (refer to the <a href="Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-HOWTO</a> for details on
how to configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller). The following four attributes
are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if the values are non-default values:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>smbHome</p></li><li><p>scriptPath</p></li><li><p>logonPath</p></li><li><p>homeDrive</p></li></ul></div><p>
These attributes are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if
the values are non-default values.  For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been
configured as a PDC and that <b>logon home = \\%L\%u</b> was defined in
its <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. When a user named &quot;becky&quot; logons to the domain,
the <i><tt>logon home</tt></i> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky.
If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry &quot;uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org&quot;,
this value is used.  However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value
of the <i><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter is used in its place.  Samba
will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is
something other than the default (e.g. \\MOBY\becky).
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867737"></a>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</h3></div></div><p>
The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
pwdMustChange: 2147483647
primaryGroupID: 1201
lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
pwdLastSet: 1010179124
logonTime: 0
objectClass: sambaAccount
uid: guest2
kickoffTime: 2147483647
acctFlags: [UX         ]
logoffTime: 2147483647
rid: 19006
pwdCanChange: 0
</pre><p>
The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaAccount and
posixAccount objectclasses:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
logonTime: 0
displayName: Gerald Carter
lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
primaryGroupID: 1201
objectClass: posixAccount
objectClass: sambaAccount
acctFlags: [UX         ]
userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo
uid: gcarter
uidNumber: 9000
cn: Gerald Carter
loginShell: /bin/bash
logoffTime: 2147483647
gidNumber: 100
kickoffTime: 2147483647
pwdLastSet: 1010179230
rid: 19000
homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter
pwdCanChange: 0
pwdMustChange: 2147483647
ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867793"></a>MySQL</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867800"></a>Creating the database</h3></div></div><p>
You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below
for the column names) or use the default table. The file <tt>examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt> 
contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command :

<b>mysql -u<i><tt>username</tt></i> -h<i><tt>hostname</tt></i> -p<i><tt>password</tt></i> <i><tt>databasename</tt></i> &gt; <tt>/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt></b>

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867854"></a>Configuring</h3></div></div><p>This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:</p><p>Add a the following to the <b>passdb backend</b> variable in your <tt>smb.conf</tt>:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins]
</pre><p>
</p><p>The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with 
the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you 
specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in 'passdb backend', you also need to 
use different identifiers!
</p><p>
Additional options can be given thru the smb.conf file in the [global] section.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
identifier:mysql host                     - host name, defaults to 'localhost'
identifier:mysql password
identifier:mysql user                     - defaults to 'samba'
identifier:mysql database                 - defaults to 'samba'
identifier:mysql port                     - defaults to 3306
identifier:table                          - Name of the table containing users
</pre><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>
Since the password for the mysql user is stored in the 
smb.conf file, you should make the the smb.conf file 
readable only to the user that runs samba. This is considered a security 
bug and will be fixed soon.
</p></div><p>Names of the columns in this table(I've added column types those columns should have first):</p><pre class="programlisting">
identifier:logon time column             - int(9)
identifier:logoff time column            - int(9)
identifier:kickoff time column           - int(9)
identifier:pass last set time column     - int(9)
identifier:pass can change time column   - int(9)
identifier:pass must change time column  - int(9)
identifier:username column               - varchar(255) - unix username
identifier:domain column                 - varchar(255) - NT domain user is part of
identifier:nt username column            - varchar(255) - NT username
identifier:fullname column               - varchar(255) - Full name of user
identifier:home dir column               - varchar(255) - Unix homedir path
identifier:dir drive column              - varchar(2)   - Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')
identifier:logon script column           - varchar(255)
					 - Batch file to run on client side when logging on
identifier:profile path column           - varchar(255) - Path of profile
identifier:acct desc column              - varchar(255) - Some ASCII NT user data
identifier:workstations column           - varchar(255)
					 - Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)
identifier:unknown string column         - varchar(255) - unknown string
identifier:munged dial column            - varchar(255) - ?
identifier:user sid column               - varchar(255) - NT user SID
identifier:group sid column              - varchar(255) - NT group ID
identifier:lanman pass column            - varchar(255) - encrypted lanman password
identifier:nt pass column                - varchar(255) - encrypted nt passwd
identifier:plain pass column             - varchar(255) - plaintext password
identifier:acct control column           - int(9) - nt user data
identifier:unknown 3 column              - int(9) - unknown
identifier:logon divs column             - int(9) - ?
identifier:hours len column              - int(9) - ?
identifier:unknown 5 column              - int(9) - unknown
identifier:unknown 6 column              - int(9) - unknown
</pre><p>
Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which 
should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also
specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be 
updated. 
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867999"></a>Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</h3></div></div><p>
I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them:
</p><p>
If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set
'identifier:lanman pass column' and 'identifier:nt pass column' to
'NULL' (without the quotes) and 'identifier:plain pass column' to the
name of the column containing the plaintext passwords. 
</p><p>
If you use encrypted passwords, set the 'identifier:plain pass
column' to 'NULL' (without the quotes). This is the default.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868029"></a>Getting non-column data from the table</h3></div></div><p>
It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'.
</p><p>
For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to : 
<b>CONCAT(First_name,' ',Sur_name)</b>
</p><p>
Or, set 'identifier:workstations column' to :
<b>NULL</b></p><p>See the MySQL documentation for more language constructs.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868072"></a>XML</h2></div></div><p>This module requires libxml2 to be installed.</p><p>The usage of pdb_xml is pretty straightforward. To export data, use:
</p><p>
	<b><tt>pdbedit -e xml:filename</tt></b>
</p><p>
(where filename is the name of the file to put the data in)
</p><p>
To import data, use:
<b><tt>pdbedit -i xml:filename -e current-pdb</tt></b>
</p><p>
Where filename is the name to read the data from and current-pdb to put it in.
</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unix-permissions"></a>Chapter 11. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Apr 1999</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2865054">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT 
	security dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864937">How to view file security on a Samba share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868280">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868401">Viewing file or directory permissions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868484">File Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868587">Directory Permissions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868637">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868797">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask 
	parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869113">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute 
	mapping</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2865054"></a>Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT 
	security dialogs</h2></div></div><p>Windows NT clients can use their native security settings 
	dialog box to view and modify the underlying UNIX permissions.</p><p>Note that this ability is careful not to compromise 
	the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and 
	still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba 
	administrator can set.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	All access to Unix/Linux system file via Samba is controlled at
	the operating system file access control level. When trying to
	figure out file access problems it is vitally important to identify
	the identity of the Windows user as it is presented by Samba at
	the point of file access. This can best be determined from the
	Samba log files.
	</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2864937"></a>How to view file security on a Samba share</h2></div></div><p>From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right 
	mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted 
	drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click 
	on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Properties</em></span> entry at the bottom of 
	the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog
	box. Click on the tab <span class="emphasis"><em>Security</em></span> and you 
	will see three buttons, <span class="emphasis"><em>Permissions</em></span>, 	
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Auditing</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>Ownership</em></span>. 
	The <span class="emphasis"><em>Auditing</em></span> button will cause either 
	an error message A requested privilege is not held 
	by the client to appear if the user is not the 
	NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an 
	Administrator to add auditing requirements to a file if the 
	user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is 
	non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only 
	useful button, the <b>Add</b> button will not currently 
	allow a list of users to be seen.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868280"></a>Viewing file ownership</h2></div></div><p>Clicking on the <b>&quot;Ownership&quot;</b> button 
	brings up a dialog box telling you who owns the given file. The 
	owner name will be of the form :</p><p><b>&quot;SERVER\user (Long name)&quot;</b></p><p>Where <i><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of 
	the Samba server, <i><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of 
	the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i><tt>(Long name)</tt></i>
	is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
	GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the <b>Close
	</b> button to remove this dialog.</p><p>If the parameter <i><tt>nt acl support</tt></i>
	is set to <tt>false</tt> then the file owner will 
	be shown as the NT user <b>&quot;Everyone&quot;</b>.</p><p>The <b>Take Ownership</b> button will not allow 
	you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on 
	it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are 
	currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason 
	for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged 
	operation in UNIX, available only to the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> 
	user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change 
	the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT 
	client this will not work with Samba at this time.</p><p>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba 
	and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected 
	to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of 
	files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS 
	or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <span class="emphasis"><em>Seclib
	</em></span> NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of 
	the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868401"></a>Viewing file or directory permissions</h2></div></div><p>The third button is the <b>&quot;Permissions&quot;</b> 
	button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box that shows both 
	the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. 
	The owner is displayed in the form :</p><p><b>&quot;SERVER\user (Long name)&quot;</b></p><p>Where <i><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of 
	the Samba server, <i><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of 
	the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i><tt>(Long name)</tt></i>
	is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
	GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</p><p>If the parameter <i><tt>nt acl support</tt></i>
	is set to <tt>false</tt> then the file owner will 
	be shown as the NT user <b>&quot;Everyone&quot;</b> and the 
	permissions will be shown as NT &quot;Full Control&quot;.</p><p>The permissions field is displayed differently for files 
	and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions 
	are displayed first.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868484"></a>File Permissions</h3></div></div><p>The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and 
		the corresponding &quot;read&quot;, &quot;write&quot;, &quot;execute&quot; permissions 
		triples are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL 
		with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding 
		NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into 
		the global NT group <b>Everyone</b>, followed 
		by the list of permissions allowed for UNIX world. The UNIX 
		owner and group permissions are displayed as an NT 
		<b>user</b> icon and an NT <b>local 
		group</b> icon respectively followed by the list 
	 	of permissions allowed for the UNIX user and group.</p><p>As many UNIX permission sets don't map into common 
		NT names such as <b>&quot;read&quot;</b>, <b>
		&quot;change&quot;</b> or <b>&quot;full control&quot;</b> then 
		usually the permissions will be prefixed by the words <b>
		&quot;Special Access&quot;</b> in the NT display list.</p><p>But what happens if the file has no permissions allowed 
		for a particular UNIX user group or world component ? In order 
		to  allow &quot;no permissions&quot; to be seen and modified then Samba 
		overloads the NT <b>&quot;Take Ownership&quot;</b> ACL attribute 
		(which has no meaning in UNIX) and reports a component with 
		no permissions as having the NT <b>&quot;O&quot;</b> bit set. 
		This was chosen of course to make it look like a zero, meaning 
		zero permissions. More details on the decision behind this will 
		be given below.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868587"></a>Directory Permissions</h3></div></div><p>Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two 
		different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions 
		is the ACL set on the directory itself, this is usually displayed 
		in the first set of parentheses in the normal <b>&quot;RW&quot;</b> 
		NT style. This first set of permissions is created by Samba in 
		exactly the same way as normal file permissions are, described 
		above, and is displayed in the same way.</p><p>The second set of directory permissions has no real meaning 
		in the UNIX permissions world and represents the <b>
		&quot;inherited&quot;</b> permissions that any file created within 
		this directory would inherit.</p><p>Samba synthesises these inherited permissions for NT by 
		returning as an NT ACL the UNIX permission mode that a new file 
		created by Samba on this share would receive.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868637"></a>Modifying file or directory permissions</h2></div></div><p>Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple 
	as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and 
	clicking the <b>OK</b> button. However, there are 
	limitations that a user needs to be aware of, and also interactions 
	with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS 
	attributes that need to also be taken into account.</p><p>If the parameter <i><tt>nt acl support</tt></i>
	is set to <tt>false</tt> then any attempt to set 
	security permissions will fail with an <b>&quot;Access Denied&quot;
	</b> message.</p><p>The first thing to note is that the <b>&quot;Add&quot;</b> 
	button will not return a list of users in Samba (it will give 
	an error message of <b>&quot;The remote procedure call failed 
	and did not execute&quot;</b>). This means that you can only 
	manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in 
	the dialog box. This actually works quite well as these are the 
	only permissions that UNIX actually has.</p><p>If a permission triple (either user, group, or world) 
	is removed from the list of permissions in the NT dialog box, 
	then when the <b>&quot;OK&quot;</b> button is pressed it will 
	be applied as &quot;no permissions&quot; on the UNIX side. If you then 
	view the permissions again the &quot;no permissions&quot; entry will appear 
	as the NT <b>&quot;O&quot;</b> flag, as described above. This 
	allows you to add permissions back to a file or directory once 
	you have removed them from a triple component.</p><p>As UNIX supports only the &quot;r&quot;, &quot;w&quot; and &quot;x&quot; bits of 
	an NT ACL then if other NT security attributes such as &quot;Delete 
	access&quot; are selected then they will be ignored when applied on 
	the Samba server.</p><p>When setting permissions on a directory the second 
	set of permissions (in the second set of parentheses) is 
	by default applied to all files within that directory. If this 
	is not what you want you must uncheck the <b>&quot;Replace 
	permissions on existing files&quot;</b> checkbox in the NT 
	dialog before clicking <b>&quot;OK&quot;</b>.</p><p>If you wish to remove all permissions from a 
	user/group/world  component then you may either highlight the 
	component and click the <b>&quot;Remove&quot;</b> button, 
	or set the component to only have the special <b>&quot;Take
	Ownership&quot;</b> permission (displayed as <b>&quot;O&quot;
	</b>) highlighted.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868797"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask 
	parameters</h2></div></div><p>There are four parameters 
	to control interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters.
	These are :</p><p><i><tt>security mask</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force security mode</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></p><p>Once a user clicks <b>&quot;OK&quot;</b> to apply the 
	permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world 
	r/w/x triple set, and then will check the changed permissions for a 
	file against the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" target="_top"> 
	<i><tt>security mask</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits that 
	were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone 
	in the file permissions.</p><p>Essentially, zero bits in the <i><tt>security mask</tt></i>
	mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> 
	allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change.
	</p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as 
	the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top"><i><tt>create mask
	</tt></i></a> parameter. To allow a user to modify all the
	user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter 
	to 0777.</p><p>Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against 
	the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" target="_top">
	<i><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits 
	that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter 
	are forced to be set.</p><p>Essentially, bits set in the <i><tt>force security mode
	</tt></i> parameter may be treated as a set of bits that, when 
	modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.</p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value 
	as the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top"><i><tt>force 
	create mode</tt></i></a> parameter.
	To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file
	with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</p><p>The <i><tt>security mask</tt></i> and <i><tt>force 
	security mode</tt></i> parameters are applied to the change 
	request in that order.</p><p>For a directory Samba will perform the same operations as 
	described above for a file except using the parameter <i><tt>
	directory security mask</tt></i> instead of <i><tt>security 
	mask</tt></i>, and <i><tt>force directory security mode
	</tt></i> parameter instead of <i><tt>force security mode
	</tt></i>.</p><p>The <i><tt>directory security mask</tt></i> parameter 
	by default is set to the same value as the <i><tt>directory mask
	</tt></i> parameter and the <i><tt>force directory security 
	mode</tt></i> parameter by default is set to the same value as 
 	the <i><tt>force directory mode</tt></i> parameter. </p><p>In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that 
	an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users 
	to modify the permission bits within that restriction.</p><p>If you want to set up a share that allows users full control
	in modifying the permission bits on their files and directories and
	doesn't force any particular bits to be set 'on', then set the following
	parameters in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file in that share specific section :</p><p><i><tt>security mask = 0777</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force security mode = 0</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>directory security mask = 0777</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force directory security mode = 0</tt></i></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869113"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute 
	mapping</h2></div></div><p>Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as &quot;read 
	only&quot;) into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can 
	be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security 
	dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping.
	</p><p>One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access
	for the owner it will show up as &quot;read only&quot; in the standard 
	file attributes tabbed dialog. Unfortunately this dialog is
	the same one that contains the security info in another tab.</p><p>What this can mean is that if the owner changes the permissions
	to allow themselves read access using the security dialog, clicks
	<b>&quot;OK&quot;</b> to get back to the standard attributes tab 
	dialog, and then clicks <b>&quot;OK&quot;</b> on that dialog, then 
	NT will set the file permissions back to read-only (as that is what 
	the attributes still say in the dialog). This means that after setting 
	permissions and clicking <b>&quot;OK&quot;</b> to get back to the 
	attributes dialog you should always hit <b>&quot;Cancel&quot;</b> 
	rather than <b>&quot;OK&quot;</b> to ensure that your changes 
	are not overridden.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="groupmapping"></a>Chapter 12. Configuring Group Mapping</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jean François Micouleau</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><p>
Starting with Samba 3.0 alpha 2, new group mapping functionality
is available to create associations between Windows SIDs and UNIX
groups. The <i><tt>groupmap</tt></i> subcommand included with
the <b>net</b> tool can be used to manage these associations.
</p><p>
The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that
the <i><tt>domain admin group</tt></i> <tt>smb.conf</tt> has been removed.
This parameter was used to give the listed users membership in the &quot;Domain Admins&quot;
Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations (in
default configurations).
</p><p>
When installing NT/W2K on a computer, the installer program creates some users
and groups. Notably the 'Administrators' group, and gives to that group some
privileges like the ability to change the date and time or to kill any process
(or close too) running on the local machine. The 'Administrator' user is a
member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus 'inherit' the 'Administrators'
group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created and become a member of the
'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'.
</p><p>
When a NT/W2K machine is joined to a domain, the &quot;Domain Adminis&quot; group of the
PDC is added to the local 'Administrators' group of the workstation. Every
member of the 'Domain Administrators' group 'inherit' the
rights of the local 'Administrators' group when logging on the workstation.
</p><p>
The following steps describe how to make samba PDC users members of the
'Domain Admins' group?
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>create a unix group (usually in <tt>/etc/group</tt>),
  let's call it domadm</p></li><li><p>add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example
  if you want joe,john and mary, your entry in <tt>/etc/group</tt> will
  look like:</p><pre class="programlisting">
  domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary
  </pre></li><li><p>Map this domadm group to the &quot;Domain Admins&quot; group
  by running the command:</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net groupmap add ntgroup=&quot;Domain Admins&quot; unixgroup=domadm</tt></b></p><p>The quotes around &quot;Domain Admins&quot; are necessary due to the space in the group name.  Also make
  sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=).</p></li></ol></div><p>Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators!</p><p>
It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT
group as well as making any UNIX group a Windows domain group.
For example, if you wanted to include a UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a
local file or printer on a domain member machine, you would flag
that group as a domain group by running the following on the Samba PDC:
</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup=&quot;Accounting&quot; unixgroup=acct</tt></b></p><p>Be aware that the rid parmeter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should
normally start at 1000.  However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned
to a user.  Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend 
you are using.  Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically,
but for now the burden in on you.</p><p>You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing 
<b>net groupmap list</b>.  Here is an example:</p><pre class="programlisting"><tt>root# </tt>net groupmap list
System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -&gt; sysadmin
Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -&gt; domadmin
Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -&gt; domuser
Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -&gt; domguest
</pre><p>For complete details on <b>net groupmap</b>, refer to the 
net(8) man page.</p></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 13. Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Patrick Powell</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:papowell@lprng.org">papowell@lprng.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (3 May 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2869498">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869614">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869661">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869893">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869992">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870099">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870231">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869233">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869259">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870336">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870355">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870379">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869340">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869347">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870552">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870619">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870661">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870795">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871344">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871420">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871438">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871464">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869498"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba supports 
the native Windows NT printing mechanisms implemented via 
MS-RPC (i.e. the SPOOLSS named pipe).  Previous versions of 
Samba only supported LanMan printing calls.</p><p>The additional functionality provided by the new 
SPOOLSS support includes:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Support for downloading printer driver 
	files to Windows 95/98/NT/2000 clients upon demand.
	</p></li><li><p>Uploading of printer drivers via the 
	Windows NT Add Printer Wizard (APW) or the 
	Imprints tool set (refer to <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net</a>). 
	</p></li><li><p>Support for the native MS-RPC printing 
	calls such as StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc...  (See 
	the MSDN documentation at <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/</a> 
	for more information on the Win32 printing API)
	</p></li><li><p>Support for NT Access Control Lists (ACL) 
	on printer objects</p></li><li><p>Improved support for printer queue manipulation 
	through the use of an internal databases for spooled job 
	information</p></li></ul></div><p>
There has been some initial confusion about what all this means
and whether or not it is a requirement for printer drivers to be 
installed on a Samba host in order to support printing from Windows 
clients. As a side note, Samba does not use these drivers in any way to process 
spooled files.  They are utilized entirely by the clients.
</p><p>
The following MS KB article, may be of some help if you are dealing with
Windows 2000 clients:  <span class="emphasis"><em>How to Add Printers with No User 
Interaction in Windows 2000</em></span>
</p><p>
<a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q189/1/05.ASP" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q189/1/05.ASP</a>
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869614"></a>Configuration</h2></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">[print$] vs. [printer$]</h3><p>
Previous versions of Samba recommended using a share named [printer$].  
This name was taken from the printer$ service created by Windows 9x 
clients when a printer was shared.  Windows 9x printer servers always have 
a printer$ service which provides read-only access via no 
password in order to support printer driver downloads.
</p><p>
However, the initial implementation allowed for a 
parameter named <i><tt>printer driver location</tt></i> 
to be used on a per share basis to specify the location of 
the driver files associated with that printer.  Another 
parameter named <i><tt>printer driver</tt></i> provided 
a means of defining the printer driver name to be sent to 
the client.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869661"></a>Creating [print$]</h3></div></div><p>
In order to support the uploading of printer driver 
files, you must first configure a file share named [print$].  
The name of this share is hard coded in Samba's internals so 
the name is very important (print$ is the service used by 
Windows NT print servers to provide support for printer driver 
download).
</p><p>You should modify the server's smb.conf file to add the global
parameters and to create the 
following file share (of course, some of the parameter values,
such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced with
appropriate values for your site):</p><pre class="programlisting">
[global]
    ; members of the ntadmin group should be able
    ; to add drivers and set printer properties
    ; root is implicitly a 'printer admin'
    printer admin = @ntadmin

[print$]
    path = /usr/local/samba/printers
    guest ok = yes
    browseable = yes
    read only = yes
    ; since this share is configured as read only, then we need
    ; a 'write list'.  Check the file system permissions to make
    ; sure this account can copy files to the share.  If this
    ; is setup to a non-root account, then it should also exist
    ; as a 'printer admin'
    write list = @ntadmin,root
</pre><p>The <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top"><i><tt>
write list</tt></i></a> is used to allow administrative 
level user accounts to have write access in order to update files 
on the share.  See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5) 
man page</a> for more information on configuring file shares.</p><p>The requirement for <a href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top"><b>guest 
ok = yes</b></a> depends upon how your
site is configured.  If users will be guaranteed to have 
an account on the Samba host, then this is a non-issue.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Author's Note</h3><p>
The non-issue is that if all your Windows NT users are guaranteed to be 
authenticated by the Samba server (such as a domain member server and the NT 
user has already been validated by the Domain Controller in 
order to logon to the Windows NT console), then guest access 
is not necessary.  Of course, in a workgroup environment where 
you just want to be able to print without worrying about 
silly accounts and security, then configure the share for 
guest access.  You'll probably want to add <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" target="_top"><b>map to guest = Bad User
</b></a> in the [global] section as well.  Make sure 
you understand what this parameter does before using it 
though. --jerry
</p></div><p>In order for a Windows NT print server to support 
the downloading of driver files by multiple client architectures,
it must create subdirectories within the [print$] service
which correspond to each of the supported client architectures.
Samba follows this model as well.</p><p>Next create the directory tree below the [print$] share 
for each architecture you wish to support.</p><p><tt>
[print$]-----
        |-W32X86           ; &quot;Windows NT x86&quot;
        |-WIN40            ; &quot;Windows 95/98&quot;
        |-W32ALPHA         ; &quot;Windows NT Alpha_AXP&quot;
        |-W32MIPS          ; &quot;Windows NT R4000&quot;
        |-W32PPC           ; &quot;Windows NT PowerPC&quot;
</tt></p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">ATTENTION!  REQUIRED PERMISSIONS</h3><p>
In order to currently add a new driver to you Samba host, 
one of two conditions must hold true:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host 
	must have a uid of 0 (i.e. a root account)</p></li><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host
	must be a member of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERADMIN" target="_top"><i><tt>printer 
	admin</tt></i></a> list.</p></li></ul></div><p>
Of course, the connected account must still possess access
to add files to the subdirectories beneath [print$]. Remember
that all file shares are set to 'read only' by default.
</p></div><p>
Once you have created the required [print$] service and 
associated subdirectories, simply log onto the Samba server using 
a root (or <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i>) account
from a Windows NT 4.0/2k client.  Open &quot;Network Neighbourhood&quot; or
&quot;My Network Places&quot; and browse for the Samba host.  Once you have located
the server, navigate to the &quot;Printers...&quot; folder.
You should see an initial listing of printers
that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869893"></a>Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</h3></div></div><p>The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's 
Printers folder will have no real printer driver assigned 
to them. This defaults to a NULL string to allow the use
of the local Add Printer Wizard on NT/2000 clients.
Attempting to view the printer properties for a printer
which has this default driver assigned will result in 
the error message:</p><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>Device settings cannot be displayed.  The driver 
for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler 
properties will be displayed.  Do you want to install the 
driver now?</em></span>
</p><p>
Click &quot;No&quot; in the error dialog and you will be presented with
the printer properties window.  The way to assign a driver to a 
printer is to either
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Use the &quot;New Driver...&quot; button to install 
	a new printer driver, or</p></li><li><p>Select a driver from the popup list of 
	installed drivers.  Initially this list will be empty.</p></li></ul></div><p>If you wish to install printer drivers for client 
operating systems other than &quot;Windows NT x86&quot;, you will need 
to use the &quot;Sharing&quot; tab of the printer properties dialog.</p><p>Assuming you have connected with a root account, you 
will also be able modify other printer properties such as 
ACLs and device settings using this dialog box.</p><p>A few closing comments for this section, it is possible 
on a Windows NT print server to have printers
listed in the Printers folder which are not shared.  Samba does
not make this distinction.  By definition, the only printers of
which Samba is aware are those which are specified as shares in
<tt>smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>Another interesting side note is that Windows NT clients do
not use the SMB printer share, but rather can print directly 
to any printer on another Windows NT host using MS-RPC.  This
of course assumes that the printing client has the necessary
privileges on the remote host serving the printer.  The default
permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the &quot;Print&quot;
permissions to the &quot;Everyone&quot; well-known group.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869992"></a>Support a large number of printers</h3></div></div><p>One issue that has arisen during the development
phase of Samba 2.2 is the need to support driver downloads for
100's of printers.  Using the Windows NT APW is somewhat 
awkward to say the list.  If more than one printer are using the 
same driver, the <a href="rpcclient.1.html" target="_top"><b>rpcclient's
setdriver command</b></a> can be used to set the driver
associated with an installed driver.  The following is example
of how this could be accomplished:</p><p>
<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c &quot;enumdrivers&quot;</tt></b>
</p><pre class="programlisting"> 
Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3]
 
[Windows NT x86]
Printer Driver Info 1:
     Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS]
 
Printer Driver Info 1:
     Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 2100 Series PS]
 
Printer Driver Info 1:
     Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 4Si/4SiMX PS]
</pre><p>				  
<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c &quot;enumprinters&quot;</tt></b>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3]
     flags:[0x800000]
     name:[\\POGO\hp-print]
     description:[POGO\\POGO\hp-print,NO DRIVER AVAILABLE FOR THIS PRINTER,]
     comment:[]
				  
</pre><p>
<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c &quot;setdriver hp-print \&quot;HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS\&quot;&quot;</tt></b>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3]
Successfully set hp-print to driver HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS.
</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870099"></a>Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</h3></div></div><p>
By default, Samba offers all printer shares defined in <tt>smb.conf</tt>
in the &quot;Printers...&quot; folder.  Also existing in this folder is the Windows NT 
Add Printer Wizard icon.  The APW will be show only if
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The connected user is able to successfully
	execute an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative
	privileges (i.e. root or <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i>).
	</p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" target="_top"><i><tt>show 
	add printer wizard = yes</tt></i></a> (the default).
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
In order to be able to use the APW to successfully add a printer to a Samba 
server, the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>add 
printer command</tt></i></a> must have a defined value.  The program
hook must successfully add the printer to the system (i.e. 
<tt>/etc/printcap</tt> or appropriate files) and 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> if necessary.
</p><p>
When using the APW from a client, if the named printer share does 
not exist, <b>smbd</b> will execute the <i><tt>add printer 
command</tt></i> and reparse to the <tt>smb.conf</tt>
to attempt to locate the new printer share.  If the share is still not defined,
an error of &quot;Access Denied&quot; is returned to the client.  Note that the 
<i><tt>add printer program</tt></i> is executed under the context
of the connected user, not necessarily a root account.
</p><p>
There is a complementary <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>delete
printer command</tt></i></a> for removing entries from the &quot;Printers...&quot;
folder.
</p><p>
The following is an example <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAN" target="_top"><i><tt>add printer command</tt></i></a> script. It adds the appropriate entries to <tt>/etc/printcap.local</tt> (change that to what you need) and returns a line of 'Done' which is needed for the whole process to work.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
#!/bin/sh

# Script to insert a new printer entry into printcap.local
#
# $1, printer name, used as the descriptive name
# $2, share name, used as the printer name for Linux
# $3, port name
# $4, driver name
# $5, location, used for the device file of the printer
# $6, win9x location

#
# Make sure we use the location that RedHat uses for local printer defs
PRINTCAP=/etc/printcap.local
DATE=`date +%Y%m%d-%H%M%S`
LP=lp
RESTART=&quot;service lpd restart&quot;

# Keep a copy
cp $PRINTCAP $PRINTCAP.$DATE
# Add the printer to $PRINTCAP
echo &quot;&quot;				 			&gt;&gt; $PRINTCAP
echo &quot;$2|$1:\\&quot; 					&gt;&gt; $PRINTCAP
echo &quot;  :sd=/var/spool/lpd/$2:\\&quot; 			&gt;&gt; $PRINTCAP
echo &quot;  :mx=0:ml=0:sh:\\&quot; 				&gt;&gt; $PRINTCAP
echo &quot;  :lp=/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn:&quot; 	&gt;&gt; $PRINTCAP

touch &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot; &gt;&gt; /tmp/printadd.$$ 2&gt;&amp;1
chown $LP &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot; &gt;&gt; /tmp/printadd.$$ 2&gt;&amp;1

mkdir /var/spool/lpd/$2
chmod 700 /var/spool/lpd/$2
chown $LP /var/spool/lpd/$2
#echo $1 &gt;&gt; &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot;
#echo $2 &gt;&gt; &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot;
#echo $3 &gt;&gt; &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot;
#echo $4 &gt;&gt; &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot;
#echo $5 &gt;&gt; &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot;
#echo $6 &gt;&gt; &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot;
$RESTART &gt;&gt; &quot;/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn&quot;
# Not sure if this is needed
touch /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf
#
# You need to return a value, but I am not sure what it means.
#
echo &quot;Done&quot;
exit 0
</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870231"></a>Samba and Printer Ports</h3></div></div><p>
Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each printer.  These normally
take the form of LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:, etc...  Samba must also support the
concept of ports associated with a printer.  By default, only one printer port,
named &quot;Samba Printer Port&quot;, exists on a system.  Samba does not really a port in
order to print, rather it is a requirement of Windows clients.  
</p><p>
Note that Samba does not support the concept of &quot;Printer Pooling&quot; internally 
either.  This is when a logical printer is assigned to multiple ports as 
a form of load balancing or fail over.
</p><p>
If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason,
<tt>smb.conf</tt> possesses a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>enumports 
command</tt></i></a> which can be used to define an external program 
that generates a listing of ports on a system.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869233"></a>The Imprints Toolset</h2></div></div><p>The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the 
	Windows NT Add Printer Wizard.  For complete information, please 
	refer to the Imprints web site at <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">
	http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</a> as well as the documentation 
	included with the imprints source distribution.  This section will 
	only provide a brief introduction to the features of Imprints.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869259"></a>What is Imprints?</h3></div></div><p>Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting the goals 
		of</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Providing a central repository information 
			regarding Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages</p></li><li><p>Providing the tools necessary for creating 
			the Imprints printer driver packages.</p></li><li><p>Providing an installation client which 
			will obtain and install printer drivers on remote Samba 
			and Windows NT 4 print servers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870336"></a>Creating Printer Driver Packages</h3></div></div><p>The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond
		the scope of this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included
		with the Samba distribution for more information).  In short,
		an Imprints driver package is a gzipped tarball containing the
		driver files, related INF files, and a control file needed by the
		installation client.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870355"></a>The Imprints server</h3></div></div><p>The Imprints server is really a database server that 
		may be queried via standard HTTP mechanisms.  Each printer 
		entry in the database has an associated URL for the actual
		downloading of the package.  Each package is digitally signed
		via GnuPG which can be used to verify that package downloaded
		is actually the one referred in the Imprints database.  It is 
		<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended that this security check 
		be disabled.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870379"></a>The Installation Client</h3></div></div><p>More information regarding the Imprints installation client 
		is available in the <tt>Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps</tt> 
		file included with the imprints source package.</p><p>The Imprints installation client comes in two forms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a set of command line Perl scripts</p></li><li><p>a GTK+ based graphical interface to 
			the command line perl scripts</p></li></ul></div><p>The installation client (in both forms) provides a means
		of querying the Imprints database server for a matching
		list of known printer model names as well as a means to 
		download and install the drivers on remote Samba and Windows
		NT print servers.</p><p>The basic installation process is in four steps and 
		perl code is wrapped around <b>smbclient</b> 
		and <b>rpcclient</b>.</p><pre class="programlisting">	
foreach (supported architecture for a given driver)
{
     1.  rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory 
         on the remote server
     2.  smbclient: Upload the driver files
     3.  rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC
}
	
4.  rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually
    create the printer
</pre><p>One of the problems encountered when implementing 
		the Imprints tool set was the name space issues between 
		various supported client architectures.  For example, Windows 
		NT includes a driver named &quot;Apple LaserWriter II NTX v51.8&quot; 
		and Windows 95 calls its version of this driver &quot;Apple 
		LaserWriter II NTX&quot;</p><p>The problem is how to know what client drivers have 
		been uploaded for a printer.  As astute reader will remember 
		that the Windows NT Printer Properties dialog only includes 
		space for one printer driver name.  A quick look in the 
		Windows NT 4.0 system registry at</p><p><tt>HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environment
		</tt></p><p>will reveal that Windows NT always uses the NT driver 
		name.  This is ok as Windows NT always requires that at least 
		the Windows NT version of the printer driver is present.  
		However, Samba does not have the requirement internally.  
		Therefore, how can you use the NT driver name if is has not 
		already been installed?</p><p>The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require 
		that all Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel 
		Windows NT and 95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is 
		installed first.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869340"></a>Diagnosis</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869347"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p>
This is a short description of how to debug printing problems with
Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from a SMB
client to a Samba server, not the other way around. For the reverse
see the examples/printing directory.
</p><p>
Ok, so you want to print to a Samba server from your PC. The first
thing you need to understand is that Samba does not actually do any
printing itself, it just acts as a middleman between your PC client
and your Unix printing subsystem. Samba receives the file from the PC
then passes the file to a external &quot;print command&quot;. What print command
you use is up to you.
</p><p>
The whole things is controlled using options in smb.conf. The most
relevant options (which you should look up in the smb.conf man page)
are:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
      [global]
        print command     - send a file to a spooler
        lpq command       - get spool queue status
        lprm command      - remove a job
      [printers]
        path = /var/spool/lpd/samba
</pre><p>
The following are nice to know about:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
        queuepause command   - stop a printer or print queue
        queueresume command  - start a printer or print queue
</pre><p>
Example:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
        print command = /usr/bin/lpr -r -P%p %s
        lpq command   = /usr/bin/lpq    -P%p %s
        lprm command  = /usr/bin/lprm   -P%p %j
        queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p stop
        queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p start
</pre><p>
Samba should set reasonable defaults for these depending on your
system type, but it isn't clairvoyant. It is not uncommon that you
have to tweak these for local conditions.  The commands should
always have fully specified pathnames,  as the smdb may not have
the correct PATH values.
</p><p>
When you send a job to Samba to be printed,  it will make a temporary
copy of it in the directory specified in the [printers] section.
and it should be periodically cleaned out.  The lpr -r option
requests that the temporary copy be removed after printing; If
printing fails then you might find leftover files in this directory,
and it should be periodically cleaned out.  Samba used the lpq
command to determine the &quot;job number&quot; assigned to your print job
by the spooler.
</p><p>
The %&gt;letter&lt; are &quot;macros&quot; that get dynamically replaced with appropriate
values when they are used. The %s gets replaced with the name of the spool
file that Samba creates and the %p gets replaced with the name of the
printer. The %j gets replaced with the &quot;job number&quot; which comes from
the lpq output.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870552"></a>Debugging printer problems</h3></div></div><p>
One way to debug printing problems is to start by replacing these
command with shell scripts that record the arguments and the contents
of the print file. A simple example of this kind of things might
be:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	print command = /tmp/saveprint %p %s

    #!/bin/saveprint
    # we make sure that we are the right user
    /usr/bin/id -p &gt;/tmp/tmp.print
    # we run the command and save the error messages
    # replace the command with the one appropriate for your system
    /usr/bin/lpr -r -P$1 $2 2&gt;&gt;&amp;/tmp/tmp.print
</pre><p>
Then you print a file and try removing it.  You may find that the
print queue needs to be stopped in order to see the queue status
and remove the job:
</p><pre class="programlisting">

h4: {42} % echo hi &gt;/tmp/hi
h4: {43} % smbclient //localhost/lw4
added interface ip=10.0.0.4 bcast=10.0.0.255 nmask=255.255.255.0
Password: 
Domain=[ASTART] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.0.7]
smb: \&gt; print /tmp/hi
putting file /tmp/hi as hi-17534 (0.0 kb/s) (average 0.0 kb/s)
smb: \&gt; queue
1049     3            hi-17534
smb: \&gt; cancel 1049
Error cancelling job 1049 : code 0
smb: \&gt; cancel 1049
Job 1049 cancelled
smb: \&gt; queue
smb: \&gt; exit
</pre><p>
The 'code 0' indicates that the job was removed.  The comment
by the  smbclient is a bit misleading on this.
You can observe the command output and then and look at the
/tmp/tmp.print file to see what the results are.  You can quickly
find out if the problem is with your printing system.  Often people
have problems with their /etc/printcap file or permissions on
various print queues.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870619"></a>What printers do I have?</h3></div></div><p>
You can use the 'testprns' program to check to see if the printer
name you are using is recognized by Samba.  For example,  you can
use:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
    testprns printer /etc/printcap
</pre><p>
Samba can get its printcap information from a file or from a program.
You can try the following to see the format of the extracted
information:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
    testprns -a printer /etc/printcap

    testprns -a printer '|/bin/cat printcap'
</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870661"></a>Setting up printcap and print servers</h3></div></div><p>
You may need to set up some printcaps for your Samba system to use.
It is strongly recommended that you use the facilities provided by
the print spooler to set up queues and printcap information.
</p><p>
Samba requires either a printcap or program to deliver printcap
information.  This printcap information has the format:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
  name|alias1|alias2...:option=value:...
</pre><p>
For almost all printing systems, the printer 'name' must be composed
only of alphanumeric or underscore '_' characters.  Some systems also
allow hyphens ('-') as well.  An alias is an alternative name for the
printer,  and an alias with a space in it is used as a 'comment'
about the printer.  The printcap format optionally uses a \ at the end of lines
to extend the printcap to multiple lines.
</p><p>
Here are some examples of printcap files:
</p><p>
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
pr              just printer name
</p></li><li><p>
pr|alias        printer name and alias
</p></li><li><p>
pr|My Printer   printer name, alias used as comment
</p></li><li><p>
pr:sh:\        Same as pr:sh:cm= testing
  :cm= \ 
  testing
</p></li><li><p>
pr:sh           Same as pr:sh:cm= testing
  :cm= testing
</p></li></ol></div><p>
</p><p>
Samba reads the printcap information when first started.  If you make
changes in the printcap information, then you must do the following:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
make sure that the print spooler is aware of these changes.
The LPRng system uses the 'lpc reread' command to do this.
</p></li><li><p>
make sure that the spool queues, etc., exist and have the
correct permissions.  The LPRng system uses the 'checkpc -f'
command to do this.
</p></li><li><p>
You now should send a SIGHUP signal to the smbd server to have
it reread the printcap information.
</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870795"></a>Job sent, no output</h3></div></div><p>
This is the most frustrating part of printing.  You may have sent the
job,  verified that the job was forwarded,  set up a wrapper around
the command to send the file,  but there was no output from the printer.
</p><p>
First,  check to make sure that the job REALLY is getting to the
right print queue.  If you are using a BSD or LPRng print spooler,
you can temporarily stop the printing of jobs.  Jobs can still be
submitted, but they will not be printed.  Use:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
  lpc -Pprinter stop
</pre><p>
Now submit a print job and then use 'lpq -Pprinter' to see if the
job is in the print queue.  If it is not in the print queue then
you will have to find out why it is not being accepted for printing.
</p><p>
Next, you may want to check to see what the format of the job really
was.  With the assistance of the system administrator you can view
the submitted jobs files.  You may be surprised to find that these
are not in what you would expect to call a printable format.
You can use the UNIX 'file' utitily to determine what the job
format actually is:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
    cd /var/spool/lpd/printer   # spool directory of print jobs
    ls                          # find job files
    file dfA001myhost
</pre><p>
You should make sure that your printer supports this format OR that
your system administrator has installed a 'print filter' that will
convert the file to a format appropriate for your printer.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871344"></a>Job sent, strange output</h3></div></div><p>
Once you have the job printing, you can then start worrying about
making it print nicely.
</p><p>
The most common problem is extra pages of output: banner pages
OR blank pages at the end.
</p><p>
If you are getting banner pages,  check and make sure that the
printcap option or printer option is configured for no banners.
If you have a printcap,  this is the :sh (suppress header or banner
page) option.  You should have the following in your printer.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
   printer: ... :sh
</pre><p>
If you have this option and are still getting banner pages,  there
is a strong chance that your printer is generating them for you
automatically.  You should make sure that banner printing is disabled
for the printer.  This usually requires using the printer setup software
or procedures supplied by the printer manufacturer.
</p><p>
If you get an extra page of output,  this could be due to problems
with your job format,  or if you are generating PostScript jobs,
incorrect setting on your printer driver on the MicroSoft client.
For example, under Win95 there is a option:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
  Printers|Printer Name|(Right Click)Properties|Postscript|Advanced|
</pre><p>
that allows you to choose if a Ctrl-D is appended to all jobs.
This is a very bad thing to do, as most spooling systems will
automatically add a ^D to the end of the job if it is detected as
PostScript.  The multiple ^D may cause an additional page of output.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871420"></a>Raw PostScript printed</h3></div></div><p>
This is a problem that is usually caused by either the print spooling
system putting information at the start of the print job that makes
the printer think the job is a text file, or your printer simply
does not support PostScript.  You may need to enable 'Automatic
Format Detection' on your printer.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871438"></a>Advanced Printing</h3></div></div><p>
Note that you can do some pretty magic things by using your
imagination with the &quot;print command&quot; option and some shell scripts.
Doing print accounting is easy by passing the %U option to a print
command shell script. You could even make the print command detect
the type of output and its size and send it to an appropriate
printer.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871464"></a>Real debugging</h3></div></div><p>
If the above debug tips don't help, then maybe you need to bring in
the bug guns, system tracing. See Tracing.txt in this directory.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="CUPS-printing"></a>Chapter 14. CUPS Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Kurt Pfeifle</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (25 March 2003) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2871008">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871067">Configuring smb.conf for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871607">CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871091">CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872272">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872314">Setting up CUPS for driver download</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872566">cupsaddsmb</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872915">The CUPS Filter Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873302">CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873339">Further printing steps</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873758">Limiting the number of pages users can print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874367">Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874473">Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871008"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>
The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) has become very popular, but to many it is
a very mystical tool. There is a great deal of uncertainty regarding CUPS and how
it works. The result is seen in a large number of posting on the samba mailing lists
expressing frustration when MS Windows printers appear not to work with a CUPS
backr-end.
</p><p>
This is a good time to point out how CUPS can be used and what it does. CUPS is more
than just a print spooling system - it is a complete printer management system that
complies with HTTP and IPP protocols. It can be managed remotely via a web browser
and it can print using http and ipp protocols.
</p><p>
CUPS allows to creation of RAW printers (ie: NO file format translation) as well as
SMART printers (ie: CUPS does file format conversion as required for the printer). In
many ways this gives CUPS similar capabilities to the MS Windows print monitoring
system. Of course, if you are a CUPS advocate, you would agrue that CUPS is better!
In any case, let us now move on to explore how one may configure CUPS for interfacing
with MS Windows print clients via Samba.
</p><p>
<a href="http://www.cups.org/" target="_top">CUPS</a> is a newcomer in the UNIX printing scene,
which has convinced many people upon first trial already. However, it has quite a few
new features, which make it different from other, more traditional printing systems.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871067"></a>Configuring <tt>smb.conf</tt> for CUPS</h2></div></div><p>
Printing with CUPS in the most basic <tt>smb.conf</tt>
setup in Samba-3  only needs two settings: <b>printing = cups</b> and
<b>printcap = cups</b>. While CUPS itself doesn't need a printcap
anymore, the <tt>cupsd.conf</tt> configuration file knows two directives
(example: <b>Printcap /etc/printcap</b> and <b>PrintcapFormat
BSD</b>), which control if such a file should be created for the
convenience of third party applications. Make sure it is set! For details see
<b>man cupsd.conf</b> and other CUPS-related documentation.
</p><p>
If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then <b>printcap = cups</b> uses the
CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands
with an additional <i><tt>-oraw</tt></i> option for printing. On a Linux system,
you can use the <b>ldd</b> command to find out details (ldd may not be
present on other OS platforms, or its function may be embodied by a different command):
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">transmeta:/home/kurt # ldd `which smbd`
        libssl.so.0.9.6 =&gt; /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000)
        libcrypto.so.0.9.6 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000)
        libcups.so.2 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000)
        libdl.so.2 =&gt; /lib/libdl.so.2 (0x401e8000)
        libnsl.so.1 =&gt; /lib/libnsl.so.1 (0x401ec000)
        libpam.so.0 =&gt; /lib/libpam.so.0 (0x40202000)
        libc.so.6 =&gt; /lib/libc.so.6 (0x4020b000)
        /lib/ld-linux.so.2 =&gt; /lib/ld-linux.so.2 (0x40000000)
</pre><p>
The line &quot;libcups.so.2 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcups.so.2
(0x40123000)&quot; shows there is CUPS support compiled into this version of
Samba. If this is the case, and <b>printing = cups</b> is set, then any
otherwise manually set print command in <tt>smb.conf</tt> is ignored.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871607"></a>CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</h2></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
When used in raw print through mode is will be necessary to use the printer
vendor's drivers in each Windows client PC.
</p></div><p>
When CUPS printers are configured for RAW print-through mode operation it is the
responsibility of the Samba client to fully render the print job (file) in a format
that is suitable for direct delivery to the printer. In this case CUPS will NOT
do any print file format conversion work.
</p><p>
The CUPS files that need to be correctly set for RAW mode printers to work are:

</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>/etc/cups/mime.types</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt></p></li></ul></div><p>

Both contain entries that must be uncommented to allow <span class="emphasis"><em>RAW</em></span> mode
operation.
</p><p>
Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing from Samba the following options must be
enabled in your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file [globals] section:

</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>printing = CUPS</p></li><li><p>printcap = CUPS</p></li></ul></div><p>

When these parameters are specified the print directives in <tt>smb.conf</tt> (as well as in
samba itself) will be ignored because samba will directly interface with CUPS through
it's application program interface (API) - so long as Samba has been compiled with
CUPS library (libcups) support. If samba has NOT been compiled with CUPS support then
printing will use the System V AT&amp;T command set with the <span class="emphasis"><em>-oraw</em></span> 
option automatically passing through.
</p><p>
Cupsomatic (an enhanced printing utility that is part of some CUPS implementations) 
on the Samba/CUPS server does *not* add any features if a file is really
printed &quot;raw&quot;.  However, if you have loaded the driver for the Windows client from
the CUPS server, using the &quot;cupsaddsmb&quot; utility, and if this driver is one using
a &quot;Foomatic&quot; PPD, the PJL header in question is already added on the Windows client,
at the time when the driver initially generated the PostScript data and CUPS in true
&quot;-oraw&quot; manner doesn't remove this PJL header and passes the file &quot;as is&quot; to its
printer communication backend.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>NOTE: editing in the &quot;mime.convs&quot; and the &quot;mime.types&quot; file does not *enforce*
&quot;raw&quot; printing, it only *allows* it.</p></div><p>
Print files that arrive from MS Windows printing are &quot;auto-typed&quot; by CUPS. This aids
the process of determining proper treatment while in the print queue system.

</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Files generated by PCL drivers and directed at PCK printers get auto-typed as
	<tt>application/octet-stream</tt>. Unknown file format types also
	get auto-typed with this tag.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Files generated by a Postscript driver and directed at a Postscript printer
	are auto-typed depending on the auto-detected most suitable MIME type as:

	</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>* application/postscript</p></li><li><p>* application/vnd.cups-postscript</p></li></ul></div><p>
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
</p><p>
&quot;application/postscript&quot; first goes thru the &quot;pstops&quot; filter (where the page counting
and accounting takes place). The outcome will be of MIME type
&quot;application/vnd.cups-postscript&quot;. The pstopsfilter reads and uses information from
the PPD and inserts user-provided options into the PostScript file. As a consequence,
the filtered file could possibly have an unwanted PJL header.
</p><p>
&quot;application/postscript&quot; will be all files with a &quot;.ps&quot;, &quot;.ai&quot;, &quot;.eps&quot; suffix or which
have as their first character string one of &quot;%!&quot; or &quot;&gt;04&lt;%&quot;.
</p><p>
&quot;application/vnd.cups-postscript&quot; will files which contain the string
&quot;LANGUAGE=POSTSCRIPT&quot; (or similar variations with different capitalization) in the
first 512 bytes, and also contain the &quot;PJL super escape code&quot; in the first 128 bytes
(&quot;&gt;1B&lt;%-12345X&quot;). Very likely, most PostScript files generated on Windows using a CUPS
or other PPD, will have to be auto-typed as &quot;vnd.cups-postscript&quot;.  A file produced
with a &quot;Generic PostScript driver&quot; will just be tagged &quot;application/postscript&quot;.
</p><p>
Once the file is in &quot;application/vnd.cups-postscript&quot; format, either &quot;pstoraster&quot;
or &quot;cupsomatic&quot; will take over (depending on the printer configuration, as
determined by the PPD in use).
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
A printer queue with *no* PPD associated to it is a &quot;raw&quot; printer and all files
will go directly there as received by the spooler. The exeptions are file types
&quot;application/octet-stream&quot; which need &quot;passthrough feature&quot; enabled.
&quot;Raw&quot; queues don't do any filtering at all, they hand the file directly to the
CUPS backend. This backend is responsible for the sending of the data to the device
(as in the &quot;device URI&quot; notation as lpd://, socket://, smb://, ipp://, http://,
parallel:/, serial:/, usb:/ etc.)
</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
&quot;cupsomatic&quot;/Foomatic are *not* native CUPS drivers and they don't ship with CUPS.
They are a Third Party add-on, developed at Linuxprinting.org.  As such, they are
a brilliant hack to make all models (driven by Ghostscript drivers/filters in
traditional spoolers) also work via CUPS, with the same (good or bad!) quality
as in these other spoolers. &quot;cupsomatic&quot; is only a vehicle to execute a ghostscript
commandline at that stage in the CUPS filtering chain, where &quot;normally&quot; the native
CUPS &quot;pstoraster&quot; filter would kick in.  cupsomatic by-passes pstoraster, &quot;kidnaps&quot;
the printfile from CUPS away and re-directs it to go through Ghostscipt. CUPS accepts this,
because the associated CUPS-O-Matic-/Foomatic-PPD specifies:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
   *cupsFilter:  &quot;application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic&quot;
</pre><p>
This line persuades CUPS to hand the file to cupsomatic, once it has successfully
converted it to the MIME type &quot;application/vnd.cups-postscript&quot;. This conversion will not
happen for Jobs arriving from Windows which are auto-typed &quot;application/octet-stream&quot;,
with the according changes in &quot;/etc/cups/mime.types&quot; in place.
</p></div><p>
CUPS is widely configurable and flexible, even regarding its filtering mechanism.
Another workaround in some situations would be to have
in &quot;/etc/cups/mime.types&quot; entries as follows:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
   application/postscript           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
   application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
</pre><p>
This would prevent all Postscript files from being filtered (rather, they will go
thru the virtual &quot;nullfilter&quot; denoted with &quot;-&quot;). This could only be useful for
PS printers. If you want to print PS code on non-PS printers an entry as follows
could be useful:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
   */*           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
</pre><p>
and would effectively send *all* files to the backend without further processing.
</p><p>
Lastly, you could have the following entry:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
   application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  my_PJL_stripping_filter
</pre><p>
You will need to write a &quot;my_PJL_stripping_filter&quot; (could be a shellscript) that
parses the PostScript and removes the unwanted PJL. This would need to conform to
CUPS filter design (mainly, receive and pass the parameters printername, job-id,
username, jobtitle, copies, print options and possibly the filename). It would
be installed as world executable into &quot;/usr/lib/cups/filters/&quot; and will be called
by CUPS if it encounters a MIME type &quot;application/vnd.cups-postscript&quot;.
</p><p>
CUPS can handle &quot;-o job-hold-until=indefinite&quot;. This keeps the job in the queue
&quot;on hold&quot;. It will only be printed upon manual release by the printer operator.
This is a requirement in many &quot;central reproduction departments&quot;, where a few
operators manage the jobs of hundreds of users on some big machine, where no
user is allowed to have direct access. (The operators often need to load the
proper paper type before running the 10.000 page job requested by marketing
for the mailing, etc.).
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871091"></a>CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</h2></div></div><p>
This is the configuration where CUPS drivers are working on server, and where the
Adobe PostScript driver with CUPS-PPDs is downloaded to clients.
</p><p>
CUPS is perfectly able to use PPD files (PostScript
Printer Descriptions). PPDs can control all print device options. They
are usually provided by the manufacturer -- if you own a PostSript printer,
that is. PPD files are always a component of PostScript printer drivers on MS
Windows or Apple Mac OS systems. They are ASCII files containing
user-selectable print options, mapped to appropriate PostScript, PCL or PJL
commands for the target printer. Printer driver GUI dialogs translate these
options &quot;on-the-fly&quot; into buttons and drop-down lists for the user to
select.
</p><p>
CUPS can load, without any conversions, the PPD file from
any Windows (NT is recommended) PostScript driver and handle the options.
There is a web browser interface to the print options (select
http://localhost:631/printers/ and click on one &quot;Configure Printer&quot; button
to see it), a commandline interface (see <b>man lpoptions</b> or
try if you have <b>lphelp</b> on your system) plus some different GUI frontends on Linux
UNIX, which can present PPD options to the users. PPD options are normally
meant to become evaluated by the PostScript RIP on the real PostScript
printer.
</p><p>
CUPS doesn't stop at &quot;real&quot; PostScript printers in its
usage of PPDs. The CUPS developers have extended the PPD concept, to also
describe available device and driver options for non-PostScript printers
through  CUPS-PPDs.
</p><p>
This is logical, as CUPS includes a fully featured
PostScript interpreter (RIP). This RIP is based on Ghostscript. It can
process all received PostScript (and additionally many other file formats)
from clients. All CUPS-PPDs geared to non-PostScript printers contain an
additional line, starting with the keyword <i><tt>*cupsFilter</tt></i>.
This line
tells the CUPS print system which printer-specific filter to use for the
interpretation of the accompanying PostScript. Thus CUPS lets all its
printers appear as PostScript devices to its clients, because it can act as a
PostScript RIP for those printers, processing the received PostScript code
into a proper raster print format.
</p><p>
CUPS-PPDs can also be used on Windows-Clients, on top of a
PostScript driver (recommended is the Adobe one).
</p><p>
This feature enables CUPS to do a few tricks no other
spooler can do:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>act as a networked PostScript RIP (Raster Image Processor), handling
    printfiles from all client platforms in a uniform way;</p></li><li><p>act as a central accounting and billing server, as all files are passed
    through the <b>pstops</b> Filter and are therefor logged in
    the CUPS <tt>page_log</tt>. - <span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE: </em></span>this
    can not happen with &quot;raw&quot; print jobs, which always remain unfiltered
    per definition;</p></li><li><p>enable clients to consolidate on a single PostScript driver, even for
    many different target printers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872272"></a>Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</h2></div></div><p>
This setup may be of special interest to people
experiencing major problems in WTS environments. WTS need often a multitude
of non-PostScript drivers installed to run their clients' variety of
different printer models. This often imposes the price of much increased
instability. In many cases, in an attempt to overcome this problem, site
administrators have resorted to restrict the allowed drivers installed on
their WTS to one generic PCL- and one PostScript driver. This however
restricts the clients in the amount of printer options available for them --
often they can't get out more then simplex prints from one standard paper
tray, while their devices could do much better, if driven by a different
driver!
</p><p>
Using an Adobe PostScript driver, enabled with a CUPS-PPD,
seems to be a very elegant way to overcome all these shortcomings. The
PostScript driver is not known to cause major stability problems on WTS (even
if used with many different PPDs). The clients will be able to (again) chose
paper trays, duplex printing and other settings. However, there is a certain
price for this too: a  CUPS server acting as a PostScript RIP for its clients
requires more CPU and RAM than just to act as  a &quot;raw spooling&quot; device. Plus,
this setup is not yet widely tested, although the first feedbacks look very
promising...
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872314"></a>Setting up CUPS for driver download</h2></div></div><p>
The <b>cupsadsmb</b> utility (shipped with all current
CUPS versions) makes the sharing of any (or all) installed CUPS printers very
easy. Prior to using it, you need the following settings in <tt>smb.conf</tt>:
</p><pre class="programlisting">[global]
		 load printers = yes
		 printing = cups
		 printcap name = cups

	[printers]
		 comment = All Printers
		 path = /var/spool/samba
		 browseable = no
		 public = yes
		 guest ok = yes
		 writable = no
		 printable = yes
		 printer admin = root

	[print$]
		 comment = Printer Drivers
		 path = /etc/samba/drivers
		 browseable = yes
		 guest ok = no
		 read only = yes
		 write list = root
	</pre><p>
For licensing reasons the necessary files of the Adobe
Postscript driver can not be distributed with either Samba or CUPS. You need
to download them yourself from the Adobe website. Once extracted, create a
<tt>drivers</tt> directory in the CUPS data directory (usually
<tt>/usr/share/cups/</tt>). Copy the Adobe files using
UPPERCASE filenames, to this directory as follows:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
		ADFONTS.MFM
		ADOBEPS4.DRV
		ADOBEPS4.HLP
		ADOBEPS5.DLL
		ADOBEPSU.DLL
		ADOBEPSU.HLP
		DEFPRTR2.PPD
		ICONLIB.DLL
	</pre><p>
Users of the ESP Print Pro software are able to install
their &quot;Samba Drivers&quot; package for this purpose with no problem.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872401"></a>Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</h2></div></div><p>
On the internet you can find now many thousand CUPS-PPD
files (with their companion filters), in many national languages,
supporting more than 1.000 non-PostScript models.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/" target="_top">ESP PrintPro
    (http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/)</a>
    (commercial, non-Free) is packaged with more than 3.000 PPDs, ready for
    successful usage &quot;out of the box&quot; on Linux, IBM-AIX, HP-UX, Sun-Solaris,
    SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital Unix and some more commercial Unices (it
    is written by the CUPS developers themselves and its sales help finance
    the further development of CUPS, as they feed their creators)</p></li><li><p>the <a href="http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">Gimp-Print-Project
    (http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/)</a>
    (GPL, Free Software) provides around 120 PPDs (supporting nearly 300
    printers, many driven to photo quality output), to be used alongside the
    Gimp-Print CUPS filters;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.turboprint.com/" target="_top">TurboPrint
    (http://www.turboprint.com/)</a>
    (Shareware, non-Freee) supports roughly the same amount of printers in
    excellent quality;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/" target="_top">OMNI
    (http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/)</a>
    (LPGL, Free) is a package made by IBM, now containing support for more
    than 400 printers, stemming from the inheritance of IBM OS/2 KnowHow
    ported over to Linux (CUPS support is in a Beta-stage at present);</p></li><li><p><a href="http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">HPIJS
    (http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/)</a>
    (BSD-style licnes, Free) supports around 120 of HP's own printers and is
    also providing excellent print quality now;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/" target="_top">Foomatic/cupsomatic (http://www.linuxprinting.org/)</a>
    (LPGL, Free) from Linuxprinting.org are providing PPDs for practically every
    Ghostscript filter known to the world, now usable with CUPS.</p></li></ul></div><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE: </em></span>the cupsomatic trick from Linuxprinting.org is
working different from the other drivers. While the other drivers take the
generic CUPS raster (produced by CUPS' own pstoraster PostScript RIP) as
their input, cupsomatic &quot;kidnaps&quot; the PostScript inside CUPS, before
RIP-ping, deviates it to an external Ghostscript installation (which now
becomes the RIP) and gives it back to a CUPS backend once Ghostscript is
finished. -- CUPS versions from 1.1.15 and later will provide their pstoraster
PostScript RIP function again inside a system-wide Ghostscript
installation rather than in &quot;their own&quot; pstoraster filter. (This
CUPS-enabling Ghostscript version may be installed either as a
patch to GNU or AFPL Ghostscript, or as a complete ESP Ghostscript package).
However, this will not change the cupsomatic approach of guiding the printjob
along a different path through the filtering system than the standard CUPS
way...
</p><p>
Once you installed a printer inside CUPS with one of the
recommended methods (the lpadmin command, the web browser interface or one of
the available GUI wizards), you can use <b>cupsaddsmb</b> to share the
printer via Samba. <b>cupsaddsmb</b> prepares the driver files for
comfortable client download and installation upon their first contact with
this printer share.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872566"></a><b>cupsaddsmb</b></h3></div></div><p>
The <b>cupsaddsmb</b> command copies the needed files
for convenient Windows client installations from the previously prepared CUPS
data directory to your [print$] share. Additionally, the PPD
associated with this printer is copied from <tt>/etc/cups/ppd/</tt> to
[print$].
</p><pre class="programlisting">
<tt>root# </tt> <b>cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027</b>
Password for root required to access localhost via
SAMBA: <b><tt>[type in password 'secret']</tt></b>
</pre><p>
To share all printers and drivers, use the <i><tt>-a</tt></i>
parameter instead of a printer name.
</p><p>
Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the
<i><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter to get a more verbose output:
</p><p>
Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the
<i><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter to get a more verbose output:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Note: The following line shave been wrapped so that information is not lost.
 
<tt>root# </tt> cupsaddsmb -v -U root infotec_IS2027
    Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA:
    Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir W32X86;put
       /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 W32X86/infotec_IS2027.PPD;put
       /usr/share/cups/drivers/
       ADOBEPS5.DLL W32X86/ADOBEPS5.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.DLLr
       W32X86/ADOBEPSU.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.HLP W32X86/ADOBEPSU.HLP'
    added interface ip=10.160.16.45 bcast=10.160.31.255 nmask=255.255.240.0
    added interface ip=192.168.182.1 bcast=192.168.182.255 nmask=255.255.255.0
    added interface ip=172.16.200.1 bcast=172.16.200.255 nmask=255.255.255.0
    Domain=[TUX-NET] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.3a.200204262025cvs]
    NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86
    putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 as
      \W32X86/infotec_IS2027.PPD (17394.6 kb/s) (average 17395.2 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS5.DLL as
      \W32X86/ADOBEPS5.DLL (10877.4 kb/s) (average 11343.0 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.DLL as
      \W32X86/ADOBEPSU.DLL (5095.2 kb/s) (average 9260.4 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.HLP as
      \W32X86/ADOBEPSU.HLP (8828.7 kb/s) (average 9247.1 kb/s)

    Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir WIN40;put
      /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 WIN40/infotec_IS2027.PPD;put
      /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;put
      /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV;put
      /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP;put
      /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD;put
      /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL;put
      /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;'
    added interface ip=10.160.16.45 bcast=10.160.31.255 nmask=255.255.240.0
    added interface ip=192.168.182.1 bcast=192.168.182.255 nmask=255.255.255.0
    added interface ip=172.16.200.1 bcast=172.16.200.255 nmask=255.255.255.0
    Domain=[TUX-NET] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.3a.200204262025cvs]
    NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \WIN40
    putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 as
      \WIN40/infotec_IS2027.PPD (26091.5 kb/s) (average 26092.8 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as
      \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM (11241.6 kb/s) (average 11812.9 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as
      \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV (16640.6 kb/s) (average 14679.3 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as
      \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP (11285.6 kb/s) (average 14281.5 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as
      \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD (823.5 kb/s) (average 12944.0 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as
      \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL (19226.2 kb/s) (average 13169.7 kb/s)
    putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as
      \WIN40/PSMON.DLL (18666.1 kb/s) (average 13266.7 kb/s)

    Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret'
       -c 'adddriver &quot;Windows NT x86&quot;
       &quot;infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS5.DLL:infotec_IS2027.PPD:ADOBEPSU.DLL:
		ADOBEPSU.HLP:NULL:RAW:NULL&quot;'
    cmd = adddriver &quot;Windows NT x86&quot;
       &quot;infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS5.DLL:infotec_IS2027.PPD:ADOBEPSU.DLL:
       ADOBEPSU.HLP:NULL:RAW:NULL&quot;
    Printer Driver infotec_IS2027 successfully installed.

    Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret'
       -c 'adddriver &quot;Windows 4.0&quot;
       &quot;infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_IS2027.PPD:NULL:
		ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW: ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL&quot;'
    cmd = adddriver &quot;Windows 4.0&quot; &quot;infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS4.DRV:
		infotec_IS2027.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW:
		ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL&quot;
    Printer Driver infotec_IS2027 successfully installed.

    Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret'
       -c 'setdriver infotec_IS2027 infotec_IS2027'
    cmd = setdriver infotec_IS2027 infotec_IS2027
    Succesfully set infotec_IS2027 to driver infotec_IS2027.

    <tt>root# </tt>
</pre><p>
If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transfered unencrypted over
the wire, so beware! Also, if you look further her, you'll discover error messages like
<tt>NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION</tt> in between. They occur, because
the directories <tt>WIN40</tt> and <tt>W32X86</tt> already
existed in the [print$] driver download share (from a previous driver
installation). They are harmless here.
</p><p>
Now your printer is prepared for the clients to use. From
a client, browse to the CUPS/Samba server, open the &quot;Printers&quot;
share, right-click on this printer and select &quot;Install...&quot; or
&quot;Connect...&quot; (depending on the Windows version you use). Now their
should be a new printer in your client's local &quot;Printers&quot; folder,
named (in my case) &quot;infotec_IS2027 on kdebitshop&quot;
</p><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE: </em></span>
<b>cupsaddsmb</b> will only reliably work i
with CUPS version 1.1.15 or higher
and Samba from 2.2.4. If it doesn't work, or if the automatic printer
driver download to the clients doesn't succeed, you can still manually
install the CUPS printer PPD on top of the Adobe PostScript driver on
clients and then point the client's printer queue to the Samba printer
share for connection, should you desire to use the CUPS networked
PostScript RIP functions.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872915"></a>The CUPS Filter Chains</h2></div></div><p>
The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
#########################################################################
#
# CUPS in and of itself has this (general) filter chain (CAPITAL
# letters are FILE-FORMATS or MIME types, other are filters (this is
# true for pre-1.1.15 of pre-4.3 versions of CUPS and ESP PrintPro):
#
# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     pstops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     pstoraster   # as shipped with CUPS, independent from any Ghostscipt
#      |           # installation on the system
#      |  (= &quot;postscipt interpreter&quot;)
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>  (f.e. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here)
#      |   (= &quot;raster driver&quot;)
#      |
#      V
# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     backend
#
#
# ESP PrintPro has some enhanced &quot;rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>&quot; filters as compared to
# CUPS, and also a somewhat improved &quot;pstoraster&quot; filter.
#
# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted.
#
#########################################################################
</pre><pre class="programlisting">
#########################################################################
#
# This is how &quot;cupsomatic&quot; comes into play:
# =========================================
#
# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#    <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#    pstops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
#      |                                          |
#      |                                          V
#      V                                         cupsomatic
#    pstoraster                                  (constructs complicated
#      |  (= &quot;postscipt interpreter&quot;)            Ghostscript commandline
#      |                                         to let the file be
#      V                                         processed by a
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER                    &quot;-sDEVICE=<i><tt>s.th.</tt></i>&quot;
#      |                                         call...)
#      |                                          |
#      V                                          |
#    rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>                          V
#      |    (= &quot;raster driver&quot;)     +-------------------------+
#      |                            | Ghostscript at work.... |
#      V                            |                         |
# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC         *-------------------------+
#      |                                          |
#      |                                          |
#      V                                          |
#    backend &gt;------------------------------------+
#      |
#      |
#      V
#    THE PRINTER
#
#
# Note, that cupsomatic &quot;kidnaps&quot; the printfile after the
# &quot;APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRPT&quot; stage and deviates it through
# the CUPS-external, systemwide Ghostscript installation, bypassing the
# &quot;pstoraster&quot; filter (therefor also bypassing the CUPS-raster-drivers
# &quot;rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>&quot;, and hands the rasterized file directly to the CUPS
# backend...
#
# cupsomatic is not made by the CUPS developers. It is an independent
# contribution to printing development, made by people from
# Linuxprinting.org. (see also http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html)
#
# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted.
#
#########################################################################
</pre><pre class="programlisting">
#########################################################################
#
# And this is how it works for ESP PrintPro from 4.3:
# ===================================================
#
# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     pstops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     gsrip
#      |  (= &quot;postscipt interpreter&quot;)
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>  (f.e. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here)
#      |   (= &quot;raster driver&quot;)
#      |
#      V
# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     backend
#
# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted.
#
#########################################################################
</pre><pre class="programlisting">
#########################################################################
#
# This is how &quot;cupsomatic&quot; would come into play with ESP PrintPro:
# ================================================================
#
#
# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#    <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#    pstops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
#      |                                          |
#      |                                          V
#      V                                         cupsomatic
#    gsrip                                       (constructs complicated
#      |  (= &quot;postscipt interpreter&quot;)            Ghostscript commandline
#      |                                         to let the file be
#      V                                         processed by a
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER                    &quot;-sDEVICE=<i><tt>s.th.</tt></i>&quot;
#      |                                         call...)
#      |                                          |
#      V                                          |
#    rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>                          V
#      |   (= &quot;raster driver&quot;)      +-------------------------+
#      |                            | Ghostscript at work.... |
#      V                            |                         |
# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC         *-------------------------+
#      |                                          |
#      |                                          |
#      V                                          |
#    backend &gt;------------------------------------+
#      |
#      |
#      V
#    THE PRINTER
#
# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted.
#
#########################################################################
</pre><pre class="programlisting">
#########################################################################
#
# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15:
# ==============================================
#
# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     pstops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
#                                     |
#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
#                  | Ghostscript                                     |
#                  | at work...                                      |
#                  | (with                                           |
#                  | &quot;-sDEVICE=cups&quot;)                                |
#                  |                                                 |
#                  |         (= &quot;postscipt interpreter&quot;)             |
#                  |                                                 |
#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
#                                     |
#                                     |
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &gt;-------+
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>
#      |   (= &quot;raster driver&quot;)
#      |
#      V
# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     backend
#
#
# NOTE: since version 1.1.15 CUPS &quot;outsourced&quot; the pstoraster process to
#       Ghostscript. GNU Ghostscript needs to be patched to handle the
#       CUPS requirement; ESP Ghostscript has this builtin. In any case,
#       &quot;gs -h&quot; needs to show up a &quot;cups&quot; device. pstoraster is now a
#       calling an appropriate &quot;gs -sDEVICE=cups...&quot; commandline to do
#       the job. It will output &quot;application/vnd.cup-raster&quot;, which will
#       be finally processed by a CUPS raster driver &quot;rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>&quot;
#       Note the difference to &quot;cupsomatic&quot;, which will *not* output
#       CUPS-raster, but a final version of the printfile, ready to be
#       sent to the printer. cupsomatic also doesn't use the &quot;cups&quot;
#       devicemode in Ghostscript, but one of the classical devicemodes....
#
# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted.
#
#########################################################################
</pre><pre class="programlisting">
#########################################################################
#
# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15, with cupsomatic included:
# ========================================================================
#
# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     pstops
#      |
#      |
#      V
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
#                                     |
#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
#                  | Ghostscript        . Ghostscript at work....    |
#                  | at work...         . (with &quot;-sDEVICE=           |
#                  | (with              .            <i><tt>s.th.</tt></i>&quot;        |
#                  | &quot;-sDEVICE=cups&quot;)   .                            |
#                  |                    .                            |
#                  | (CUPS standard)    .      (cupsomatic)          |
#                  |                    .                            |
#                  |          (= &quot;postscript interpreter&quot;)           |
#                  |                    .                            |
#                  +------------------v--------------v---------------+
#                                     |              |
#                                     |              |
# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &gt;-------+              |
#      |                                             |
#      |                                             |
#      V                                             |
#     rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>                            |
#      |   (= &quot;raster driver&quot;)                       |
#      |                                             |
#      V                                             |
# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC &gt;------------------------+
#      |
#      |
#      V
#     backend
#
#
# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted.
#
##########################################################################
</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873302"></a>CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</h2></div></div><p>
CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers. You can install
the driver as follows:

</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd
	</p></li></ul></div><p>

(The &quot;-m&quot; switch will retrieve the &quot;laserjet.ppd&quot; from the standard repository
for not-yet-installed-PPDs, which CUPS typically stores in 
<tt>/usr/share/cups/model</tt>. Alternatively, you may use
&quot;-P /absolute/filesystem/path/to/where/there/is/PPD/your.ppd&quot;).
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873339"></a>Further printing steps</h3></div></div><p>
Always also consult the database on linuxprinting.org for all recommendations
about which driver is best used for each printer:
</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a></p><p>
There select your model and click on &quot;Show&quot;. You'll arrive at a page listing
all drivers working with your model. There will always be *one* 
<span class="emphasis"><em>recommended</em></span> one. Try this one first. In your case
(&quot;HP LaserJet 4 Plus&quot;), you'll arrive here:
</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=75104" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=75104</a></p><p>
The recommended driver is &quot;ljet4&quot;. It has a link to the page for the ljet4
driver too:
</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</a></p><p>
On the driver's page, you'll find important and detailed info about how to use
that driver within the various available spoolers. You can generate a PPD for
CUPS. The PPD contains all the info about how to use your model and the driver;
this is, once installed, working transparently for the user -- you'll only
need to choose resolution, paper size etc. from the web-based menu or from
the print dialog GUI or from the commandline...
</p><p>
On the driver's page, choose to use the &quot;PPD-O-Matic&quot; online PPD generator
program. Select your model and click &quot;Generate PPD file&quot;. When you safe the
appearing ASCII text file, don't use &quot;cut'n'past&quot; (as it could possiblly corrupt
line endings and tabs), but use &quot;Save as...&quot; in your browser's menu. Save it
at &quot;/some/path/on/your/filesystem/somewhere/my-name-for-my-printer.ppd&quot;
</p><p>
Then install the printer:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
    &quot;lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E \
          -P /some/path/on/your/filesystem/somewhere/my-name-for-my-printer.ppd&quot;
</pre><p>
Note, that for all the &quot;Foomatic-PPDs&quot; from Linuxprinting.org, you also need
a special &quot;CUPS filter&quot; named &quot;cupsomatic&quot;. Get the latest version of
&quot;cupsomatic&quot; from:
</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cupsomatic" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/cupsomatic</a></p><p>
This needs to be copied to <tt>/usr/lib/cups/filter/cupsomatic</tt>
and be made world executable. This filter is needed to read and act upon the
specially encoded Foomatic comments, embedded in the printfile, which in turn
are used to construct (transparently for you, the user) the complicated
ghostscript command line needed for your printer/driver combo.
</p><p>
You can have a look at all the options for the Ghostscript commandline supported
by your printer and the ljet4 driver by going to the section &quot;Execution details&quot;,
selecting your model (Laserjet 4 Plus) and clicking on &quot;Show execution details&quot;.
This will bring up this web page:
</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/execution.cgi?driver=ljet4&amp;printer=75104&amp;.submit=Show%2Bexecution%2Bdetails" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/execution.cgi?driver=ljet4&amp;printer=75104&amp;.submit=Show+execution+details</a></p><p>
The ingenious thing is that the database is kept current. If there
is a bug fix and an improvement somewhere in the database, you will
always get the most current and stable and feature-rich driver by following
the steps described above.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft is doing an excellent job here that too few
people are aware of. (So if you use it often, please send him a note showing
your appreciation).</p></div><p>
The latest and greatest improvement now is support for &quot;custom page sizes&quot;
for all those printers which support it.
</p><p>
&quot;cupsomatic&quot; is documented here:
</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html</a></p><p>
More printing tutorial info may be found here:
</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/</a></p><p>
Note, that *all* the Foomatic drivers listed on Linuxprinting.org (now
approaching the &quot;all-time high&quot; number of 1.000 for the supported models)
are using a special filtering chain involving Ghostscript, as described
in this document.
</p><p>
Summary - You need:
</p><p>
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>A &quot;foomatic+<i><tt>something</tt></i>&quot; PPD is not enough to print with CUPS (but it is *one* important component)</td></tr><tr><td>The &quot;cupsomatic&quot; filter script (Perl) in <tt>/usr/lib/cups/filters/</tt></td></tr><tr><td>Perl to make cupsomatic run</td></tr><tr><td>Ghostscript (because it is called and controlled by the PPD/cupsomatic combo in a way to fit your printermodel/driver combo.</td></tr><tr><td>Ghostscript *must*, depending on the driver/model, contain support for a certain &quot;device&quot; (as shown by &quot;gs -h&quot;)</td></tr></table><p>
</p><p>
In the case of the &quot;hpijs&quot; driver, you need a Ghostscript version, which
has &quot;ijs&quot; amongst its supported devices in &quot;gs -h&quot;. In the case of
&quot;hpijs+foomatic&quot;, a valid ghostscript commandline would be reading like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
       gs -q -dBATCH -dPARANOIDSAFER -dQUIET -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=ijs       \
             -sIjsServer=hpijs<i><tt>PageSize</tt></i> -dDuplex=<i><tt>Duplex</tt></i> <i><tt>Model</tt></i>        \
             -r<i><tt>Resolution</tt></i>,PS:MediaPosition=<i><tt>InputSlot</tt></i> -dIjsUseOutputFD \
             -sOutputFile=- -
</pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Note, that with CUPS and the &quot;hpijs+foomatic&quot; PPD (plus Perl and cupsomatic)
you don't need to remember this. You can choose the available print options
thru a GUI print command (like &quot;glp&quot; from ESP's commercially supported
PrintPro software, or KDE's &quot;kprinter&quot;, or GNOME's &quot;gtklp&quot; or the independent
&quot;xpp&quot;) or the CUPS web interface via human-readable drop-down selection
menus.
</p></div><p>
If you use &quot;ESP Ghostscript&quot; (also under the GPL, provided by Easy Software
Products, the makers of CUPS, downloadable from
<a href="http://www.cups.org/software.html" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/software.html</a>,
co-maintained by the developers of linuxprinting.org), you are guaranteed to
have in use the most uptodate, bug-fixed, enhanced and stable version of a Free
Ghostscript. It contains support for ~300 devices, whereas plain vanilla
GNU Ghostscript 7.05 only has ~200.
</p><p>
If you print only one CUPS test page, from the web interface and when you try to
print a windows test page, it acts like the job was never sent:

</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Can you print &quot;standard&quot; jobs from the CUPS machine?</td></tr><tr><td>Are the jobs from Windows visible in the Web interface on CUPS (http://localhost:631/)?</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Most important:</em></span> What kind of printer driver are you using on the Windows clients?</td></tr></table><p>

You can try to get a more detailed debugging info by setting &quot;LogLevel debug&quot; in
<tt>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</tt>, re-start cupsd and investigate <tt>/var/log/cups/error_log</tt>
for the whereabouts of your Windows-originating printjobs:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>what does the &quot;auto-typing&quot; line say? which is the &quot;MIME type&quot; CUPS thinks is arriving from the Windows clients?</td></tr><tr><td>are there &quot;filter&quot; available for this MIME type?</td></tr><tr><td>are there &quot;filter rules&quot; defined in &quot;/etc/cups/mime.convs&quot; for this MIME type?</td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873758"></a>Limiting the number of pages users can print</h2></div></div><p>
The feature you want is dependent on the real print subsystem you're using.
Samba's part is always to receive the job files from the clients (filtered
*or* unfiltered) and hand it over to this printing subsystem.
</p><p>
Of course one could &quot;hack&quot; things with one's own scripts.
</p><p>
But there is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System). CUPS supports &quot;quotas&quot;.
Quotas can be based on sizes of jobs or on the number of pages or both,
and are spanning any time period you want.
</p><p>
This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS,
assuming an existing printer named &quot;quotaprinter&quot;:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
  lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 -o job-k-limit=1024 \
       -o job-page-limit=100
</pre><p>
This would limit every single user to print 100 pages or 1024 KB of
data (whichever comes first) within the last 604.800 seconds ( = 1 week).
</p><p>
For CUPS to count correctly, the printfile needs to pass the CUPS &quot;pstops&quot; filter,
otherwise it uses a &quot;dummy&quot; count of &quot;1&quot;. Some printfiles don't pass it
(eg: image files) but then those are mostly 1 page jobs anyway. This also means,
proprietary drivers for the target printer running on the client computers and
CUPS/Samba then spooling these files as &quot;raw&quot; (i.e. leaving them untouched, not
filtering them), will be counted as &quot;1-pagers&quot; too!
</p><p>
You need to send PostScript from the clients (i.e. run a PostScript driver there)
for having the chance to get accounting done. If the printer is a non-PostScript model,
you need to let CUPS do the job to convert the file to a print-ready format for the
target printer. This will be working for currently ~1.000 different printer models, see
</p><pre class="programlisting">
     http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi
</pre><p>
Before CUPS-1.1.16 your only option was to use the Adobe PostScript
Driver on the Windows clients. The output of this driver was not always
passed thru the &quot;pstops&quot; filter on the CUPS/Samba side, and therefor was
not counted correctly (the reason is that it often --- depending on the
&quot;PPD&quot; being used --- did write a &quot;PJL&quot;-header in front of the real
PostScript which made CUPS to skip the pstops and go directy to
the &quot;pstoraster&quot; stage).
</p><p>
From CUPS-1.1.16 onward you can use the &quot;CUPS PostScript Driver
for Windows NT/2K/XP clients&quot; (it is tagged in the download area of
http://www.cups.org/ as the &quot;cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz&quot; package).
It is *not* working for Win9x/ME clients. But it:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>it guarantees to not write an PJL-header</td></tr><tr><td>it guarantees to still read and support all PJL-options named in the driver PPD with its own means</td></tr><tr><td>it guarantees the file going thru the &quot;pstops&quot; filter on the CUPS/Samba server</td></tr><tr><td>it guarantees to page-count correctly the printfile</td></tr></table><p>
You can read more about the setup of this combination in the
manpage for &quot;cupsaddsmb&quot; (only present with CUPS installed, only
current with CUPS 1.1.16).
</p><p>
These are the items CUPS logs in the &quot;page_log&quot; for every single *page* of a job:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Printer name</td></tr><tr><td>User name</td></tr><tr><td>Job ID</td></tr><tr><td>Time of printing</td></tr><tr><td>the page number</td></tr><tr><td>the number of copies</td></tr><tr><td>a billing info string (optional)</td></tr></table><p>
</p><p>
Here is an extract of my CUPS server's page_log file to illustrate
the format and included items:
</p><p><tt>
	infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 1 2  #marketing
	infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 2 2  #marketing
	infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 3 2  #marketing
	infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 4 2  #marketing
	infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 5 2  #marketing
	infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 6 2  #marketing
</tt></p><p>
This was Job ID &quot;40&quot;, printed on &quot;infotec_IS2027&quot; by user &quot;kurt&quot;, a 6-page job
printed in 2 copies and billed to &quot;#marketing&quot;...
</p><p>
What flaws or shortcomings are there?
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>the ones named above</td></tr><tr><td>
	CUPS really counts the job pages being *processsed in software*
	(going thru the &quot;RIP&quot;) rather than the physical sheets successfully
	leaving the printing device -- if there is a jam while printing
	the 5th sheet out of 1000 and the job is aborted by the printer,
	the &quot;page count&quot; will still show the figure of 1000 for that job
	</td></tr><tr><td>
	all quotas are the same for all users (no flexibility to give the
	boss a higher quota than the clerk) no support for groups
	</td></tr><tr><td>
	no means to read out the current balance or &quot;used-up&quot; number of current quota
	</td></tr><tr><td>
	a user having used up 99 sheets of 100 quota will still be able to send and print a 1.000 sheet job
	</td></tr><tr><td>
	a user being denied a job because of a filled-up quota doesn't get a meaningful
	error message from CUPS other than &quot;client-error-not-possible&quot;.
	</td></tr></table><p>
But this is the best system out there currently. And there are
huge improvements under development:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>page counting will go into the &quot;backends&quot; (these talk
	directly to the printer and will increase the count in sync with the
	 actual printing process -- a jam at the 5th sheet will lead to a stop in the counting)</td></tr><tr><td>quotas will be handled more flexibly</td></tr><tr><td>probably there will be support for users to inquire their &quot;accounts&quot; in advance</td></tr><tr><td>probably there will be support for some other tools around this topic</td></tr></table><p>
Other than the current stage of the CUPS development, I don't
know any other ready-to-use tool which you could consider.
</p><p>
You can download the driver files from
<a href="http://www.cups.org/software.html" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/software.html</a>.
It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as &quot;CUPS 1.1.16
Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for SAMBA (tar.gz, 192k)&quot;. The filename to
download is &quot;cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz&quot;. Upon untar-/unzip-ping it will reveal
the files:
</p><p>
<tt>
   cups-samba.install
   cups-samba.license
   cups-samba.readme
   cups-samba.remove
   cups-samba.ss
</tt>
</p><p>
These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software &quot;EPM&quot;. The
*.install and *.remove files are simple shell script, which untars the
*.ss (which is nothing else than a tar-archive) and puts its contents
into <tt>/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. Its contents are 3 files:
</p><p>
<tt>
   cupsdrvr.dll
   cupsui.dll
   cups.hlp
</tt>
</p><div class="caution" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Caution</h3><p>
Due to a bug one CUPS release puts the <tt>cups.hlp</tt>
into <tt>/usr/share/drivers/</tt> instead of
<tt>/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. To work around this, copy/move
the file after running the &quot;./cups-samba.install&quot; script manually to the right place:
</p><p>
<b><tt> cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/
</tt></b>
	</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free
no source code is provided (yet). The reason is this: it has
been developed with the help of the Microsoft Driver Developer Kit (DDK)
and compiled with Microsoft Visual Studio 6. It is not clear to the driver
developers if they are allowed to distribute the whole of the source code
as Free Software. However, they will likely release the &quot;diff&quot; in source
code under the GPL, so anybody with a license of Visual Studio and a DDK
will be able to compile for him/herself.
</p><p>
Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually moved the
&quot;cups.hlp&quot; file to &quot;/usr/share/cups/drivers/&quot;), the driver is ready to be
put into Samba's [print$] share (which often maps to &quot;/etc/samba/drivers/&quot;
and contains a subdir tree with WIN40 and W32X86 branches), by running
&quot;cupsaddsmb&quot; (see also &quot;man cupsaddsmb&quot; for CUPS 1.1.16). [Don't forget to
put root into the smbpasswd file by running &quot;smbpasswd&quot; should you run
this whole procedure for the first time.] Once the driver files are in the
[print$] share, they are ready to be downloaded and installed by the
Win NT/2k/XP clients.
</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	Win 9x/ME clients won't work with this driver. For these you'd
	still need to use the ADOBE*.* drivers as previously.
	</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	It is not harming if you've still the ADOBE*.* driver files from
	previous installations in the &quot;/usr/share/cups/drivers/&quot; directory.
	The new cupsaddsmb (from 1.1.16) will automatically use the
	&quot;newest&quot; installed driver (which here then is the CUPS drivers).
	</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	Should your Win clients have had the old ADOBE*.* files and the
	Adobe PostScript drivers installed, the download and installation
	of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP will fail
	at first.
	</p><p>
	It is not enough to &quot;delete&quot; the printer (as the driver files
	will still be kept by the clients and re-used if you try to
	re-install the printer). To really get rid of the Adobe driver
	files on the clients, open the &quot;Printers&quot; folder (possibly via
	&quot;Start --&gt; Settings --&gt; Control Panel --&gt; Printers&quot;), right-click
	onto the folder background and select &quot;Server Properties&quot;. A
	new dialog opens; select the &quot;Drivers&quot; tab; on the list select
	the driver you want to delete and click on the &quot;Delete&quot; button.
	(This will only work if there is no single printer left which
	uses that particular driver -- you need to &quot;delete&quot; all printers
	using this driver in the &quot;Printers&quot; folder first.)
	</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver
	to a client, you can easily switch all printers to this one
	by proceeding as described elsewhere in the &quot;Samba HOWTO
	Collection&quot; to change a driver for an existing printer.
	</p></div><p>
What are the benefits with the &quot;CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP&quot;
as compared to the Adobe drivers?
</p><p>
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><p>
	no hassle with the Adobe EULA
	</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
	no hassle with the question &quot;where do I get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?&quot;
	</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
	the Adobe drivers (depending on the printer PPD associated with them)
	often put a PJL header in front of the core PostScript part of the print
	file (thus the file starts with &quot;<i><tt>1B</tt></i>%-12345X&quot;
	or &quot;<i><tt>escape</tt></i>%-12345X&quot;
	instead of &quot;%!PS&quot;). This leads to the CUPS daemon autotyping the
	arriving file as a print-ready file, not requiring a pass thru the
	&quot;pstops&quot; filter (to speak more technical, it is not regarded as the
	generic MIME type &quot;application/postscript&quot;, but as the more special
	MIME type &quot;application/cups.vnd-postscript&quot;), which therefore also
	leads to the page accounting in &quot;/var/log/cups/page_log&quot; not receiving
	the exact mumber of pages; instead the dummy page number of &quot;1&quot; is
	logged in a standard setup)
	</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
	the Adobe driver has more options to &quot;mis-configure&quot; the PostScript
	generated by it (like setting it inadvertedly to &quot;Optimize for Speed&quot;,
	instead of &quot;Optimize for Portability&quot;, which could lead to CUPS being
	unable to process it)
	</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
	the CUPS PostScript driver output sent by Windows clients to the CUPS
	server will be guaranteed to be auto-typed as generic MIME type
	&quot;application/postscript&quot;, thusly passing thru the CUPS &quot;pstops&quot; filter
	and logging the correct number of pages in the page_log for accounting
	and quota purposes
	</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
	the CUPS PostScript driver supports the sending of additional print
	options by the Win NT/2k/XP clients, such as naming the CUPS standard
	banner pages (or the custom ones, should they be installed at the time
	of driver download), using the CUPS &quot;page-label&quot; option, setting a
	job-priority and setting the scheduled time of printing (with the option
	to support additional useful IPP job attributes in the future).
	</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
	the CUPS PostScript driver supports the inclusion of the new
	&quot;*cupsJobTicket&quot; comments at the beginnig of the PostScript file (which
	could be used in the future for all sort of beneficial extensions on
	the CUPS side, but which will not disturb any other application as those
	will regard it as a comment and simply ignore it).
	</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
	the CUPS PostScript driver will be the heart of the fully fledged CUPS
	IPP client for Windows NT/2k/XP to be released soon (probably alongside
	the first Beta release for CUPS 1.2).
	</p></td></tr></table><p>
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874367"></a>Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</h2></div></div><p>
Let the Windows Clients use a PostScript driver to deliver poistscript to
the samba print server (just like any Linux or Unix Client would also use
PostScript to send to the server)
</p><p>
Make the Unix printing subsystem to which Samba sends the job convert the
incoming PostScript files to the native print format of the target printers
(would be PCL if you have an HP printer)
</p><p>
Now if you are afraid that this would just mean using a *Generic* PostScript
driver for the clients that has no Simplex/Duplex selection, and no paper tray
choice, but you need them to be able to set up print jobs, with all the bells
and whistles of your printers:-
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Not possible with traditional spooling systems</td></tr><tr><td>
	But perfectly supported by CUPS (which uses &quot;PPD&quot; files to
	describe how to control the print options for PostScript and
	non-PostScript devices alike...
	</td></tr></table><p>
CUPS PPDs are working perfectly on Windows clients who use Adobe PostScript
drivers (or the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2K/XP). Clients can use
them to setup the job to their liking and CUPS will use the received job options
to make the (PCL-, ESC/P- or PostScript-) printer behave as required.
</p><p>
If you want to have the additional benefit of page count logging and accounting
then the CUPS PostScript driver is the best choice (better than the Adobe one).
</p><p>
If you want to make the drivers downloadable for the clients then &quot;cupsaddsmb&quot; is
your friend. It will setup the [print$] share on the Samba host to be ready to serve
the clients for a &quot;point and print&quot; driver installation.
</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>What strings are attached?</p></div><p>
There are some. But, given the sheer CPU power you can buy nowadays,
these can be overcome easily. The strings:
</p><p>
Well, if the CUPS/Samba side will have to print to many printers serving many users,
you probably will need to set up a second server (which can do automatic load balancing
with the first one, plus a degree of fail-over mechanism). Converting the incoming
PostScript jobs, &quot;interpreting&quot; them for non-PostScript printers, amounts to the work
of a &quot;RIP&quot; (Raster Image Processor) done in software. This requires more CPU and RAM
than for the mere &quot;raw spooling&quot; task your current setup is solving. It all depends
on the avarage and peak printing load the server should be able to handle.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874473"></a>Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</h2></div></div><p>
Samba print files pass thru two &quot;spool&quot; directories. One the incoming directory
managed by Samba, (set eg: in the <b>path = /var/spool/samba</b> directive in the [printers]
section of <tt>smb.conf</tt>). Second is the spool directory of your UNIX print subsystem.
For CUPS it is normally &quot;/var/spool/cups/&quot;, as set by the cupsd.conf directive
&quot;RequestRoot /var/spool/cups&quot;.
</p><p>
I am not sure, which one of your directories keeps the files.  From what you say,
it is most likely the Samba part.
</p><p>
For the CUPS part, you may want to consult:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>http://localhost:631/sam.html#PreserveJobFiles</td></tr><tr><td>http://localhost:631/sam.html#PreserveJobHistory</td></tr><tr><td>http://localhost:631/sam.html#MaxJobs</td></tr></table><p>
There are the settings described for your CUPS daemon, which could lead to completed
job files not being deleted.
</p><p>
&quot;PreserveJobHistory Yes&quot; -- keeps some details of jobs in
cupsd's mind (well it keeps the &quot;c12345&quot;, &quot;c12346&quot; etc. files
in the CUPS spool directory, which do a similar job as the
old-fashioned BSD-LPD control files). This is set to &quot;Yes&quot;
as a default.
</p><p>
&quot;PreserveJobFiles Yes&quot; -- keeps the job files themselves in
cupsd's mind (well it keeps the &quot;d12345&quot;, &quot;d12346&quot; etc. files
in the CUPS spool directory...). This is set to &quot;No&quot; as the
CUPS default.
</p><p>
&quot;MaxJobs 500&quot; -- this directive controls the maximum number
of jobs that are kept in memory. Once the number of jobs
reaches the limit, the oldest completed job is automatically
purged from the system to make room for the new one. If all
of the known jobs are still pending or active then the new
job will be rejected. Setting the maximum to 0 disables this
functionality. The default setting is 0.
</p><p>
(There are also additional settings for &quot;MaxJobsPerUser&quot; and
&quot;MaxJobsPerPrinter&quot;...)
</p><p>
For everything to work as announced, you need to have three things:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>
	a Samba-smbd which is compiled against &quot;libcups&quot; (Check on Linux by running <b><tt>ldd `which smbd`</tt></b>)
	</td></tr><tr><td>
	a Samba-<tt>smb.conf</tt> setting of <b>printing = cups</b>
	</td></tr><tr><td>
	another Samba-<tt>smb.conf</tt> setting of <b>printcap = cups</b>
	</td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Note, that in this case all other manually set printing-related
commands (like &quot;print command&quot;, &quot;lpq command&quot;, &quot;lprm command&quot;,
&quot;lppause command&quot; or &quot;lpresume command&quot;) are ignored and they
should normally have no influence what-so-ever on your printing.
</p></div><p>
If you want to do things manually, replace the &quot;printing = cups&quot;
by &quot;printing = bsd&quot;. Then your manually set commands may work
(haven't tested this), and a &quot;print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s&quot;
may do what you need.
</p><p>
You forgot to mention the CUPS version you're using. If you did
set things up as described in the man pages, then the Samba
spool files should be deleted. Otherwise it may be a bug. On
the CUPS side, you can control the behaviour as described
above.
</p><p>
If you have more problems, post the output of these commands:
</p><p>
<b><tt>
   grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$
   grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v &quot;^;&quot;
</tt></b>
</p><p>
(adapt paths as needed). These commands sanitize the files
and cut out the empty lines and lines with comments, providing
the &quot;naked settings&quot; in a compact way.
</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="winbind"></a>Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</h2></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Tim Potter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Naag Mummaneni</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">27 June 2002</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2874714">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874743">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874814">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872076">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872107">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872135">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872170">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872192">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875280">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875352">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875387">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875414">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875442">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875518">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875611">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2877210">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877264">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874714"></a>Abstract</h2></div></div><p>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through 
	a unified logon has been considered a &quot;holy grail&quot; in heterogeneous 
	computing environments for a long time. We present 
	<span class="emphasis"><em>winbind</em></span>, a component of the Samba suite 
	of programs as a solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind 
	uses a UNIX implementation 
	of Microsoft RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name 
	Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate 
	as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind 
	system, explaining the functionality it provides, how it is configured, 
	and how it works internally.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874743"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have 
	different models for representing user and group information and 
	use different technologies for implementing them. This fact has 
	made it difficult to integrate the two systems in a satisfactory 
	manner.</p><p>One common solution in use today has been to create 
	identically named user accounts on both the UNIX and Windows systems 
	and use the Samba suite of programs to provide file and print services 
	between the two. This solution is far from perfect however, as 
	adding and deleting users on both sets of machines becomes a chore 
	and two sets of passwords are required both of which
	can lead to synchronization problems between the UNIX and Windows 
	systems and confusion for users.</p><p>We divide the unified logon problem for UNIX machines into 
	three smaller problems:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Obtaining Windows NT user and group information
		</p></li><li><p>Authenticating Windows NT users
		</p></li><li><p>Password changing for Windows NT users
		</p></li></ul></div><p>Ideally, a prospective solution to the unified logon problem 
	would satisfy all the above components without duplication of 
	information on the UNIX machines and without creating additional 
	tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and 
	groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple 
	and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon 
	problem.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874814"></a>What Winbind Provides</h2></div></div><p>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by 
	allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once 
	this is done the UNIX box will see NT users and groups as if 
	they were native UNIX users and groups, allowing the NT domain 
	to be used in much the same manner that NIS+ is used within 
	UNIX-only environments.</p><p>The end result is that whenever any 
	program on the UNIX machine asks the operating system to lookup 
	a user or group name, the query will be resolved by asking the 
	NT domain controller for the specified domain to do the lookup.
	Because Winbind hooks into the operating system at a low level 
	(via the NSS name resolution modules in the C library) this 
	redirection to the NT domain controller is completely 
	transparent.</p><p>Users on the UNIX machine can then use NT user and group 
	names as they would use &quot;native&quot; UNIX names. They can chown files 
	so that they are owned by NT domain users or even login to the 
	UNIX machine and run a UNIX X-Window session as a domain user.</p><p>The only obvious indication that Winbind is being used is 
	that user and group names take the form DOMAIN\user and 
	DOMAIN\group. This is necessary as it allows Winbind to determine 
	that redirection to a domain controller is wanted for a particular 
	lookup and which trusted domain is being referenced.</p><p>Additionally, Winbind provides an authentication service 
	that hooks into the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) system 
	to provide authentication via a NT domain to any PAM enabled 
	applications. This capability solves the problem of synchronizing 
	passwords between systems since all passwords are stored in a single 
	location (on the domain controller).</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872076"></a>Target Uses</h3></div></div><p>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an 
		existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish 
		to put UNIX workstations or servers. Winbind will allow these 
		organizations to deploy UNIX workstations without having to 
		maintain a separate account infrastructure. This greatly 
		simplifies the administrative overhead of deploying UNIX 
		workstations into a NT based organization.</p><p>Another interesting way in which we expect Winbind to 
		be used is as a central part of UNIX based appliances. Appliances 
		that provide file and print services to Microsoft based networks 
		will be able to use Winbind to provide seamless integration of 
		the appliance into the domain.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872107"></a>How Winbind Works</h2></div></div><p>The winbind system is designed around a client/server 
	architecture. A long running <b>winbindd</b> daemon 
	listens on a UNIX domain socket waiting for requests
	to arrive. These requests are generated by the NSS and PAM 
	clients and processed sequentially.</p><p>The technologies used to implement winbind are described 
	in detail below.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872135"></a>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</h3></div></div><p>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway 
		by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of 
		the Microsoft Remote Procedure Call (MSRPC) system. This 
		system is used for most network related operations between 
		Windows NT machines including remote management, user authentication
		and print spooling. Although initially this work was done 
		to aid the implementation of Primary Domain Controller (PDC) 
		functionality in Samba, it has also yielded a body of code which 
		can be used for other purposes.</p><p>Winbind uses various MSRPC calls to enumerate domain users 
		and groups and to obtain detailed information about individual 
		users or groups. Other MSRPC calls can be used to authenticate 
		NT domain users and to change user passwords. By directly querying 
		a Windows PDC for user and group information, winbind maps the 
		NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872170"></a>Microsoft Active Directory Services</h3></div></div><p>
                Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to
                interact with Microsoft Windows 2000 using its 'Native
                Mode' protocols, rather than the NT4 RPC services.
                Using LDAP and Kerberos, a domain member running
                winbind can enumerate users and groups in exactly the
                same way as a Win2k client would, and in so doing
                provide a much more efficient and
                effective winbind implementation.  
                </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872192"></a>Name Service Switch</h3></div></div><p>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is 
		present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system 
		information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information 
		to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone 
		UNIX workstation may resolve system information from a series of 
		flat files stored on the local filesystem. A networked workstation 
		may first attempt to resolve system information from local files, 
		and then consult a NIS database for user information or a DNS server 
		for hostname information.</p><p>The NSS application programming interface allows winbind 
		to present itself as a source of system information when 
		resolving UNIX usernames and groups.  Winbind uses this interface, 
		and information obtained from a Windows NT server using MSRPC 
		calls to provide a new source of account enumeration.  Using standard 
		UNIX library calls, one can enumerate the users and groups on
		a UNIX machine running winbind and see all users and groups in 
		a NT domain plus any trusted domain as though they were local 
		users and groups.</p><p>The primary control file for NSS is 
		<tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt>. 
		When a UNIX application makes a request to do a lookup 
		the C library looks in <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> 
		for a line which matches the service type being requested, for 
		example the &quot;passwd&quot; service type is used when user or group names 
		are looked up. This	config line species which implementations 
		of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd 
		config line is:</p><p><b>passwd: files example</b></p><p>then the C library will first load a module called 
		<tt>/lib/libnss_files.so</tt> followed by
		the module <tt>/lib/libnss_example.so</tt>. The 
		C library will dynamically load each of these modules in turn 
		and call resolver functions within the modules to try to resolve 
		the request. Once the request is resolved the C library returns the
		result to the application.</p><p>This NSS interface provides a very easy way for Winbind 
		to hook into the operating system. All that needs to be done 
		is to put <tt>libnss_winbind.so</tt> in <tt>/lib/</tt> 
		then add &quot;winbind&quot; into <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> at 
		the appropriate place. The C library will then call Winbind to 
		resolve user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875280"></a>Pluggable Authentication Modules</h3></div></div><p>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, 
		is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization 
		technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different 
		authentication methods for different system applications without 
		having to recompile these applications. PAM is also useful
		for implementing a particular policy for authorization. For example, 
		a system administrator may only allow console logins from users 
		stored in the local password file but only allow users resolved from 
		a NIS database to log in over the network.</p><p>Winbind uses the authentication management and password 
		management PAM interface to integrate Windows NT users into a 
		UNIX system. This allows Windows NT users to log in to a UNIX 
		machine and be authenticated against a suitable Primary Domain 
		Controller. These users can also change their passwords and have 
		this change take effect directly on the Primary Domain Controller.
		</p><p>PAM is configured by providing control files in the directory 
		<tt>/etc/pam.d/</tt> for each of the services that 
		require authentication. When an authentication request is made 
		by an application the PAM code in the C library looks up this
		control file to determine what modules to load to do the 
		authentication check and in what order. This interface makes adding 
		a new authentication service for Winbind very easy, all that needs 
		to be done is that the <tt>pam_winbind.so</tt> module 
		is copied to <tt>/lib/security/</tt> and the PAM 
		control files for relevant services are updated to allow 
		authentication via winbind. See the PAM documentation
		for more details.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875352"></a>User and Group ID Allocation</h3></div></div><p>When a user or group is created under Windows NT 
		is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is 
		slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers that are 
		used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify 
		groups. It is winbind's job to convert RIDs to UNIX id numbers and
		vice versa.  When winbind is configured it is given part of the UNIX 
		user id space and a part of the UNIX group id space in which to 
		store Windows NT users and groups. If a Windows NT user is 
		resolved for the first time, it is allocated the next UNIX id from 
		the range. The same process applies for Windows NT groups. Over 
		time, winbind will have mapped all Windows NT users and groups
		to UNIX user ids and group ids.</p><p>The results of this mapping are stored persistently in 
		an ID mapping database held in a tdb database). This ensures that 
		RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875387"></a>Result Caching</h3></div></div><p>An active system can generate a lot of user and group 
		name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind 
		uses a caching scheme based on the SAM sequence number supplied 
		by NT domain controllers.  User or group information returned 
		by a PDC is cached by winbind along with a sequence number also 
		returned by the PDC. This sequence number is incremented by 
		Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modified. If 
		a cached entry has expired, the sequence number is requested from 
		the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry. 
		If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information 
		is discarded and up to date information is requested directly 
		from the PDC.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875414"></a>Installation and Configuration</h2></div></div><p>
Many thanks to John Trostel <a href="mailto:jtrostel@snapserver.com" target="_top">jtrostel@snapserver.com</a>
for providing the HOWTO for this section.
</p><p>
This HOWTO describes how to get winbind services up and running 
to control access and authenticate users on your Linux box using 
the winbind services which come with SAMBA 3.0.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875442"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p>
This HOWTO describes the procedures used to get winbind up and 
running on my RedHat 7.1 system.  Winbind is capable of providing access 
and authentication control for Windows Domain users through an NT 
or Win2K PDC for 'regular' services, such as telnet a nd ftp, as
well for SAMBA services.
</p><p>
This HOWTO has been written from a 'RedHat-centric' perspective, so if 
you are using another distribution, you may have to modify the instructions 
somewhat to fit the way your distribution works.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Why should I to this?</em></span>
	</p><p>This allows the SAMBA administrator to rely on the 
	authentication mechanisms on the NT/Win2K PDC for the authentication 
	of domain members.  NT/Win2K users no longer need to have separate 
	accounts on the SAMBA server.
	</p></li><li><p>
	<span class="emphasis"><em>Who should be reading this document?</em></span>
	</p><p>
	This HOWTO is designed for system administrators.  If you are 
	implementing SAMBA on a file server and wish to (fairly easily) 
	integrate existing NT/Win2K users from your PDC onto the
	SAMBA server, this HOWTO is for you.  That said, I am no NT or PAM 
	expert, so you may find a better or easier way to accomplish 
	these tasks.
	</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875518"></a>Requirements</h3></div></div><p>
If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently 
using... <span class="emphasis"><em>BACK IT UP!</em></span>  If your system already uses PAM, 
<span class="emphasis"><em>back up the <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> directory 
contents!</em></span> If you haven't already made a boot disk, 
<span class="emphasis"><em>MAKE ONE NOW!</em></span>
</p><p>
Messing with the pam configuration files can make it nearly impossible 
to log in to yourmachine. That's why you want to be able to boot back 
into your machine in single user mode and restore your 
<tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> back to the original state they were in if 
you get frustrated with the way things are going.  ;-)
</p><p>
The latest version of SAMBA (version 3.0 as of this writing), now 
includes a functioning winbindd daemon.  Please refer to the 
<a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">main SAMBA web page</a> or, 
better yet, your closest SAMBA mirror site for instructions on 
downloading the source code.
</p><p>
To allow Domain users the ability to access SAMBA shares and 
files, as well as potentially other services provided by your 
SAMBA machine, PAM (pluggable authentication modules) must
be setup properly on your machine.  In order to compile the 
winbind modules, you should have at least the pam libraries resident 
on your system.  For recent RedHat systems (7.1, for instance), that 
means <tt>pam-0.74-22</tt>.  For best results, it is helpful to also
install the development packages in <tt>pam-devel-0.74-22</tt>.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875611"></a>Testing Things Out</h3></div></div><p>
Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA 
related daemons running on your server.  Kill off all <b>smbd</b>, 
<b>nmbd</b>, and <b>winbindd</b> processes that may 
be running.  To use PAM, you will want to make sure that you have the 
standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> 
directory structure, including the pam modules are used by pam-aware 
services, several pam libraries, and the <tt>/usr/doc</tt> 
and <tt>/usr/man</tt> entries for pam.  Winbind built better 
in SAMBA if the pam-devel package was also installed.  This package includes 
the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications. For instance, 
my RedHat system has both <tt>pam-0.74-22</tt> and
<tt>pam-devel-0.74-22</tt> RPMs installed.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875688"></a>Configure and compile SAMBA</h4></div></div><p>
The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward.
The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon
whether or not you have previously built the Samba binaries.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
<tt>root#</tt> <b>autoconf</b>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>make clean</b>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>rm config.cache</b>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>./configure</b>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>make</b>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>make install</b>
</pre><p>
This will, by default, install SAMBA in <tt>/usr/local/samba</tt>.
See the main SAMBA documentation if you want to install SAMBA somewhere else.
It will also build the winbindd executable and libraries. 
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875809"></a>Configure <tt>nsswitch.conf</tt> and the 
winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris</h4></div></div><p>
The libraries needed to run the <b>winbindd</b> daemon 
through nsswitch need to be copied to their proper locations, so
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/libnss_winbind.so /lib</b>
</p><p>
I also found it necessary to make the following symbolic link:
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>ln -s /lib/libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</b>
</p><p>And, in the case of Sun solaris:</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt></b>
<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.1</tt></b>
<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.2</tt></b>
</p><p>
Now, as root you need to edit <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> to 
allow user and group entries to be visible from the <b>winbindd</b> 
daemon.  My <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file look like 
this after editing:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	passwd:     files winbind
	shadow:     files 
	group:      files winbind
</pre><p>	
The libraries needed by the winbind daemon will be automatically 
entered into the <b>ldconfig</b> cache the next time 
your system reboots, but it 
is faster (and you don't need to reboot) if you do it manually:
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>/sbin/ldconfig -v | grep winbind</b>
</p><p>
This makes <tt>libnss_winbind</tt> available to winbindd 
and echos back a check to you.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876014"></a>NSS Winbind on AIX</h4></div></div><p>(This section is only for those running AIX)</p><p>
The winbind AIX identification module gets built as libnss_winbind.so in the
nsswitch directory of the samba source.  This file can be copied to
/usr/lib/security, and the AIX naming convention would indicate that it
should be named WINBIND.  A stanza like the following:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
WINBIND:
        program = /usr/lib/security/WINBIND
        options = authonly
</pre><p>can then be added to
<tt>/usr/lib/security/methods.cfg</tt>.  This module only
supports identification, but there have been success reports using the
standard winbind pam module for authentication.  Use caution configuring
loadable authentication modules as it is possible to make it impossible
to logon to the system.  More information about the AIX authentication
module API can be found at &quot;Kernel Extensions and Device Support
Programming Concepts for AIX&quot;: <a href="#">
Chapter 18. Loadable Authentication Module Programming Interface</a> 
and more information on administering the  modules at <a href="#">
&quot;System Management Guide: Operating System and Devices&quot;</a>.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876087"></a>Configure smb.conf</h4></div></div><p>
Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control 
the behavior of <b>winbindd</b>. Configure 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> These are described in more detail in 
the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> man page.  My 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> file was modified to
include the following entries in the [global] section:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
[global]
     &lt;...&gt;
     # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username
     <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a> = +
     # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users
     <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top">winbind uid</a> = 10000-20000
     # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups
     <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top">winbind gid</a> = 10000-20000
     # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups
     <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top">winbind enum users</a> = yes
     <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMGROUP" target="_top">winbind enum groups</a> = yes
     # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access)
     <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top">template homedir</a> = /home/winnt/%D/%U
     <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top">template shell</a> = /bin/bash
</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876202"></a>Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</h4></div></div><p>
Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the 
PDC domain, where <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is the name of 
your Windows domain and <i><tt>Administrator</tt></i> is 
a domain user who has administrative privileges in the domain.
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator</b>
</p><p>
The proper response to the command should be: &quot;Joined the domain 
<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>&quot; where <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> 
is your DOMAIN name.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876259"></a>Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</h4></div></div><p>
Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to 
automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of 
SAMBA start, but it is possible to test out just the winbind
portion first.  To start up winbind services, enter the following 
command as root:
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</b>
</p><p>
Winbindd can now also run in 'dual daemon mode'. This will make it 
run as 2 processes. The first will answer all requests from the cache,
thus making responses to clients faster. The other will
update the cache for the query that the first has just responded.
Advantage of this is that responses stay accurate and are faster. 
You can enable dual daemon mode by adding '-B' to the commandline:
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</b>
</p><p>
I'm always paranoid and like to make sure the daemon 
is really running...
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>ps -ae | grep winbindd</b>
</p><p>
This command should produce output like this, if the daemon is running
</p><p>
3025 ?        00:00:00 winbindd
</p><p>
Now... for the real test, try to get some information about the 
users on your PDC
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -u</b>
</p><p>	
This should echo back a list of users on your Windows users on 
your PDC.  For example, I get the following response:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	CEO+Administrator
	CEO+burdell
	CEO+Guest
	CEO+jt-ad
	CEO+krbtgt
	CEO+TsInternetUser
</pre><p>
Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <i><tt>winbind
separator</tt></i> is '+'.
</p><p>
You can do the same sort of thing to get group information from 
the PDC:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -g</b>
	CEO+Domain Admins
	CEO+Domain Users
	CEO+Domain Guests
	CEO+Domain Computers
	CEO+Domain Controllers
	CEO+Cert Publishers
	CEO+Schema Admins
	CEO+Enterprise Admins
	CEO+Group Policy Creator Owners
</pre><p>
The function 'getent' can now be used to get unified 
lists of both local and PDC users and groups.
Try the following command:
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>getent passwd</b>
</p><p>
You should get a list that looks like your <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> 
list followed by the domain users with their new uids, gids, home 
directories and default shells.
</p><p>
The same thing can be done for groups with the command
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>getent group</b>
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876504"></a>Fix the init.d startup scripts</h4></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876511"></a>Linux</h5></div></div><p>
The <b>winbindd</b> daemon needs to start up after the 
<b>smbd</b> and <b>nmbd</b> daemons are running.  
To accomplish this task, you need to modify the startup scripts of your system.
They are located at <tt>/etc/init.d/smb</tt> in RedHat and 
<tt>/etc/init.d/samba</tt> in Debian.
script to add commands to invoke this daemon in the proper sequence.  My 
startup script starts up <b>smbd</b>, 
<b>nmbd</b>, and <b>winbindd</b> from the 
<tt>/usr/local/samba/bin</tt> directory directly.  The 'start' 
function in the script looks like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
start() {
        KIND=&quot;SMB&quot;
        echo -n $&quot;Starting $KIND services: &quot;
        daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd $SMBDOPTIONS
        RETVAL=$?
        echo
        KIND=&quot;NMB&quot;
        echo -n $&quot;Starting $KIND services: &quot;
        daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd $NMBDOPTIONS
        RETVAL2=$?
        echo
        KIND=&quot;Winbind&quot;
        echo -n $&quot;Starting $KIND services: &quot;
        daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd
        RETVAL3=$?
        echo
        [ $RETVAL -eq 0 -a $RETVAL2 -eq 0 -a $RETVAL3 -eq 0 ] &amp;&amp; \
		touch /var/lock/subsys/smb || RETVAL=1
        return $RETVAL
}
</pre><p>If you would like to run winbindd in dual daemon mode, replace 
the line 
</p><pre class="programlisting">
        daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd
</pre><p>

in the example above with:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
        daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B
</pre><p>.
</p><p>
The 'stop' function has a corresponding entry to shut down the 
services and looks like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
stop() {
        KIND=&quot;SMB&quot;
        echo -n $&quot;Shutting down $KIND services: &quot;
        killproc smbd
        RETVAL=$?
        echo
        KIND=&quot;NMB&quot;
        echo -n $&quot;Shutting down $KIND services: &quot;
        killproc nmbd
        RETVAL2=$?
        echo
        KIND=&quot;Winbind&quot;
        echo -n $&quot;Shutting down $KIND services: &quot;
        killproc winbindd
        RETVAL3=$?
        [ $RETVAL -eq 0 -a $RETVAL2 -eq 0 -a $RETVAL3 -eq 0 ] &amp;&amp; \
		 rm -f /var/lock/subsys/smb
        echo &quot;&quot;
        return $RETVAL
}
</pre></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876648"></a>Solaris</h5></div></div><p>Winbind doesn't work on solaris 9, see the <a href="#winbind-solaris9" title="Winbind on Solaris 9">Portability</a> chapter for details.</p><p>On solaris, you need to modify the 
<tt>/etc/init.d/samba.server</tt> startup script. It usually 
only starts smbd and nmbd but should now start winbindd too. If you 
have samba installed in <tt>/usr/local/samba/bin</tt>, 
the file could contains something like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	##
	## samba.server
	##

	if [ ! -d /usr/bin ]
	then                    # /usr not mounted
		exit
	fi

	killproc() {            # kill the named process(es)
		pid=`/usr/bin/ps -e |
		     /usr/bin/grep -w $1 |
		     /usr/bin/sed -e 's/^  *//' -e 's/ .*//'`
		[ &quot;$pid&quot; != &quot;&quot; ] &amp;&amp; kill $pid
	}
	 
	# Start/stop processes required for samba server

	case &quot;$1&quot; in

	'start')
	#
	# Edit these lines to suit your installation (paths, workgroup, host)
	#
	echo Starting SMBD
	   /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D -s \
		/usr/local/samba/smb.conf

	echo Starting NMBD
	   /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd -D -l \
		/usr/local/samba/var/log -s /usr/local/samba/smb.conf

	echo Starting Winbind Daemon
	   /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd
	   ;;

	'stop')
	   killproc nmbd
	   killproc smbd
	   killproc winbindd
	   ;;

	*)
	   echo &quot;Usage: /etc/init.d/samba.server { start | stop }&quot;
	   ;;
	esac
</pre><p>
Again, if you would like to run samba in dual daemon mode, replace 
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd
</pre><p>

in the script above with:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B
</pre><p>
</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876749"></a>Restarting</h5></div></div><p>
If you restart the <b>smbd</b>, <b>nmbd</b>, 
and <b>winbindd</b> daemons at this point, you
should be able to connect to the samba server as a domain member just as
if you were a local user.
</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876785"></a>Configure Winbind and PAM</h4></div></div><p>
If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working
together.  If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other 
services, keep reading.  The pam configuration files need to be altered in
this step.  (Did you remember to make backups of your original 
<tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> files? If not, do it now.)
</p><p>
You will need a pam module to use winbindd with these other services.  This 
module will be compiled in the <tt>../source/nsswitch</tt> directory
by invoking the command
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>make nsswitch/pam_winbind.so</b>
</p><p>
from the <tt>../source</tt> directory.  The
<tt>pam_winbind.so</tt> file should be copied to the location of
your other pam security modules.  On my RedHat system, this was the
<tt>/lib/security</tt> directory. On Solaris, the pam security 
modules reside in <tt>/usr/lib/security</tt>.
</p><p>
<tt>root#</tt> <b>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security</b>
</p><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876895"></a>Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</h5></div></div><p>
The <tt>/etc/pam.d/samba</tt> file does not need to be changed. I 
just left this fileas it was:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	auth    required        /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
	account required        /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
</pre><p>
The other services that I modified to allow the use of winbind 
as an authentication service were the normal login on the console (or a terminal 
session), telnet logins, and ftp service.  In order to enable these 
services, you may first need to change the entries in 
<tt>/etc/xinetd.d</tt> (or <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt>).  
RedHat 7.1 uses the new xinetd.d structure, in this case you need 
to change the lines in <tt>/etc/xinetd.d/telnet</tt> 
and <tt>/etc/xinetd.d/wu-ftp</tt> from 
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	enable = no
</pre><p>
to
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	enable = yes
</pre><p>	
For ftp services to work properly, you will also need to either 
have individual directories for the domain users already present on 
the server, or change the home directory template to a general
directory for all domain users.  These can be easily set using 
the <tt>smb.conf</tt> global entry 
<b>template homedir</b>.
</p><p>
The <tt>/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file can be changed 
to allow winbind ftp access in a manner similar to the
samba file.  My <tt>/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file was 
changed to look like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	auth       required     /lib/security/pam_listfile.so item=user sense=deny \
		 file=/etc/ftpusers onerr=succeed
	auth       sufficient   /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	auth       required     /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
	auth       required     /lib/security/pam_shells.so
	account    sufficient   /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	account    required     /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
	session    required     /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
</pre><p>
The <tt>/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file can be changed nearly the 
same way.  It now looks like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	auth       required     /lib/security/pam_securetty.so
	auth       sufficient   /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	auth       sufficient   /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass
	auth       required     /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
	auth       required     /lib/security/pam_nologin.so
	account    sufficient   /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	account    required     /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
	password   required     /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
	session    required     /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
	session    optional     /lib/security/pam_console.so
</pre><p>
In this case, I added the <b>auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so</b> 
lines as before, but also added the <b>required pam_securetty.so</b> 
above it, to disallow root logins over the network.  I also added a 
<b>sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</b>
line after the <b>winbind.so</b> line to get rid of annoying 
double prompts for passwords.
</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2877118"></a>Solaris-specific configuration</h5></div></div><p>
The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain
users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes
that I made.You can customize the pam.conf file as per your requirements,but
be sure of those changes because in the worst case it will leave your system
nearly impossible to boot.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#
	#ident	&quot;@(#)pam.conf	1.14	99/09/16 SMI&quot;
	#
	# Copyright (c) 1996-1999, Sun Microsystems, Inc.
	# All Rights Reserved.
	#
	# PAM configuration
	#
	# Authentication management
	#
	login   auth required   /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	login	auth required 	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass 
	login	auth required 	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_dial_auth.so.1 try_first_pass 
	#
	rlogin  auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	rlogin  auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_rhosts_auth.so.1
	rlogin	auth required 	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass
	#
	dtlogin auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	dtlogin	auth required 	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass
	#
	rsh	auth required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_rhosts_auth.so.1
	other   auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	other	auth required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass
	#
	# Account management
	#
	login   account sufficient      /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	login	account requisite	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_roles.so.1 
	login	account required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 
	#
	dtlogin account sufficient      /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	dtlogin	account requisite	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_roles.so.1 
	dtlogin	account required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 
	#
	other   account sufficient      /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	other	account requisite	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_roles.so.1 
	other	account required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 
	#
	# Session management
	#
	other	session required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 
	#
	# Password management
	#
	#other   password sufficient     /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so
	other	password required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 
	dtsession auth required	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1
	#
	# Support for Kerberos V5 authentication (uncomment to use Kerberos)
	#
	#rlogin	auth optional	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass
	#login	auth optional	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass
	#dtlogin	auth optional	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass
	#other	auth optional	/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass
	#dtlogin	account optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1
	#other	account optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1
	#other	session optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1
	#other	password optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass
</pre><p>
I also added a try_first_pass line after the winbind.so line to get rid of
annoying double prompts for passwords.
</p><p>
Now restart your Samba and try connecting through your application that you
configured in the pam.conf.
</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877210"></a>Limitations</h2></div></div><p>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current 
	released version that we hope to overcome in future 
	releases:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Winbind is currently only available for 
		the Linux, Solaris and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating 
		systems are certainly possible. For such ports to be feasible, 
		we require the C library of the target operating system to 
		support the Name Service Switch and Pluggable Authentication
		Modules systems. This is becoming more common as NSS and 
		PAM gain	support among UNIX vendors.</p></li><li><p>The mappings of Windows NT RIDs to UNIX ids 
		is not made algorithmically and depends on the order in which 
		unmapped users or groups are seen by winbind. It may be difficult 
		to recover the mappings of rid to UNIX id mapping if the file 
		containing this information is corrupted or destroyed.</p></li><li><p>Currently the winbind PAM module does not take 
		into account possible workstation and logon time restrictions 
		that may be been set for Windows NT users, this is
		instead up to the PDC to enforce.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877264"></a>Conclusion</h2></div></div><p>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service 
	Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate 
	Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless 
	integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a
	UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative 
	cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="AdvancedNetworkManagement"></a>Chapter 16. Advanced Network Manangement</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2875143">Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874905">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2874974">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875057">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877889">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
This section attempts to document peripheral issues that are of great importance to network
administrators who want to improve network resource access control, to automate the user
environment, and to make their lives a little easier.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875143"></a>Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</h2></div></div><p>
This section deals with how to configure Samba per share access control restrictions.
By default samba sets no restrictions on the share itself. Restrictions on the share itself
can be set on MS Windows NT4/200x/XP shares. This can be a very effective way to limit who can
connect to a share. In the absence of specific restrictions the default setting is to allow
the global user <span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> Full Control (ie: Full control, Change and Read).
</p><p>
At this time Samba does NOT provide a tool for configuring access control setting on the Share
itself. Samba does have the capacity to store and act on access control settings, but  the only
way to create those settings is to use either the NT4 Server Manager or the Windows 200x MMC for
Computer Management.
</p><p>
Samba stores the per share access control settings in a file called <tt>share_info.tdb</tt>.
The location of this file on your system will depend on how samba was compiled. The default location
for samba's tdb files is under <tt>/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. If the <tt>tdbdump</tt>
utility has been compiled and installed on your system then you can examine the contents of this file
by: <b><tt>tdbdump share_info.tdb</tt></b>.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2874905"></a>Share Permissions Management</h3></div></div><p>
The best tool for the task is platform dependant. Choose the best tool for your environmemt.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874919"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation/Server</h4></div></div><p>
The tool you need to use to manage share permissions on a Samba server is the NT Server Manager.
Server Manager is shipped with Windows NT4 Server products but not with Windows NT4 Workstation.
You can obtain the NT Server Manager for MS Windows NT4 Workstation from Microsoft - see details below.
</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 16.1. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>
Launch the NT4 Server Manager, click on the Samba server you want to administer, then from the menu
select Computer, then click on the Shared Directories entry.
</p></li><li><p>
	Now click on the share that you wish to manage, then click on the Properties tab, next click on
	the Permissions tab. Now you can Add or change access control settings as you wish.
</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877329"></a>Windows 200x/XP</h4></div></div><p>
On MS Windows NT4/200x/XP system access control lists on the share itself are set using native
tools, usually from filemanager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder,
then select 'Sharing', then click on 'Permissions'. The default Windows NT4/200x permission allows
<span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> Full Control on the Share.
</p><p>
MS Windows 200x and later all comes with a tool called the 'Computer Management' snap-in for the
Microsoft Management Console (MMC). This tool is located by clicking on <tt>Control Panel -&gt;
Administrative Tools -&gt; Computer Management</tt>.
</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 16.2. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>
	After launching the MMC with the Computer Management snap-in, click on the menu item 'Action',
	select 'Connect to another computer'. If you are not logged onto a domain you will be prompted
	to enter a domain login user identifier and a password. This will authenticate you to the domain.
	If you where already logged in with administrative privilidge this step is not offered.
</p></li><li><p>
If the Samba server is not shown in the Select Computer box, then type in the name of the target
Samba server in the field 'Name:'. Now click on the [+] next to 'System Tools', then on the [+]
next to 'Shared Folders' in the left panel.
</p></li><li><p>
Now in the right panel, double-click on the share you wish to set access control permissions on.
Then click on the tab 'Share Permissions'. It is now possible to add access control entities
to the shared folder. Do NOT forget to set what type of access (full control, change, read) you
wish to assign for each entry.
</p></li></ol></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>
Be careful. If you take away all permissions from the Everyone user without removing this user
then effectively no user will be able to access the share. This is a result of what is known as
ACL precidence. ie: Everyone with NO ACCESS means that MaryK who is part of the group Everyone
will have no access even if this user is given explicit full control access.
</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874974"></a>Remote Server Administration</h2></div></div><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'?</em></span>
</p><p>
Since I don't need to buy an NT4 Server, how do I get the 'User Manager for Domains',
the 'Server Manager'?
</p><p>
Microsoft distributes a version of these tools called nexus for installation on Windows 9x / Me
systems.  The tools set includes:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Server Manager</p></li><li><p>User Manager for Domains</p></li><li><p>Event Viewer</p></li></ul></div><p>
Click here to download the archived file <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/NEXUS.EXE" target="_top">ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/NEXUS.EXE</a>
</p><p>
The Windows NT 4.0 version of the 'User Manager for 
Domains' and 'Server Manager' are available from Microsoft via ftp 
from <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/SRVTOOLS.EXE" target="_top">ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/SRVTOOLS.EXE</a>
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875057"></a>Network Logon Script Magic</h2></div></div><p>
This section needs work. Volunteer contributions most welcome. Please send your patches or updates
to <a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John Terpstra</a>.
</p><p>
There are several opportunities for creating a custom network startup configuration environment.
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>No Logon Script</td></tr><tr><td>Simple universal Logon Script that applies to all users</td></tr><tr><td>Use of a conditional Logon Script that applies per user or per group attirbutes</td></tr><tr><td>Use of Samba's Preexec and Postexec functions on access to the NETLOGON share to create
	a custom Logon Script and then execute it.</td></tr><tr><td>User of a tool such as KixStart</td></tr></table><p>
The Samba source code tree includes two logon script generation/execution tools. See <tt>examples</tt> directory <tt>genlogon</tt> and <tt>ntlogon</tt> subdirectories.
</p><p>
The following listings are from the genlogon directory.
</p><p>
This is the genlogon.pl file:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#!/usr/bin/perl
	#
	# genlogon.pl
	#
	# Perl script to generate user logon scripts on the fly, when users
	# connect from a Windows client.  This script should be called from smb.conf
	# with the %U, %G and %L parameters. I.e:
	#
	#       root preexec = genlogon.pl %U %G %L
	#
	# The script generated will perform
	# the following:
	#
	# 1. Log the user connection to /var/log/samba/netlogon.log
	# 2. Set the PC's time to the Linux server time (which is maintained
	#    daily to the National Institute of Standard's Atomic clock on the
	#    internet.
	# 3. Connect the user's home drive to H: (H for Home).
	# 4. Connect common drives that everyone uses.
	# 5. Connect group-specific drives for certain user groups.
	# 6. Connect user-specific drives for certain users.
	# 7. Connect network printers.

	# Log client connection
	#($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime(time);
	($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime(time);
	open LOG, &quot;&gt;&gt;/var/log/samba/netlogon.log&quot;;
	print LOG &quot;$mon/$mday/$year $hour:$min:$sec - User $ARGV[0] logged into $ARGV[1]\n&quot;;
	close LOG;

	# Start generating logon script
	open LOGON, &quot;&gt;/shared/netlogon/$ARGV[0].bat&quot;;
	print LOGON &quot;\@ECHO OFF\r\n&quot;;

	# Connect shares just use by Software Development group
	if ($ARGV[1] eq &quot;SOFTDEV&quot; || $ARGV[0] eq &quot;softdev&quot;)
	{
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE M: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\SOURCE\r\n&quot;;
	}

	# Connect shares just use by Technical Support staff
	if ($ARGV[1] eq &quot;SUPPORT&quot; || $ARGV[0] eq &quot;support&quot;)
	{
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE S: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\SUPPORT\r\n&quot;;
	}

	# Connect shares just used by Administration staff
	If ($ARGV[1] eq &quot;ADMIN&quot; || $ARGV[0] eq &quot;admin&quot;)
	{
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE L: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\ADMIN\r\n&quot;;
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE K: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\MKTING\r\n&quot;;
	}

	# Now connect Printers.  We handle just two or three users a little
	# differently, because they are the exceptions that have desktop
	# printers on LPT1: - all other user's go to the LaserJet on the
	# server.
	if ($ARGV[0] eq 'jim'
	    || $ARGV[0] eq 'yvonne')
	{
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE LPT2: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\LJET3\r\n&quot;;
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE LPT3: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\FAXQ\r\n&quot;;
	}
	else
	{
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE LPT1: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\LJET3\r\n&quot;;
		print LOGON &quot;NET USE LPT3: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\FAXQ\r\n&quot;;
	}

	# All done! Close the output file.
	close LOGON;
</pre><p>
</p><p>
Those wishing to use more elaborate or capable logon processing system should check out the following sites:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon</td></tr><tr><td>http://www.kixtart.org</td></tr><tr><td>http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105</td></tr></table><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877889"></a>Adding printers without user intervention</h3></div></div><p>
Printers may be added automatically during logon script processing through the use of:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /?
</pre><p>

See the documentation in the Microsoft knowledgebase article no: 189105 referred to above.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="PolicyMgmt"></a>Chapter 17. System and Account Policies</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2877672">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877925">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878014">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878140">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878344">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878457">With Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878478">With a Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878502">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877672"></a>Creating and Managing System Policies</h2></div></div><p>
Under MS Windows platforms, particularly those following the release of MS Windows
NT4 and MS Windows 95) it is possible to create a type of file that would be placed
in the NETLOGON share of a domain controller. As the client logs onto the network
this file is read and the contents initiate changes to the registry of the client
machine. This file allows changes to be made to those parts of the registry that
affect users, groups of users, or machines.
</p><p>
For MS Windows 9x/Me this file must be called <tt>Config.POL</tt> and may
be generated using a tool called <tt>poledit.exe</tt>, better known as the
Policy Editor. The policy editor was provided on the Windows 98 installation CD, but
dissappeared again with the introduction of MS Windows Me (Millenium Edition). From
comments from MS Windows network administrators it would appear that this tool became
a part of the MS Windows Me Resource Kit.
</p><p>
MS Windows NT4 Server products include the <span class="emphasis"><em>System Policy Editor</em></span>
under the <tt>Start -&gt; Programs -&gt; Administrative Tools</tt> menu item.
For MS Windows NT4 and later clients this file must be called <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt>.
</p><p>
New with the introduction of MS Windows 2000 was the Microsoft Management Console
or MMC.  This tool is the new wave in the ever changing landscape of Microsoft
methods for management of network access and security. Every new Microsoft product
or technology seems to obsolete the old rules and to introduce newer and more
complex tools and methods. To Microsoft's credit though, the MMC does appear to
be a step forward, but improved functionality comes at a great price.
</p><p>
Before embarking on the configuration of network and system policies it is highly
advisable to read the documentation available from Microsoft's web site regarding
<a href="http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/management/deployment/planguide/prof_policies.asp" target="_top">
Implementing Profiles and Policies in Windows NT 4.0 from http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/management/deployment/planguide/prof_policies.asp</a> available from Microsoft.
There are a large number of documents in addition to this old one that should also
be read and understood. Try searching on the Microsoft web site for &quot;Group Policies&quot;.
</p><p>
What follows is a very brief discussion with some helpful notes. The information provided
here is incomplete - you are warned.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877925"></a>Windows 9x/Me Policies</h3></div></div><p>
You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to set Group Profiles up under Windows 9x/Me.
It can be found on the Original full product Win98 installation CD under
<tt>tools/reskit/netadmin/poledit</tt>.  Install this using the
Add/Remove Programs facility and then click on the 'Have Disk' tab.
</p><p>
Use the Group Policy Editor to create a policy file that specifies the location of
user profiles and/or the <tt>My Documents</tt> etc.  stuff. Then
save these settings in a file called <tt>Config.POL</tt> that needs to
be placed in the root of the [NETLOGON] share. If Win98 is configured to log onto
the Samba Domain, it will automatically read this file and update the Win9x/Me registry
of the machine as it logs on.
</p><p>
Further details are covered in the Win98 Resource Kit documentation.
</p><p>
If you do not take the right steps, then every so often Win9x/Me will check the
integrity of the registry and will restore it's settings from the back-up
copy of the registry it stores on each Win9x/Me machine. Hence, you will
occasionally notice things changing back to the original settings.
</p><p>
Install the group policy handler for Win9x to pick up group policies. Look on the
Win98 CD in <tt>\tools\reskit\netadmin\poledit</tt>.
Install group policies on a Win9x client by double-clicking
<tt>grouppol.inf</tt>. Log off and on again a couple of times and see
if Win98 picks up group policies.  Unfortunately this needs to be done on every
Win9x/Me machine that uses group policies.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878014"></a>Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</h3></div></div><p>
To create or edit <tt>ntconfig.pol</tt> you must use the NT Server
Policy Editor, <b>poledit.exe</b> which is included with NT4 Server
but <span class="emphasis"><em>not NT Workstation</em></span>. There is a Policy Editor on a NT4
Workstation but it is not suitable for creating <span class="emphasis"><em>Domain Policies</em></span>.
Further, although the Windows 95 Policy Editor can be installed on an NT4
Workstation/Server, it will not work with NT clients. However, the files from
the NT Server will run happily enough on an NT4 Workstation.
</p><p>
You need <tt>poledit.exe, common.adm</tt> and <tt>winnt.adm</tt>.
It is convenient to put the two *.adm files in  the <tt>c:\winnt\inf</tt> 
directory which is where the binary will look for them unless told otherwise. Note also that that
directory is normally 'hidden'.
</p><p>
The Windows NT policy editor is also included with the Service Pack 3 (and
later) for Windows NT 4.0. Extract the files using <b>servicepackname /x</b>,
i.e. that's <b>Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</b> for service pack 6a.  The policy editor,
<b>poledit.exe</b> and the associated template files (*.adm) should
be extracted as well.  It is also possible to downloaded the policy template
files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor.  Another possible
location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878116"></a>Registry Tattoos</h4></div></div><p>
	With NT4 style registry based policy changes, a large number of settings are not
	automatically reversed as the user logs off. Since the settings that were in the
	NTConfig.POL file were applied to the client machine registry and that apply to the
	hive key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE are permanent until explicitly reversed. This is known
	as tattooing. It can have serious consequences down-stream and the administrator must
	be extremely careful not to lock out the ability to manage the machine at a later date.
	</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878140"></a>MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</h3></div></div><p>
Windows NT4 System policies allows setting of registry parameters specific to
users, groups and computers (client workstations) that are members of the NT4
style domain. Such policy file will work with MS Windows 2000 / XP clients also.
</p><p>
New to MS Windows 2000 Microsoft introduced a new style of group policy that confers
a superset of capabilities compared with NT4 style policies. Obviously, the tool used
to create them is different, and the mechanism for implementing them is much changed.
</p><p>
The older NT4 style registry based policies are known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Administrative Templates</em></span>
in MS Windows 2000/XP Group Policy Objects (GPOs). The later includes ability to set various security
configurations, enforce Internet Explorer browser settings, change and redirect aspects of the
users' desktop (including: the location of <span class="emphasis"><em>My Documents</em></span> files (directory), as
well as intrinsics of where menu items will appear in the Start menu). An additional new
feature is the ability to make available particular software Windows applications to particular
users and/or groups.
</p><p>
Remember: NT4 policy files are named <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt> and are stored in the root
of the NETLOGON share on the domain controllers. A Windows NT4 user enters a username, a password
and selects the domain name to which the logon will attempt to take place. During the logon
process the client machine reads the NTConfig.POL file from the NETLOGON share on the authenticating
server, modifies the local registry values according to the settings in this file.
</p><p>
Windows 2K GPOs are very feature rich. They are NOT stored in the NETLOGON share, rather part of
a Windows 200x policy file is stored in the Active Directory itself and the other part is stored
in a shared (and replicated) volume called the SYSVOL folder. This folder is present on all Active
Directory domain controllers. The part that is stored in the Active Directory itself is called the
group policy container (GPC), and the part that is stored in the replicated share called SYSVOL is
known as the group policy template (GPT).
</p><p>
With NT4 clients the policy file is read and executed upon only as each user logs onto the network.
MS Windows 200x policies are much more complex - GPOs are processed and applied at client machine
startup (machine specific part) and when the user logs onto the network the user specific part
is applied. In MS Windows 200x style policy management each machine and/or user may be subject
to any number of concurently applicable (and applied) policy sets (GPOs). Active Directory allows
the administrator to also set filters over the policy settings. No such equivalent capability
exists with NT4 style policy files.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878237"></a>Administration of Win2K / XP Policies</h4></div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878237"></a>Administration of Win2K / XP Policies</h4></div></div><p>
Instead of using the tool called &quot;The System Policy Editor&quot;, commonly called Poledit (from the
executable name poledit.exe), GPOs are created and managed using a Microsoft Management Console
(MMC) snap-in as follows:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>
Go to the Windows 200x / XP menu <tt>Start-&gt;Programs-&gt;Administrative Tools</tt>
	and select the MMC snap-in called &quot;Active Directory Users and Computers&quot;
</p></li><li><p>
Select the domain or organizational unit (OU) that you wish to manage, then right click
to open the context menu for that object, select the properties item.
</p></li><li><p>
Now left click on the Group Policy tab, then left click on the New tab. Type a name
for the new policy you will create.
</p></li><li><p>
Now left click on the Edit tab to commence the steps needed to create the GPO.
</p></li></ol></div><p>
All policy configuration options are controlled through the use of policy administrative
templates. These files have a .adm extension, both in NT4 as well as in Windows 200x / XP.
Beware however, since the .adm files are NOT interchangible across NT4 and Windows 200x.
The later introduces many new features as well as extended definition capabilities. It is
well beyond the scope of this documentation to explain how to program .adm files, for that
the adminsitrator is referred to the Microsoft Windows Resource Kit for your particular
version of MS Windows.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
The MS Windows 2000 Resource Kit contains a tool called gpolmig.exe. This tool can be used
to migrate an NT4 NTConfig.POL file into a Windows 200x style GPO. Be VERY careful how you
use this powerful tool. Please refer to the resource kit manuals for specific usage information.
</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878344"></a>Managing Account/User Policies</h2></div></div><p>
Policies can define a specific user's settings or the settings for a group of users. The resulting
policy file contains the registry settings for all users, groups, and computers that will be using
the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not not necessary.
</p><p>
If you create a policy that will be automatically downloaded from validating domain controllers,
you should name the file NTconfig.POL. As system administrator, you have the option of renaming the
policy file and, by modifying the Windows NT-based workstation, directing the computer to update
the policy from a manual path. You can do this by either manually changing the registry or by using
the System Policy Editor. This path can even be a local path such that each machine has its own policy file,
but if a change is necessary to all machines, this change must be made individually to each workstation.
</p><p>
When a Windows NT4/200x/XP machine logs onto the network the NETLOGON share on the authenticating domain 
controller for the presence of the NTConfig.POL file. If one exists it is downloaded, parsed and then
applied to the user's part of the registry.
</p><p>
MS Windows 200x/XP clients that log onto an MS Windows Active Directory security domain may additionally,
acquire policy settings through Group Policy Objects (GPOs) that are defined and stored in Active Directory
itself. The key benefit of using AS GPOs is that they impose no registry <span class="emphasis"><em>tatooing</em></span> effect.
This has considerable advanage compared with the use of NTConfig.POL (NT4) style policy updates.
</p><p>
In addition to user access controls that may be imposed or applied via system and/or group policies
in a manner that works in conjunction with user profiles, the user management environment under
MS Windows NT4/200x/XP allows per domain as well as per user account restrictions to be applied.
Common restrictions that are frequently used includes:
</p><p>
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Logon Hours</td></tr><tr><td>Password Aging</td></tr><tr><td>Permitted Logon from certain machines only</td></tr><tr><td>Account type (Local or Global)</td></tr><tr><td>User Rights</td></tr></table><p>
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878457"></a>With Windows NT4/200x</h3></div></div><p>
The tools that may be used to configure these types of controls from the MS Windows environment are:
The NT4 User Manager for domains, the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor, the registry editor (regedt32.exe).
Under MS Windows 200x/XP this is done using the Microsoft Managment Console (MMC) with approapriate
&quot;snap-ins&quot;, the registry editor, and potentially also the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878478"></a>With a Samba PDC</h3></div></div><p>
With a Samba Domain Controller, the new tools for managing of user account and policy information includes:
<tt>smbpasswd, pdbedit, net, rpcclient.</tt>. The administrator should read the
man pages for these tools and become familiar with their use.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878502"></a>System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</h2></div></div><p>
The following attempts to document the order of processing of system and user policies following a system
reboot and as part of the user logon:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	Network starts, then Remote Procedure Call System Service (RPCSS) and Multiple Universal Naming
	Convention Provider (MUP) start
	</p></li><li><p>
	Where Active Directory is involved, an ordered list of Group Policy Objects (GPOs) is downloaded
	and applied. The list may include GPOs that:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Apply to the location of machines in a Directory</td></tr><tr><td>Apply only when settings have changed</td></tr><tr><td>Depend on configuration of scope of applicability: local, site, domain, organizational unit, etc.</td></tr></table><p>
	No desktop user interface is presented until the above have been processed.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Execution of start-up scripts (hidden and synchronous by defaut).
	</p></li><li><p>
	A keyboard action to affect start of logon (Ctrl-Alt-Del).
	</p></li><li><p>
	User credentials are validated, User profile is loaded (depends on policy settings).
	</p></li><li><p>
	An ordered list of User GPOs is obtained. The list contents depends on what is configured in respsect of:

</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Is user a domain member, thus subject to particular policies</td></tr><tr><td>Loopback enablement, and the state of the loopback policy (Merge or Replace)</td></tr><tr><td>Location of the Active Directory itself</td></tr><tr><td>Has the list of GPOs changed. No processing is needed if not changed.</td></tr></table><p>
	</p></li><li><p>
	User Policies are applied from Active Directory. Note: There are several types.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Logon scripts are run. New to Win2K and Active Directory, logon scripts may be obtained based on Group
	Policy objects (hidden and executed synchronously). NT4 style logon scripts are then run in a normal
	window.
	</p></li><li><p>
	The User Interface as determined from the GPOs is presented. Note: In a Samba domain (like and NT4
	Domain) machine (system) policies are applied at start-up, User policies are applied at logon.
	</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ProfileMgmt"></a>Chapter 18. Desktop Profile Management</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2877599">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877483">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879080">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879695">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879742">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879925">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879970">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880011">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880040">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880129">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880513">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877599"></a>Roaming Profiles</h2></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>
Roaming profiles support is different for Win9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x.
</p></div><p>
Before discussing how to configure roaming profiles, it is useful to see how
Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x clients implement these features.
</p><p>
Windows 9x / Me clients send a NetUserGetInfo request to the server to get the user's
profiles location. However, the response does not have room for a separate
profiles location field, only the user's home share. This means that Win9X/Me
profiles are restricted to being stored in the user's home directory.
</p><p>
Windows NT4/200x  clients send a NetSAMLogon RPC request, which contains many fields,
including a separate field for the location of the user's profiles.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877483"></a>Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</h3></div></div><p>
This section documents how to configure Samba for MS Windows client profile support.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877497"></a>NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><p>
To support Windowns NT4/200x clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the
following (for example):
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	logon path = \\profileserver\profileshare\profilepath\%U\moreprofilepath
</pre><p>

	This is typically implemented like:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
		logon path = \\%L\Profiles\%u
</pre><p>
where %L translates to the name of the Samba server and %u translates to the user name
</p><p>
The default for this option is \\%N\%U\profile, namely \\sambaserver\username\profile. 
The \\N%\%U service is created automatically by the [homes] service.  If you are using
a samba server for the profiles, you _must_ make the share specified in the logon path
browseable. Please refer to the man page for smb.conf in respect of the different
symantics of %L and %N, as well as %U and %u.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
MS Windows NT/2K clients at times do not disconnect a connection to a server
between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the <b>homes</b>
meta-service name as part of the profile share path.
</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878824"></a>Windows 9x / Me User Profiles</h4></div></div><p>
To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the &quot;logon home&quot; parameter. Samba has
now been fixed so that <b><tt>net use /home</tt></b> now works as well, and it, too, relies
on the <b>logon home</b> parameter.
</p><p>
By using the logon home parameter, you are restricted to putting Win9x / Me
profiles in the user's home directory.   But wait! There is a trick you
can use. If you set the following in the <b>[global]</b> section of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles
</pre><p>
then your Windows 9x / Me clients will dutifully put their clients in a subdirectory
of your home directory called <tt>.profiles</tt> (thus making them hidden).
</p><p>
Not only that, but <b><tt>net use /home</tt></b> will also work, because of a feature in
Windows 9x / Me. It removes any directory stuff off the end of the home directory area
and only uses the server and share portion. That is, it looks like you
specified \\%L\%U for <b>logon home</b>.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878920"></a>Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><p>
You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the
<b>logon home</b> and <b>logon path</b> parameters. For example:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles
	logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u
</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878959"></a>Disabling Roaming Profile Support</h4></div></div><p>
A question often asked is &quot;How may I enforce use of local profiles?&quot; or
&quot;How do I disable Roaming Profiles?&quot;
</p><p>
There are three ways of doing this:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	<b>In smb.conf:</b> affect the following settings and ALL clients
	will be forced to use a local profile:
	</p><pre class="programlisting">
		logon home =
		logon path =
	</pre></li><li><p>
	<b>MS Windows Registry:</b> by using the Microsoft Management Console
	gpedit.msc to instruct your MS Windows XP machine to use only a local profile. This
	of course modifies registry settings. The full path to the option is:
	</p><pre class="programlisting">
	Local Computer Policy\
		Computer Configuration\
			Administrative Templates\
				System\
					User Profiles\

	Disable:	Only Allow Local User Profiles
	Disable:	Prevent Roaming Profile Change from Propogating to the Server
	</pre><p>
	</p></li><li><p>
	<b>Change of Profile Type:</b> From the start menu right click on the
	MY Computer icon, select <span class="emphasis"><em>Properties</em></span>, click on the &quot;<span class="emphasis"><em>User Profiles</em></span>
	tab, select the profile you wish to change from Roaming type to Local, click <span class="emphasis"><em>Change Type</em></span>.
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
Consult the MS Windows registry guide for your particular MS Windows version for more
information about which registry keys to change to enforce use of only local user
profiles.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
The specifics of how to convert a local profile to a roaming profile, or a roaming profile
to a local one vary according to the version of MS Windows you are running. Consult the
Microsoft MS Windows Resource Kit for your version of Windows for specific information.
</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879080"></a>Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879088"></a>Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup</h4></div></div><p>
When a user first logs in on Windows 9X, the file user.DAT is created,
as are folders &quot;Start Menu&quot;, &quot;Desktop&quot;, &quot;Programs&quot; and &quot;Nethood&quot;.
These directories and their contents will be merged with the local
versions stored in c:\windows\profiles\username on subsequent logins,
taking the most recent from each.  You will need to use the [global]
options &quot;preserve case = yes&quot;, &quot;short preserve case = yes&quot; and
&quot;case sensitive = no&quot; in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts
in any of the profile folders.
</p><p>
The user.DAT file contains all the user's preferences.  If you wish to
enforce a set of preferences, rename their user.DAT file to user.MAN,
and deny them write access to this file.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
        On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to Control Panel -&gt; Passwords and
        select the User Profiles tab.  Select the required level of
        roaming preferences.  Press OK, but do _not_ allow the computer
        to reboot.
        </p></li><li><p>
        On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to Control Panel -&gt; Network -&gt;
        Client for Microsoft Networks -&gt; Preferences.  Select 'Log on to
        NT Domain'.  Then, ensure that the Primary Logon is 'Client for
        Microsoft Networks'.  Press OK, and this time allow the computer
        to reboot.
        </p></li></ol></div><p>
Under Windows 9x / Me Profiles are downloaded from the Primary Logon.
If you have the Primary Logon as 'Client for Novell Networks', then
the profiles and logon script will be downloaded from your Novell
Server.  If you have the Primary Logon as 'Windows Logon', then the
profiles will be loaded from the local machine - a bit against the
concept of roaming profiles, it would seem!
</p><p>
You will now find that the Microsoft Networks Login box contains
[user, password, domain] instead of just [user, password].  Type in
the samba server's domain name (or any other domain known to exist,
but bear in mind that the user will be authenticated against this
domain and profiles downloaded from it, if that domain logon server
supports it), user name and user's password.
</p><p>
Once the user has been successfully validated, the Windows 9x / Me machine
will inform you that 'The user has not logged on before' and asks you
if you wish to save the user's preferences?  Select 'yes'.
</p><p>
Once the Windows 9x / Me client comes up with the desktop, you should be able
to examine the contents of the directory specified in the &quot;logon path&quot;
on the samba server and verify that the &quot;Desktop&quot;, &quot;Start Menu&quot;,
&quot;Programs&quot; and &quot;Nethood&quot; folders have been created.
</p><p>
These folders will be cached locally on the client, and updated when
the user logs off (if you haven't made them read-only by then).
You will find that if the user creates further folders or short-cuts,
that the client will merge the profile contents downloaded with the
contents of the profile directory already on the local client, taking
the newest folders and short-cuts from each set.
</p><p>
If you have made the folders / files read-only on the samba server,
then you will get errors from the Windows 9x / Me machine on logon and logout, as
it attempts to merge the local and the remote profile.  Basically, if
you have any errors reported by the Windows 9x / Me machine, check the Unix file
permissions and ownership rights on the profile directory contents,
on the samba server.
</p><p>
If you have problems creating user profiles, you can reset the user's
local desktop cache, as shown below.  When this user then next logs in,
they will be told that they are logging in &quot;for the first time&quot;.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
        instead of logging in under the [user, password, domain] dialog,
        press escape.
        </p></li><li><p>
        run the regedit.exe program, and look in:
        </p><p>
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList
        </p><p>
        you will find an entry, for each user, of ProfilePath.  Note the
        contents of this key (likely to be c:\windows\profiles\username),
        then delete the key ProfilePath for the required user.

        [Exit the registry editor].

        </p></li><li><p>
        <span class="emphasis"><em>WARNING</em></span> - before deleting the contents of the
        directory listed in the ProfilePath (this is likely to be
	<tt>c:\windows\profiles\username)</tt>, ask them if they
	have any important files stored on their desktop or in their start menu. 
	Delete the contents of the directory ProfilePath (making a backup if any
	of the files are needed).
        </p><p>
	This will have the effect of removing the local (read-only hidden
	system file) user.DAT in their profile directory, as well as the
	local &quot;desktop&quot;, &quot;nethood&quot;, &quot;start menu&quot; and &quot;programs&quot; folders.
        </p></li><li><p>
        search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the c:\windows
        directory, and delete it.
        </p></li><li><p>
        log off the windows 9x / Me client.
        </p></li><li><p>
        check the contents of the profile path (see &quot;logon path&quot; described
        above), and delete the user.DAT or user.MAN file for the user,
        making a backup if required.
        </p></li></ol></div><p>
If all else fails, increase samba's debug log levels to between 3 and 10,
and / or run a packet trace program such as ethereal or netmon.exe, and
look for error messages.
</p><p>
If you have access to an Windows NT4/200x server, then first set up roaming profiles
and / or netlogons on the Windows NT4/200x server.  Make a packet trace, or examine
the example packet traces provided with Windows NT4/200x server, and see what the
differences are with the equivalent samba trace.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879358"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation</h4></div></div><p>
When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile
NTuser.DAT is created.  The profile location can be now specified
through the &quot;logon path&quot; parameter.
</p><p>
There is a parameter that is now available for use with NT Profiles:
&quot;logon drive&quot;.  This should be set to <tt>H:</tt> or any other drive, and
should be used in conjunction with the new &quot;logon home&quot; parameter.
</p><p>
The entry for the NT4 profile is a _directory_ not a file.  The NT
help on profiles mentions that a directory is also created with a .PDS
extension.  The user, while logging in, must have write permission to
create the full profile path (and the folder with the .PDS extension
for those situations where it might be created.)
</p><p>
In the profile directory, Windows NT4 creates more folders than Windows 9x / Me. 
It creates &quot;Application Data&quot; and others, as well as &quot;Desktop&quot;, &quot;Nethood&quot;,
&quot;Start Menu&quot; and &quot;Programs&quot;.  The profile itself is stored in a file
NTuser.DAT.  Nothing appears to be stored in the .PDS directory, and
its purpose is currently unknown.
</p><p>
You can use the System Control Panel to copy a local profile onto
a samba server (see NT Help on profiles: it is also capable of firing
up the correct location in the System Control Panel for you).  The
NT Help file also mentions that renaming NTuser.DAT to NTuser.MAN
turns a profile into a mandatory one.
</p><p>
The case of the profile is significant.  The file must be called
NTuser.DAT or, for a mandatory profile, NTuser.MAN.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879426"></a>Windows 2000/XP Professional</h4></div></div><p>
You must first convert the profile from a local profile to a domain
profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Log on as the LOCAL workstation administrator.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Right click on the 'My Computer' Icon, select 'Properties'
	</p></li><li><p>
	Click on the 'User Profiles' tab
	</p></li><li><p>
	Select the profile you wish to convert (click on it once)
	</p></li><li><p>
	Click on the button 'Copy To'
	</p></li><li><p>
	In the &quot;Permitted to use&quot; box, click on the 'Change' button.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Click on the 'Look in&quot; area that lists the machine name, when you click
	here it will open up a selection box. Click on the domain to which the
	profile must be accessible.
	</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You will need to log on if a logon box opens up. Eg: In the connect
	as: MIDEARTH\root, password: mypassword.</p></div></li><li><p>
	To make the profile capable of being used by anyone select 'Everyone'
	</p></li><li><p>
	Click OK. The Selection box will close.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Now click on the 'Ok' button to create the profile in the path you
	nominated.
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
Done. You now have a profile that can be editted using the samba-3.0.0
<tt>profiles</tt> tool.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Under NT/2K the use of mandotory profiles forces the use of MS Exchange
storage of mail data. That keeps desktop profiles usable.
</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
This is a security check new to Windows XP (or maybe only
Windows XP service pack 1).  It can be disabled via a group policy in
Active Directory.  The policy is:</p><p>&quot;Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\User
Profiles\Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders&quot;</p><p>...and it should be set to &quot;Enabled&quot;.
Does the new version of samba have an Active Directory analogue?  If so,
then you may be able to set the policy through this.
</p><p>
If you cannot set group policies in samba, then you may be able to set
the policy locally on each machine.  If you want to try this, then do
the following (N.B. I don't know for sure that this will work in the
same way as a domain group policy):
</p></li><li><p>
On the XP workstation log in with an Administrator account.
</p></li><li><p>Click: &quot;Start&quot;, &quot;Run&quot;</p></li><li><p>Type: &quot;mmc&quot;</p></li><li><p>Click: &quot;OK&quot;</p></li><li><p>A Microsoft Management Console should appear.</p></li><li><p>Click: File, &quot;Add/Remove Snap-in...&quot;, &quot;Add&quot;</p></li><li><p>Double-Click: &quot;Group Policy&quot;</p></li><li><p>Click: &quot;Finish&quot;, &quot;Close&quot;</p></li><li><p>Click: &quot;OK&quot;</p></li><li><p>In the &quot;Console Root&quot; window:</p></li><li><p>Expand: &quot;Local Computer Policy&quot;, &quot;Computer Configuration&quot;,</p></li><li><p>&quot;Administrative Templates&quot;, &quot;System&quot;, &quot;User Profiles&quot;</p></li><li><p>Double-Click: &quot;Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile</p></li><li><p>Folders&quot;</p></li><li><p>Select: &quot;Enabled&quot;</p></li><li><p>Click: OK&quot;</p></li><li><p>Close the whole console.  You do not need to save the settings (this
	refers to the console settings rather than the policies you have
	changed).</p></li><li><p>Reboot</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879695"></a>Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</h3></div></div><p>
Sharing of desktop profiles between Windows versions is NOT recommended.
Desktop profiles are an evolving phenomenon and profiles for later versions
of MS Windows clients add features that may interfere with earlier versions
of MS Windows clients. Probably the more salient reason to NOT mix profiles
is that when logging off an earlier version of MS Windows the older format
of profile contents may overwrite information that belongs to the newer
version resulting in loss of profile information content when that user logs
on again with the newer version of MS Windows.
</p><p>
If you then want to share the same Start Menu / Desktop with W9x/Me, you will
need to specify a common location for the profiles. The smb.conf parameters
that need to be common are <span class="emphasis"><em>logon path</em></span> and
<span class="emphasis"><em>logon home</em></span>.
</p><p>
If you have this set up correctly, you will find separate user.DAT and
NTuser.DAT files in the same profile directory.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879742"></a>Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</h3></div></div><p>
There is nothing to stop you specifying any path that you like for the
location of users' profiles.  Therefore, you could specify that the
profile be stored on a samba server, or any other SMB server, as long as
that SMB server supports encrypted passwords.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879759"></a>Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools</h4></div></div><p>
Unfortunately, the Resource Kit information is specific to the version of MS Windows
NT4/200x. The correct resource kit is required for each platform.
</p><p>
Here is a quick guide:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
On your NT4 Domain Controller, right click on 'My Computer', then
select the tab labelled 'User Profiles'.
</p></li><li><p>
Select a user profile you want to migrate and click on it.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>I am using the term &quot;migrate&quot; lossely. You can copy a profile to
create a group profile. You can give the user 'Everyone' rights to the
profile you copy this to. That is what you need to do, since your samba
domain is not a member of a trust relationship with your NT4 PDC.</p></div></li><li><p>Click the 'Copy To' button.</p></li><li><p>In the box labelled 'Copy Profile to' add your new path, eg:
	<tt>c:\temp\foobar</tt></p></li><li><p>Click on the button labelled 'Change' in the &quot;Permitted to use&quot; box.</p></li><li><p>Click on the group 'Everyone' and then click OK. This closes the
	'chose user' box.</p></li><li><p>Now click OK.</p></li></ul></div><p>
Follow the above for every profile you need to migrate.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879852"></a>Side bar Notes</h4></div></div><p>
You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do
this. Read the man page.</p><p>
With Samba-3.0.0 alpha code you can import all you NT4 domain accounts
using the net samsync method. This way you can retain your profile
settings as well as all your users.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879874"></a>moveuser.exe</h4></div></div><p>
The W2K professional resource kit has moveuser.exe. moveuser.exe changes
the security of a profile from one user to another.  This allows the account
domain to change, and/or the user name to change.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879890"></a>Get SID</h4></div></div><p>
You can identify the SID by using GetSID.exe from the Windows NT Server 4.0
Resource Kit.
</p><p>
Windows NT 4.0 stores the local profile information in the registry under
the following key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\ProfileList
</p><p>
Under the ProfileList key, there will be subkeys named with the SIDs of the
users who have logged on to this computer. (To find the profile information
for the user whose locally cached profile you want to move, find the SID for
the user with the GetSID.exe utility.) Inside of the appropriate user's
subkey, you will see a string value named ProfileImagePath.
</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879925"></a>Mandatory profiles</h2></div></div><p>
A Mandatory Profile is a profile that the user does NOT have the ability to overwrite.
During the user's session it may be possible to change the desktop environment, but
as the user logs out all changes made will be lost. If it is desired to NOT allow the
user any ability to change the desktop environment then this must be done through
policy settings. See previous chapter.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Under NO circumstances should the profile directory (or it's contents) be made read-only
as this may render the profile un-usable.
</p></div><p>
For MS Windows NT4/200x/XP the above method can be used to create mandatory profiles
also. To convert a group profile into a mandatory profile simply locate the NTUser.DAT
file in the copied profile and rename it to NTUser.MAN.
</p><p>
For MS Windows 9x / Me it is the User.DAT file that must be renamed to User.MAN to
affect a mandatory profile.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879970"></a>Creating/Managing Group Profiles</h2></div></div><p>
Most organisations are arranged into departments. There is a nice benenfit in
this fact since usually most users in a department will require the same desktop
applications and the same desktop layout. MS Windows NT4/200x/XP will allow the
use of Group Profiles. A Group Profile is a profile that is created firstly using
a template (example) user. Then using the profile migration tool (see above) the
profile is assigned access rights for the user group that needs to be given access
to the group profile.
</p><p>
The next step is rather important. PLEASE NOTE: Instead of assigning a group profile
to users (ie: Using User Manager) on a &quot;per user&quot; basis, the group itself is assigned
the now modified profile.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	Be careful with group profiles, if the user who is a member of a group also
	has a personal profile, then the result will be a fusion (merge) of the two.
	</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880011"></a>Default Profile for Windows Users</h2></div></div><p>
MS Windows 9x / Me and NT4/200x/XP will use a default profile for any user for whom
a profile does not already exist. Armed with a knowledge of where the default profile
is located on the Windows workstation, and knowing which registry keys affect the path
from which the default profile is created, it is possible to modify the default profile
to one that has been optimised for the site. This has significant administrative 
advantages.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880040"></a>MS Windows 9x/Me</h3></div></div><p>
To enable default per use profiles in Windows 9x / Me you can either use the Windows 98 System
Policy Editor or change the registry directly.
</p><p>
To enable default per user profiles in Windows 9x / Me, launch the System Policy Editor, then
select File -&gt; Open Registry, then click on the Local Computer icon, click on Windows 98 System,
select User Profiles, click on the enable box. Do not forget to save the registry changes.
</p><p>
To modify the registry directly, launch the Registry Editor (regedit.exe), select the hive
<tt>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Network\Logon</tt>. Now add a DWORD type key with the name
&quot;User Profiles&quot;, to enable user profiles set the value to 1, to disable user profiles set it to 0.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2880080"></a>How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?</h4></div></div><p>
When a user logs on to a Windows 9x / Me machine, the local profile path, 
<tt>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt>, is checked
for an existing entry for that user:
</p><p>
If the user has an entry in this registry location, Windows 9x / Me checks for a locally cached
version of the user profile. Windows 9x / Me also checks the user's home directory (or other
specified directory if the location has been modified) on the server for the User Profile.
If a profile exists in both locations, the newer of the two is used. If the User Profile exists
on the server, but does not exist on the local machine, the profile on the server is downloaded
and used. If the User Profile only exists on the local machine, that copy is used.
</p><p>
If a User Profile is not found in either location, the Default User Profile from the Windows 9x / Me
machine is used and is copied to a newly created folder for the logged on user. At log off, any
changes that the user made are written to the user's local profile. If the user has a roaming
profile, the changes are written to the user's profile on the server.
</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880129"></a>MS Windows NT4 Workstation</h3></div></div><p>
On MS Windows NT4 the default user profile is obtained from the location
<tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt> which in a default installation will translate to
<tt>C:\WinNT\Profiles</tt>. Under this directory on a clean install there will be
three (3) directories: <tt>Administrator, All Users, Default User</tt>.
</p><p>
The <tt>All Users</tt> directory contains menu settings that are common across all 
system users. The <tt>Default User</tt> directory contains menu entries that are
customisable per user depending on the profile settings chosen/created.
</p><p>
When a new user first logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine a new profile is created from:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>All Users settings</td></tr><tr><td>Default User settings (contains the default NTUser.DAT file)</td></tr></table><p>
When a user logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine that is a member of a Microsoft security domain
the following steps are followed in respect of profile handling:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	The users' account information which is obtained during the logon process contains
	the location of the users' desktop profile. The profile path may be local to the
	machine or it may be located on a network share. If there exists a profile at the location
	of the path from the user account, then this profile is copied to the location
	<tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>. This profile then inherits the
	settings in the <tt>All Users</tt> profile in the <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt>
	location.
	</p></li><li><p>
	If the user account has a profile path, but at it's location a profile does not exist,
	then a new profile is created in the <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>
	directory from reading the <tt>Default User</tt> profile.
	</p></li><li><p>
	If the NETLOGON share on the authenticating server (logon server) contains a policy file
	(<tt>NTConfig.POL</tt>) then it's contents are applied to the <tt>NTUser.DAT</tt>
	which is applied to the <tt>HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> part of the registry. 
	</p></li><li><p>
	When the user logs out, if the profile is set to be a roaming profile it will be written
	out to the location of the profile. The <tt>NTuser.DAT</tt> file is then
	re-created from the contents of the <tt>HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> contents.
	Thus, should there not exist in the NETLOGON share an <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt> at the
	next logon, the effect of the provious <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt> will still be held
	in the profile. The effect of this is known as <span class="emphasis"><em>tatooing</em></span>.
	</p></li></ol></div><p>
MS Windows NT4 profiles may be <span class="emphasis"><em>Local</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Roaming</em></span>. A Local profile
will stored in the <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt> location. A roaming profile will
also remain stored in the same way, unless the following registry key is created:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\
	&quot;DeleteRoamingCache&quot;=dword:00000001
</pre><p>

In which case, the local copy (in <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>) will be
deleted on logout.
</p><p>
Under MS Windows NT4 default locations for common resources (like <tt>My Documents</tt>
may be redirected to a network share by modifying the following registry keys. These changes may be affected
via use of the System Policy Editor (to do so may require that you create your owns template extension
for the policy editor to allow this to be done through the GUI. Another way to do this is by way of first
creating a default user profile, then while logged in as that user, run regedt32 to edit the key settings.
</p><p>
The Registry Hive key that affects the behaviour of folders that are part of the default user profile
are controlled by entries on Windows NT4 is:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
        HKEY_CURRENT_USER
                \Software
                        \Microsoft
                                \Windows
                                        \CurrentVersion
                                                \Explorer
                                                        \User Shell Folders\
</pre><p>
</p><p>
The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are:
</p><p>
        </p><pre class="programlisting">
        Name            Default Value
        --------------  -----------------------------------------
        AppData         %USERPROFILE%\Application Data
        Desktop         %USERPROFILE%\Desktop
        Favorites       %USERPROFILE%\Favorites
        NetHood         %USERPROFILE%\NetHood
        PrintHood       %USERPROFILE%\PrintHood
        Programs        %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs
        Recent          %USERPROFILE%\Recent
        SendTo          %USERPROFILE%\SendTo
        Start Menu      %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu
        Startup         %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup
        </pre><p>
        </p><p>
The registry key that contains the location of the default profile settings is:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
		\SOFTWARE
			\Microsoft
				\Windows
					\CurrentVersion
						\Explorer
							\User Shell Folders
</pre><p>

The default entries are:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	Common Desktop		%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop
	Common Programs		%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs
	Common Start Menu	%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu
	Common Startup		%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Progams\Startup
</pre><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880513"></a>MS Windows 200x/XP</h3></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	MS Windows XP Home Edition does use default per user profiles, but can not participate
	in domain security, can not log onto an NT/ADS style domain, and thus can obtain the profile
	only from itself. While there are benefits in doing this the beauty of those MS Windows
	clients that CAN participate in domain logon processes allows the administrator to create
	a global default profile and to enforce it through the use of Group Policy Objects (GPOs).
	</p></div><p>
When a new user first logs onto MS Windows 200x/XP machine the default profile is obtained from
<tt>C:\Documents and Settings\Default User</tt>. The administrator can modify (or change
the contents of this location and MS Windows 200x/XP will gladly use it. This is far from the optimum
arrangement since it will involve copying a new default profile to every MS Windows 200x/XP client
workstation. 
</p><p>
When MS Windows 200x/XP participate in a domain security context, and if the default user
profile is not found, then the client will search for a default profile in the NETLOGON share
of the authenticating server. ie: In MS Windows parlance:
<tt>%LOGONSERVER%\NETLOGON\Default User</tt> and if one exits there it will copy this
to the workstation to the <tt>C:\Documents and Settings\</tt> under the Windows
login name of the user.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	This path translates, in Samba parlance, to the smb.conf [NETLOGON] share. The directory
	should be created at the root of this share and must be called <tt>Default Profile</tt>.
	</p></div><p>
If a default profile does not exist in this location then MS Windows 200x/XP will use the local
default profile.
</p><p>
On loging out, the users' desktop profile will be stored to the location specified in the registry
settings that pertain to the user. If no specific policies have been created, or passed to the client
during the login process (as Samba does automatically), then the user's profile will be written to
the local machine only under the path <tt>C:\Documents and Settings\%USERNAME%</tt>.
</p><p>
Those wishing to modify the default behaviour can do so through three methods:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Modify the registry keys on the local machine manually and place the new default profile in the
	NETLOGON share root - NOT recommended as it is maintenance intensive.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Create an NT4 style NTConfig.POL file that specified this behaviour and locate this file
	in the root of the NETLOGON share along with the new default profile.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Create a GPO that enforces this through Active Directory, and place the new default profile
	in the NETLOGON share.
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
The Registry Hive key that affects the behaviour of folders that are part of the default user profile
are controlled by entries on Windows 200x/XP is:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	HKEY_CURRENT_USER
		\Software
			\Microsoft
				\Windows
					\CurrentVersion
						\Explorer
							\User Shell Folders\
</pre><p>
</p><p>
The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are:
</p><p>
	</p><pre class="programlisting">
	Name		Default Value
	--------------	-----------------------------------------
	AppData		%USERPROFILE%\Application Data
	Cache		%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files
	Cookies		%USERPROFILE%\Cookies
	Desktop		%USERPROFILE%\Desktop
	Favorites	%USERPROFILE%\Favorites
	History		%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History
	Local AppData	%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data
	Local Settings	%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings
	My Pictures	%USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures
	NetHood		%USERPROFILE%\NetHood
	Personal	%USERPROFILE%\My Documents
	PrintHood	%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood
	Programs	%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs
	Recent		%USERPROFILE%\Recent
	SendTo		%USERPROFILE%\SendTo
	Start Menu	%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu
	Startup		%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup
	Templates	%USERPROFILE%\Templates
	</pre><p>
	</p><p>
There is also an entry called &quot;Default&quot; that has no value set. The default entry is of type REG_SZ, all
the others are of type REG_EXPAND_SZ.
</p><p>
It makes a huge difference to the speed of handling roaming user profiles if all the folders are
stored on a dedicated location on a network server. This means that it will NOT be necessary to
write the Outlook PST file over the network for every login and logout.
</p><p>
To set this to a network location you could use the following examples:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	%LOGONSERVER%\%USERNAME%\Default Folders
</pre><p>

This would store the folders in the user's home directory under a directory called &quot;Default Folders&quot;

You could also use:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	\\SambaServer\FolderShare\%USERNAME%
</pre><p>

in which case the default folders will be stored in the server named <span class="emphasis"><em>SambaServer</em></span>
in the share called <span class="emphasis"><em>FolderShare</em></span> under a directory that has the name of the MS Windows
user as seen by the Linux/Unix file system.
</p><p>
Please note that once you have created a default profile share, you MUST migrate a user's profile
(default or custom) to it.
</p><p>
MS Windows 200x/XP profiles may be <span class="emphasis"><em>Local</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Roaming</em></span>.
A roaming profile will be cached locally unless the following registry key is created:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\
	&quot;DeleteRoamingCache&quot;=dword:00000001
</pre><p>

In which case, the local cache copy will be deleted on logout.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="InterdomainTrusts"></a>Chapter 19. Interdomain Trust Relationships</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Rafal Szczesniak</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:mimir@samba.org">mimir@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2878684">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881006">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881019">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881063">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2881087">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881114">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881210">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
Samba-3 supports NT4 style domain trust relationships. This is feature that many sites
will want to use if they migrate to Samba-3 from and NT4 style domain and do NOT want to
adopt Active Directory or an LDAP based authentication back end. This section explains
some background information regarding trust relationships and how to create them. It is now
possible for Samba-3 to NT4 trust (and vice versa), as well as Samba3 to Samba3 trusts.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878684"></a>Trust Relationship Background</h2></div></div><p>
MS Windows NT3.x/4.0 type security domains employ a non-hierarchical security structure.
The limitations of this architecture as it affects the scalability of MS Windows networking
in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat-name space that results from
this design significantly impacts the delegation of administrative responsibilities in
large and diverse organisations.
</p><p>
Microsoft developed Active Directory Service (ADS), based on Kerberos and LDAP, as a means
of circumventing the limitations of the older technologies. Not every organisation is ready
or willing to embrace ADS. For small companies the older NT4 style domain security paradigm
is quite adequate, there thus remains an entrenched user base for whom there is no direct
desire to go through a disruptive change to adopt ADS.
</p><p>
Microsoft introduced with MS Windows NT the ability to allow differing security domains
to affect a mechanism so that users from one domain may be given access rights and privileges
in another domain. The language that describes this capability is couched in terms of
<span class="emphasis"><em>Trusts</em></span>. Specifically, one domain will <span class="emphasis"><em>trust</em></span> the users
from another domain. The domain from which users are available to another security domain is
said to be a trusted domain. The domain in which those users have assigned rights and privileges
is the trusting domain. With NT3.x/4.0 all trust relationships are always in one direction only,
thus if users in both domains are to have privileges and rights in each others' domain, then it is
necessary to establish two (2) relationships, one in each direction.
</p><p>
In an NT4 style MS security domain, all trusts are non-transitive. This means that if there
are three (3) domains (let's call them RED, WHITE, and BLUE) where RED and WHITE have a trust
relationship, and WHITE and BLUE have a trust relationship, then it holds that there is no
implied trust between the RED and BLUE domains. ie: Relationships are explicit and not
transitive.
</p><p>
New to MS Windows 2000 ADS security contexts is the fact that trust relationships are two-way
by default. Also, all inter-ADS domain trusts are transitive. In the case of the RED, WHITE and BLUE
domains above, with Windows 2000 and ADS the RED and BLUE domains CAN trust each other. This is
an inherent feature of ADS domains. Samba-3 implements MS Windows NT4
style Interdomain trusts and interoperates with MS Windows 200x ADS
security domains in similar manner to MS Windows NT4 style domains.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2881006"></a>Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</h2></div></div><p>
There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881019"></a>NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</h3></div></div><p>
For MS Windows NT4, all domain trust relationships are configured using the Domain User Manager.
To affect a two way trust relationship it is necessary for each domain administrator to make
available (for use by an external domain) it's security resources. This is done from the Domain
User Manager Policies entry on the menu bar. From the Policy menu, select Trust Relationships, then
next to the lower box that is labelled &quot;Permitted to Trust this Domain&quot; are two buttons, &quot;Add&quot; and
&quot;Remove&quot;. The &quot;Add&quot; button will open a panel in which needs to be entered the remote domain that
will be able to assign user rights to your domain. In addition it is necessary to enter a password
that is specific to this trust relationship. The password needs to be
typed twice (for standard confirmation).
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881063"></a>NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</h3></div></div><p>
A trust relationship will work only when the other (trusting) domain makes the appropriate connections
with the trusted domain. To consumate the trust relationship the administrator will launch the
Domain User Manager, from the menu select Policies, then select Trust Relationships, then click on the
&quot;Add&quot; button that is next to the box that is labelled &quot;Trusted Domains&quot;. A panel will open in
which must be entered the name of the remote domain as well as the password assigned to that trust.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2881087"></a>Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</h2></div></div><p>
This description is meant to be a fairly short introduction about how to set up a Samba server so
that it could participate in interdomain trust relationships. Trust relationship support in Samba
is in its early stage, so lot of things don't work yet.
</p><p>
Each of the procedures described below is treated as they were performed with Windows NT4 Server on
one end. The remote end could just as well be another Samba-3 domain. It can be clearly seen, after
reading this document, that combining Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust
between domains in purely Samba environment.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881114"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</h3></div></div><p>
In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship first you need
to create special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that,
you can use the 'smbpasswd' utility. Creating the trusted domain account is very
similiar to creating a trusted machine account. Suppose, your domain is
called SAMBA, and the remote domain is called RUMBA. The first step
will be to issue this command from your favourite shell:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="screen">
<tt>deity#</tt> <b><tt>smbpasswd -a -i rumba</tt></b>
	New SMB password: XXXXXXXX
	Retype SMB password: XXXXXXXX
	Added user rumba$
</pre><p>

where <i><tt>-a</tt></i> means to add a new account into the
passdb database and <i><tt>-i</tt></i> means: ''create this
account with the InterDomain trust flag''
</p><p>
The account name will be 'rumba$' (the name of the remote domain)
</p><p>
After issuing this command you'll be asked to enter the password for
the account. You can use any password you want, but be aware that Windows NT will
not change this password until 7 days following account creation.
After the command returns successfully, you can look at the entry for the new account
(in the stardard way depending on your configuration) and see that account's name is
really RUMBA$ and it has 'I' flag in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm
the trust by establishing it from Windows NT Server.
</p><p>
Open 'User Manager for Domains' and from menu 'Policies' select 'Trust Relationships...'.
Right beside 'Trusted domains' list box press 'Add...' button. You will be prompted for
the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Type in SAMBA, as this is
your domain name, and the password used at the time of account creation.
Press OK and, if everything went without incident, you will see 'Trusted domain relationship
successfully established' message.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881210"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</h3></div></div><p>
This time activities are somewhat reversed. Again, we'll assume that your domain
controlled by the Samba PDC is called SAMBA and NT-controlled domain is called RUMBA.
</p><p>
The very first thing requirement is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC.
</p><p>
Launch the Domain User Manager, then from the menu select 'Policies', 'Trust Relationships'.
Now, next to 'Trusted Domains' box press the 'Add' button, and type in the name of the trusted
domain (SAMBA) and password securing the relationship.
</p><p>
The password can be arbitrarily chosen. It is easy to change the password
from the Samba server whenever you want. After confirming the password your account is
ready for use. Now it's Samba's turn.
</p><p>
Using your favourite shell while being logged in as root, issue this command:
</p><p>
<tt>deity# </tt><b><tt>net rpc trustdom establish rumba</tt></b>
</p><p>
You will be prompted for the password you just typed on your Windows NT4 Server box.
Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a returned code of
NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT. It means the
password you gave is correct and the NT4 Server says the account is
ready for interdomain connection and not for ordinary
connection. After that, be patient it can take a while (especially
in large networks), you should see the 'Success' message. Congratulations! Your trust
relationship has just been established.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Note that you have to run this command as root because you must have write access to
the <tt>secrets.tdb</tt> file.
</p></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pam"></a>Chapter 20. PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jun 21 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2880956">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881738">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881795">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882047">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880956"></a>Samba and PAM</h2></div></div><p>
A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the 
xxxxBSD family and Linux, now utilize the Pluggable Authentication 
Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, 
authorization and resource control services. Prior to the 
introduction of PAM, a decision to use an alternative to 
the system password database (<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>) 
would require the provision of alternatives for all programs that provide 
security services. Such a choice would involve provision of 
alternatives to such programs as: <b>login</b>, 
<b>passwd</b>, <b>chown</b>, etc.
</p><p>
PAM provides a mechanism that disconnects these security programs 
from the underlying authentication/authorization infrastructure.
PAM is configured either through one file <tt>/etc/pam.conf</tt> (Solaris), 
or by editing individual files that are located in <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt>.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	If the PAM authentication module (loadable link library file) is located in the
	default location then it is not necessary to specify the path. In the case of
	Linux, the default location is <tt>/lib/security</tt>. If the module
	is located outside the default then the path must be specified as:
	
	</p><pre class="programlisting">
	auth       required      /other_path/pam_strange_module.so
	</pre><p>
	</p></div><p>
The following is an example <tt>/etc/pam.d/login</tt> configuration file. 
This example had all options been uncommented is probably not usable 
as it stacks many conditions before allowing successful completion 
of the login process. Essentially all conditions can be disabled 
by commenting them out except the calls to <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt>.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service
	#
	auth 		required	pam_securetty.so
	auth 		required	pam_nologin.so
	# auth 		required	pam_dialup.so
	# auth 		optional	pam_mail.so
	auth		required	pam_pwdb.so shadow md5
	# account    	requisite  	pam_time.so
	account		required	pam_pwdb.so
	session		required	pam_pwdb.so
	# session 	optional	pam_lastlog.so
	# password   	required   	pam_cracklib.so retry=3
	password	required	pam_pwdb.so shadow md5
</pre><p>
PAM allows use of replacable modules. Those available on a 
sample system include:
</p><p><tt>$</tt><b><tt>/bin/ls /lib/security</tt></b>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	pam_access.so    pam_ftp.so          pam_limits.so     
	pam_ncp_auth.so  pam_rhosts_auth.so  pam_stress.so     
	pam_cracklib.so  pam_group.so        pam_listfile.so   
	pam_nologin.so   pam_rootok.so       pam_tally.so      
	pam_deny.so      pam_issue.so        pam_mail.so       
	pam_permit.so    pam_securetty.so    pam_time.so       
	pam_dialup.so    pam_lastlog.so      pam_mkhomedir.so  
	pam_pwdb.so      pam_shells.so       pam_unix.so       
	pam_env.so       pam_ldap.so         pam_motd.so       
	pam_radius.so    pam_smbpass.so      pam_unix_acct.so  
	pam_wheel.so     pam_unix_auth.so    pam_unix_passwd.so
	pam_userdb.so    pam_warn.so         pam_unix_session.so
</pre><p>
The following example for the login program replaces the use of 
the <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt> module which uses the system 
password database (<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>,
<tt>/etc/shadow</tt>, <tt>/etc/group</tt>) with 
the module <tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt> which uses the Samba 
database which contains the Microsoft MD4 encrypted password 
hashes. This database is stored in either 
<tt>/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt>, 
<tt>/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt>, or in 
<tt>/etc/samba.d/smbpasswd</tt>, depending on the 
Samba implementation for your Unix/Linux system. The 
<tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt> module is provided by 
Samba version 2.2.1 or later. It can be compiled by specifying the 
<b>--with-pam_smbpass</b> options when running Samba's
<tt>configure</tt> script.  For more information
on the <tt>pam_smbpass</tt> module, see the documentation
in the <tt>source/pam_smbpass</tt> directory of the Samba 
source distribution.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service
	#
	auth		required	pam_smbpass.so nodelay
	account		required	pam_smbpass.so nodelay
	session		required	pam_smbpass.so nodelay
	password	required	pam_smbpass.so nodelay
</pre><p>
The following is the PAM configuration file for a particular 
Linux system. The default condition uses <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt>.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service
	#
	auth       required     pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit
	account    required     pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay
	session    required     pam_pwdb.so nodelay
	password   required     pam_pwdb.so shadow md5
</pre><p>
In the following example the decision has been made to use the 
smbpasswd database even for basic samba authentication. Such a 
decision could also be made for the passwd program and would 
thus allow the smbpasswd passwords to be changed using the passwd 
program.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service
	#
	auth       required     pam_smbpass.so nodelay
	account    required     pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay
	session    required     pam_pwdb.so nodelay
	password   required     pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf
</pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>PAM allows stacking of authentication mechanisms. It is 
also possible to pass information obtained within one PAM module through 
to the next module in the PAM stack. Please refer to the documentation for 
your particular system implementation for details regarding the specific 
capabilities of PAM in this environment. Some Linux implmentations also 
provide the <tt>pam_stack.so</tt> module that allows all 
authentication to be configured in a single central file. The 
<tt>pam_stack.so</tt> method has some very devoted followers 
on the basis that it allows for easier administration. As with all issues in 
life though, every decision makes trade-offs, so you may want examine the 
PAM documentation for further helpful information.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881738"></a>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</h3></div></div><p>
There is an option in smb.conf called <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" target="_top">obey pam restrictions</a>. 
The following is from the on-line help for this option in SWAT;
</p><p>
When Samba is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. 
<tt>--with-pam</tt>), this parameter will 
control whether or not Samba should obey PAM's account 
and session management directives. The default behavior 
is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to 
ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always 
ignores PAM for authentication in the case of 
<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords = yes</a>. 
The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response 
authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB 
password encryption. 
</p><p>Default: <b>obey pam restrictions = no</b></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881795"></a>Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</h3></div></div><p>
pam_smbpass is a PAM module which can be used on conforming systems to
keep the smbpasswd (Samba password) database in sync with the unix
password file. PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is an API supported
under some Unices, such as Solaris, HPUX and Linux, that provides a
generic interface to authentication mechanisms.
</p><p>
For more information on PAM, see http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/
</p><p>
This module authenticates a local smbpasswd user database.  If you require
support for authenticating against a remote SMB server, or if you're
concerned about the presence of suid root binaries on your system, it is
recommended that you use pam_winbind instead.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
Options recognized by this module are as follows:

        debug           -       log more debugging info
        audit           -       like debug, but also logs unknown usernames
        use_first_pass  -       don't prompt the user for passwords;
                                take them from PAM_ items instead
        try_first_pass  -       try to get the password from a previous
                                PAM module, fall back to prompting the user
        use_authtok     -       like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new
                                PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set.
                                (intended for stacking password modules only)
        not_set_pass    -       don't make passwords used by this module
                                available to other modules.
        nodelay         -       don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication
                                failure.
        nullok          -       null passwords are allowed.
        nonull          -       null passwords are not allowed. Used to
                                override the Samba configuration.
        migrate         -       only meaningful in an &quot;auth&quot; context;
                                used to update smbpasswd file with a
                                password used for successful authentication.
        smbconf=&lt; file &gt;  -     specify an alternate path to the smb.conf
                                file.
</pre><pre class="programlisting">
Thanks go to the following people:

	* Andrew Morgan &lt; morgan@transmeta.com &gt;, for providing the Linux-PAM
	framework, without which none of this would have happened

	* Christian Gafton &lt; gafton@redhat.com &gt; and Andrew Morgan again, for the
	pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based

	* Luke Leighton &lt; lkcl@switchboard.net &gt; for being receptive to the idea,
	and for the occasional good-natured complaint about the project's status
	that keep me working on it :)

	* and of course, all the other members of the Samba team
	&lt;http://www.samba.org/samba/team.html&gt;, for creating a great product
	and for giving this project a purpose

	---------------------
	Stephen Langasek &lt; vorlon@netexpress.net &gt;
</pre><p>
The following are examples of the use of pam_smbpass.so in the format of Linux
<tt>/etc/pam.d/</tt> files structure. Those wishing to implement this
tool on other platforms will need to adapt this appropriately.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881907"></a>Password Synchonisation Configuration</h4></div></div><p>
A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to make
sure private/smbpasswd is kept in sync when /etc/passwd (/etc/shadow)
is changed.  Useful when an expired password might be changed by an
application (such as ssh).
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# password-sync
	#
	auth       requisite        pam_nologin.so
	auth       required         pam_unix.so
	account    required         pam_unix.so
	password   requisite        pam_cracklib.so retry=3
	password   requisite        pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
	password   required         pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
	session    required         pam_unix.so
</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881941"></a>Password Migration Configuration</h4></div></div><p>
A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to migrate
from plaintext to encrypted passwords for Samba.  Unlike other methods,
this can be used for users who have never connected to Samba shares:
password migration takes place when users ftp in, login using ssh, pop
their mail, etc.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# password-migration
	#
	auth       requisite        pam_nologin.so
	# pam_smbpass is called IFF pam_unix succeeds.
	auth       requisite        pam_unix.so
	auth       optional         pam_smbpass.so migrate
	account    required         pam_unix.so
	password   requisite        pam_cracklib.so retry=3
	password   requisite        pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
	password   optional         pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
	session    required         pam_unix.so
</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881978"></a>Mature Password Configuration</h4></div></div><p>
A sample PAM configuration for a 'mature' smbpasswd installation.
private/smbpasswd is fully populated, and we consider it an error if
the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the Unix password.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# password-mature
	#
	auth       requisite        pam_nologin.so
	auth       required         pam_unix.so
	account    required         pam_unix.so
	password   requisite        pam_cracklib.so retry=3
	password   requisite        pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
	password   required         pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass
	session    required         pam_unix.so
</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2882011"></a>Kerberos Password Integration Configuration</h4></div></div><p>
A sample PAM configuration that shows pam_smbpass used together with
pam_krb5.  This could be useful on a Samba PDC that is also a member of
a Kerberos realm.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	#%PAM-1.0
	# kdc-pdc
	#
	auth       requisite        pam_nologin.so
	auth       requisite        pam_krb5.so
	auth       optional         pam_smbpass.so migrate
	account    required         pam_krb5.so
	password   requisite        pam_cracklib.so retry=3
	password   optional         pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
	password   required         pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass
	session    required         pam_krb5.so
</pre></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882047"></a>Distributed Authentication</h2></div></div><p>
The astute administrator will realize from this that the 
combination of <tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt>, 
<b>winbindd</b>, and a distributed 
passdb backend, such as ldap, will allow the establishment of a
centrally managed, distributed 
user/password database that can also be used by all 
PAM (eg: Linux) aware programs and applications. This arrangement 
can have particularly potent advantages compared with the 
use of Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as 
reduction of wide area network authentication traffic.
</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="VFS"></a>Chapter 21. Stackable VFS modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Alexander Bokovoy</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Tim Potter</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Simo Sorce</h3></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2881331">Introduction and configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882249">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882256">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882295">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882416">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882554">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882592">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882614">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882669">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2881331"></a>Introduction and configuration</h2></div></div><p>
Since samba 3.0, samba supports stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules.  
Samba passes each request to access the unix file system thru the loaded VFS modules. 
This chapter covers all the modules that come with the samba source and references to 
some external modules.
</p><p>
You may have problems to compile these modules, as shared libraries are
compiled and linked in different ways on different systems.
They currently have been tested against GNU/linux and IRIX.
</p><p>
To use the VFS modules, create a share similar to the one below.  The
important parameter is the <b>vfs object</b> parameter which must point to
the exact pathname of the shared library objects. For example, to log all access 
to files and use a recycle bin:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
       [audit]
                comment = Audited /data directory
                path = /data
                vfs object = /path/to/audit.so /path/to/recycle.so
                writeable = yes
                browseable = yes
</pre><p>
</p><p>
The modules are used in the order they are specified.
</p><p>
Further documentation on writing VFS modules for Samba can be found in
the Samba Developers Guide.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882249"></a>Included modules</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882256"></a>audit</h3></div></div><p>A simple module to audit file access to the syslog
facility.  The following operations are logged:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>share</td></tr><tr><td>connect/disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>directory opens/create/remove</td></tr><tr><td>file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod</td></tr></table><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882295"></a>extd_audit</h3></div></div><p>
This module is identical with the <span class="emphasis"><em>audit</em></span> module above except
that it sends audit logs to both syslog as well as the smbd log file/s. The 
loglevel for this module is set in the smb.conf file.
</p><p>
The logging information that will be written to the smbd log file is controlled by
the <span class="emphasis"><em>log level</em></span> parameter in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. The
following information will be recorded:
</p><div class="table"><a name="id2882333"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 21.1. Extended Auditing Log Information</b></p><table summary="Extended Auditing Log Information" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Log Level</th><th align="center">Log Details - File and Directory Operations</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">0</td><td align="left">Creation / Deletion</td></tr><tr><td align="center">1</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes</td></tr><tr><td align="center">2</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882416"></a>recycle</h3></div></div><p>
A recycle-bin like module. When used any unlink call
will be intercepted and files moved to the recycle
directory instead of being deleted.
</p><p>Supported options:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:repository</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:keeptree</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:versions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:touch</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:maxsize</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:exclude</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:exclude_dir</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:noversions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd></dl></div><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882554"></a>netatalk</h3></div></div><p>
A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and
netatalk file sharing services.
</p><p>Advantages compared to the old netatalk module:
</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync</td></tr><tr><td>if share in smb.conf doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically</td></tr></table><p>
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882592"></a>VFS modules available elsewhere</h2></div></div><p>
This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that 
have been posted but don't currently reside in the Samba CVS 
tree for one reason or another (e.g. it is easy for the maintainer 
to have his or her own CVS tree).
</p><p>
No statemets about the stability or functionality of any module
should be implied due to its presence here.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882614"></a>DatabaseFS</h3></div></div><p>
URL: <a href="http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php" target="_top">http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php</a>
</p><p>By <a href="mailto:elorimer@css.tayloru.edu" target="_top">Eric Lorimer</a>.</p><p>
I have created a VFS module which implements a fairly complete read-only
filesystem.  It presents information from a database as a filesystem in
a modular and generic way to allow different databases to be used
(originally designed for organizing MP3s under directories such as
&quot;Artists,&quot; &quot;Song Keywords,&quot; etc... I have since applied it to a student
roster database very easily).  The directory structure is stored in the
database itself and the module makes no assumptions about the database
structure beyond the table it requires to run.
</p><p>
Any feedback would be appreciated: comments, suggestions, patches,
etc...  If nothing else, hopefully it might prove useful for someone
else who wishes to create a virtual filesystem.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882669"></a>vscan</h3></div></div><p>URL: <a href="http://www.openantivirus.org/" target="_top">http://www.openantivirus.org/</a></p><p>
samba-vscan is a proof-of-concept module for Samba, which
uses the VFS (virtual file system) features of Samba 2.2.x/3.0
alphaX. Of couse, Samba has to be compiled with VFS support. 
samba-vscan supports various virus scanners and is maintained 
by Rainer Link.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="msdfs"></a>Chapter 22. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Shirish Kalele</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team &amp; Veritas Software<br></span><div class="address"><p><br>
				<tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt><br>
			</p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Jul 2000</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2882214">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882961">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882214"></a>Instructions</h2></div></div><p>The Distributed File System (or Dfs) provides a means of 
	separating the logical view of files and directories that users 
	see from the actual physical locations of these resources on the 
	network. It allows for higher availability, smoother storage expansion, 
	load balancing etc. For more information about Dfs, refer to  <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp" target="_top">
	Microsoft documentation</a>. </p><p>This document explains how to host a Dfs tree on a Unix 
	machine (for Dfs-aware clients to browse) using Samba.</p><p>To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the 
	<i><tt>--with-msdfs</tt></i> option. Once built, a 
	Samba server can be made a Dfs server by setting the global 
	boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS" target="_top"><i><tt>
	host msdfs</tt></i></a> parameter in the <tt>smb.conf
	</tt> file. You designate a share as a Dfs root using the share 
	level boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top"><i><tt>
	msdfs root</tt></i></a> parameter. A Dfs root directory on 
	Samba hosts Dfs links in the form of symbolic links that point 
	to other servers. For example, a symbolic link
	<tt>junction-&gt;msdfs:storage1\share1</tt> in 
	the share directory acts as the Dfs junction. When Dfs-aware 
	clients attempt to access the junction link, they are redirected 
	to the storage location (in this case, \\storage1\share1).</p><p>Dfs trees on Samba work with all Dfs-aware clients ranging 
	from Windows 95 to 2000.</p><p>Here's an example of setting up a Dfs tree on a Samba 
	server.</p><pre class="programlisting">
# The smb.conf file:
[global]
	netbios name = SAMBA
	host msdfs   = yes

[dfs]
	path = /export/dfsroot
	msdfs root = yes
	</pre><p>In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to 
	other servers on the network.</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>cd /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>chown root /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</tt></b></p><p>You should set up the permissions and ownership of 
	the directory acting as the Dfs root such that only designated 
	users can create, delete or modify the msdfs links. Also note 
	that symlink names should be all lowercase. This limitation exists 
	to have Samba avoid trying all the case combinations to get at 
	the link name. Finally set up the symbolic links to point to the 
	network shares you want, and start Samba.</p><p>Users on Dfs-aware clients can now browse the Dfs tree 
	on the Samba server at \\samba\dfs. Accessing 
	links linka or linkb (which appear as directories to the client) 
	takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882961"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Windows clients need to be rebooted 
			if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs 
			root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a 
			new share and make it the dfs root.</p></li><li><p>Currently there's a restriction that msdfs 
			symlink names should all be lowercase.</p></li><li><p>For security purposes, the directory 
			acting as the root of the Dfs tree should have ownership 
			and permissions set so that only designated users can 
			modify the symbolic links in the directory.</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="integrate-ms-networks"></a>Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jan 01 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2882745">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883178">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883316">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883360">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883403">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883498">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883030">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883069">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883112">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883144">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883156">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
This section deals with NetBIOS over TCP/IP name to IP address resolution. If
your MS Windows clients are NOT configured to use NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this
section does not apply to your installation. If your installation involves use of
NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section may help you to resolve networking problems.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
	NetBIOS over TCP/IP has nothing to do with NetBEUI. NetBEUI is NetBIOS
	over Logical Link Control (LLC). On modern networks it is highly advised
	to NOT run NetBEUI at all. Note also that there is NO such thing as
	NetBEUI over TCP/IP - the existence of such a protocol is a complete
	and utter mis-apprehension.
</p></div><p>
Since the introduction of MS Windows 2000 it is possible to run MS Windows networking
without the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP. NetBIOS over TCP/IP uses UDP port 137 for NetBIOS
name resolution and uses TCP port 139 for NetBIOS session services. When NetBIOS over
TCP/IP is disabled on MS Windows 2000 and later clients then only TCP port 445 will be
used and UDP port 137 and TCP port 139 will not.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
When using Windows 2000 or later clients, if NetBIOS over TCP/IP is NOT disabled, then
the client will use UDP port 137 (NetBIOS Name Service, also known as the Windows Internet
Name Service or WINS), TCP port 139 AND TCP port 445 (for actual file and print traffic).
</p></div><p>
When NetBIOS over TCP/IP is disabled the use of DNS is essential. Most installations that
disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP today use MS Active Directory Service (ADS). ADS requires
Dynamic DNS with Service Resource Records (SRV RR) and with Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR).
Use of DHCP with ADS is recommended as a further means of maintaining central control
over client workstation network configuration.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882745"></a>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</h2></div></div><p>
The key configuration files covered in this section are:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>/etc/hosts</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/host.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883178"></a><tt>/etc/hosts</tt></h3></div></div><p>
Contains a static list of IP Addresses and names.
eg:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	127.0.0.1	localhost localhost.localdomain
	192.168.1.1	bigbox.caldera.com	bigbox	alias4box
</pre><p>
The purpose of <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> is to provide a 
name resolution mechanism so that uses do not need to remember 
IP addresses.
</p><p>
Network packets that are sent over the physical network transport 
layer communicate not via IP addresses but rather using the Media 
Access Control address, or MAC address. IP Addresses are currently 
32 bits in length and are typically presented as four (4) decimal 
numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1
</p><p>
MAC Addresses use 48 bits (or 6 bytes) and are typically represented 
as two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. eg: 
40:8e:0a:12:34:56
</p><p>
Every network interfrace must have an MAC address. Associated with 
a MAC address there may be one or more IP addresses. There is NO 
relationship between an IP address and a MAC address, all such assignments 
are arbitary or discretionary in nature. At the most basic level all 
network communications takes place using MAC addressing. Since MAC 
addresses must be globally unique, and generally remains fixed for 
any particular interface, the assignment of an IP address makes sense 
from a network management perspective. More than one IP address can 
be assigned per MAC address. One address must be the primary IP address, 
this is the address that will be returned in the ARP reply.
</p><p>
When a user or a process wants to communicate with another machine 
the protocol implementation ensures that the &quot;machine name&quot; or &quot;host 
name&quot; is resolved to an IP address in a manner that is controlled 
by the TCP/IP configuration control files. The file 
<tt>/etc/hosts</tt> is one such file.
</p><p>
When the IP address of the destination interface has been 
determined a protocol called ARP/RARP is used to identify 
the MAC address of the target interface. ARP stands for Address 
Resolution Protocol, and is a broadcast oriented method that 
uses UDP (User Datagram Protocol) to send a request to all 
interfaces on the local network segment using the all 1's MAC 
address. Network interfaces are programmed to respond to two 
MAC addresses only; their own unique address and the address 
ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. The reply packet from an ARP request will 
contain the MAC address and the primary IP address for each 
interface.
</p><p>
The <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file is foundational to all 
Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minumum will contain 
the localhost and local network interface IP addresses and the 
primary names by which they are known within the local machine. 
This file helps to prime the pump so that a basic level of name 
resolution can exist before any other method of name resolution 
becomes available.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883316"></a><tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p>
This file tells the name resolution libraries:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The name of the domain to which the machine 
	belongs
	</p></li><li><p>The name(s) of any domains that should be 
	automatically searched when trying to resolve unqualified 
	host names to their IP address
	</p></li><li><p>The name or IP address of available Domain 
	Name Servers that may be asked to perform name to address 
	translation lookups
	</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883360"></a><tt>/etc/host.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p>
<tt>/etc/host.conf</tt> is the primary means by 
which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a 
critical configuration file.  This file controls the order by 
which name resolution may procede. The typical structure is:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	order hosts,bind
	multi on
</pre><p>
then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the 
man page for host.conf for further details.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883403"></a><tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p>
This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The 
file typically has resolver object specifications as follows:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	# /etc/nsswitch.conf
	#
	# Name Service Switch configuration file.
	#

	passwd:		compat
	# Alternative entries for password authentication are:
	# passwd:	compat files nis ldap winbind
	shadow:		compat
	group:		compat

	hosts:		files nis dns
	# Alternative entries for host name resolution are:
	# hosts:	files dns nis nis+ hesoid db compat ldap wins
	networks:	nis files dns

	ethers:		nis files
	protocols:	nis files
	rpc:		nis files
	services:	nis files
</pre><p>
Of course, each of these mechanisms requires that the appropriate 
facilities and/or services are correctly configured.
</p><p>
It should be noted that unless a network request/message must be 
sent, TCP/IP networks are silent. All TCP/IP communications assumes a 
principal of speaking only when necessary.
</p><p>
Starting with version 2.2.0 samba has Linux support for extensions to 
the name service switch infrastructure so that linux clients will 
be able to obtain resolution of MS Windows NetBIOS names to IP 
Addresses. To gain this functionality Samba needs to be compiled 
with appropriate arguments to the make command (ie: <b>make 
nsswitch/libnss_wins.so</b>). The resulting library should 
then be installed in the <tt>/lib</tt> directory and 
the &quot;wins&quot; parameter needs to be added to the &quot;hosts:&quot; line in 
the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. At this point it 
will be possible to ping any MS Windows machine by it's NetBIOS 
machine name, so long as that machine is within the workgroup to 
which both the samba machine and the MS Windows machine belong.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883498"></a>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</h2></div></div><p>
MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine 
is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as 
the &quot;computer name&quot;, &quot;machine name&quot;, &quot;networking name&quot;, &quot;netbios name&quot;, 
&quot;SMB name&quot;. All terms mean the same thing with the exception of 
&quot;netbios name&quot; which can apply also to the name of the workgroup or the 
domain name. The terms &quot;workgroup&quot; and &quot;domain&quot; are really just a 
simply name with which the machine is associated. All NetBIOS names 
are exactly 16 characters in length. The 16th character is reserved. 
It is used to store a one byte value that indicates service level 
information for the NetBIOS name that is registered. A NetBIOS machine 
name is therefore registered for each service type that is provided by 
the client/server.
</p><p>
The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	Unique NetBIOS Names:
		MACHINENAME&lt;00&gt;	= Server Service is running on MACHINENAME
		MACHINENAME&lt;03&gt; = Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name)
		MACHINENAME&lt;20&gt; = LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME
		WORKGROUP&lt;1b&gt; = Domain Master Browser

	Group Names:
		WORKGROUP&lt;03&gt; = Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP
		WORKGROUP&lt;1c&gt; = Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers
		WORKGROUP&lt;1d&gt; = Local Master Browsers
		WORKGROUP&lt;1e&gt; = Internet Name Resolvers
</pre><p>
It should be noted that all NetBIOS machines register their own 
names as per the above. This is in vast contrast to TCP/IP 
installations where traditionally the system administrator will 
determine in the /etc/hosts or in the DNS database what names 
are associated with each IP address.
</p><p>
One further point of clarification should be noted, the <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> 
file and the DNS records do not provide the NetBIOS name type information 
that MS Windows clients depend on to locate the type of service that may 
be needed. An example of this is what happens when an MS Windows client 
wants to locate a domain logon server. It finds this service and the IP 
address of a server that provides it by performing a lookup (via a 
NetBIOS broadcast) for enumeration of all machines that have 
registered the name type *&lt;1c&gt;. A logon request is then sent to each 
IP address that is returned in the enumerated list of IP addresses. Which 
ever machine first replies then ends up providing the logon services.
</p><p>
The name &quot;workgroup&quot; or &quot;domain&quot; really can be confusing since these 
have the added significance of indicating what is the security 
architecture of the MS Windows network. The term &quot;workgroup&quot; indicates 
that the primary nature of the network environment is that of a 
peer-to-peer design. In a WORKGROUP all machines are responsible for 
their own security, and generally such security is limited to use of 
just a password (known as SHARE MODE security). In most situations 
with peer-to-peer networking the users who control their own machines 
will simply opt to have no security at all. It is possible to have 
USER MODE security in a WORKGROUP environment, thus requiring use 
of a user name and a matching password.
</p><p>
MS Windows networking is thus predetermined to use machine names 
for all local and remote machine message passing. The protocol used is 
called Server Message Block (SMB) and this is implemented using 
the NetBIOS protocol (Network Basic Input Output System). NetBIOS can 
be encapsulated using LLC (Logical Link Control) protocol - in which case 
the resulting protocol is called NetBEUI (Network Basic Extended User 
Interface). NetBIOS can also be run over IPX (Internetworking Packet 
Exchange) protocol as used by Novell NetWare, and it can be run 
over TCP/IP protocols - in which case the resulting protocol is called 
NBT or NetBT, the NetBIOS over TCP/IP.
</p><p>
MS Windows machines use a complex array of name resolution mechanisms. 
Since we are primarily concerned with TCP/IP this demonstration is 
limited to this area.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883030"></a>The NetBIOS Name Cache</h3></div></div><p>
All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is 
stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external 
machines that that machine has communicated with over the 
past 10-15 minutes. It is more efficient to obtain an IP address 
for a machine from the local cache than it is to go through all the 
configured name resolution mechanisms.
</p><p>
If a machine whose name is in the local name cache has been shut 
down before the name had been expired and flushed from the cache, then 
an attempt to exchange a message with that machine will be subject 
to time-out delays. i.e.: Its name is in the cache, so a name resolution 
lookup will succeed, but the machine can not respond. This can be 
frustrating for users - but it is a characteristic of the protocol.
</p><p>
The MS Windows utility that allows examination of the NetBIOS 
name cache is called &quot;nbtstat&quot;. The Samba equivalent of this 
is called &quot;nmblookup&quot;.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883069"></a>The LMHOSTS file</h3></div></div><p>
This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 
2000 in <tt>C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains 
the IP Address and the machine name in matched pairs. The 
<tt>LMHOSTS</tt> file performs NetBIOS name 
to IP address mapping.
</p><p>
It typically looks like:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	# Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp.
	#
	# This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS
	# over TCP/IP) stack for Windows98
	#
	# This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames
	# (NetBIOS) names.  Each entry should be kept on an individual line.
	# The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the
	# corresponding computername. The address and the comptername
	# should be separated by at least one space or tab. The &quot;#&quot; character
	# is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions
	# below).
	#
	# This file is compatible with Microsoft LAN Manager 2.x TCP/IP lmhosts
	# files and offers the following extensions:
	#
	#      #PRE
	#      #DOM:&lt;domain&gt;
	#      #INCLUDE &lt;filename&gt;
	#      #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
	#      #END_ALTERNATE
	#      \0xnn (non-printing character support)
	#
	# Following any entry in the file with the characters &quot;#PRE&quot; will cause
	# the entry to be preloaded into the name cache. By default, entries are
	# not preloaded, but are parsed only after dynamic name resolution fails.
	#
	# Following an entry with the &quot;#DOM:&lt;domain&gt;&quot; tag will associate the
	# entry with the domain specified by &lt;domain&gt;. This affects how the
	# browser and logon services behave in TCP/IP environments. To preload
	# the host name associated with #DOM entry, it is necessary to also add a
	# #PRE to the line. The &lt;domain&gt; is always preloaded although it will not
	# be shown when the name cache is viewed.
	#
	# Specifying &quot;#INCLUDE &lt;filename&gt;&quot; will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT)
	# software to seek the specified &lt;filename&gt; and parse it as if it were
	# local. &lt;filename&gt; is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a
	# centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server.
	# It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the
	# server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive.
	# In addtion the share &quot;public&quot; in the example below must be in the
	# LanManServer list of &quot;NullSessionShares&quot; in order for client machines to
	# be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under
	# \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\parameters\nullsessionshares
	# in the registry. Simply add &quot;public&quot; to the list found there.
	#
	# The #BEGIN_ and #END_ALTERNATE keywords allow multiple #INCLUDE
	# statements to be grouped together. Any single successful include
	# will cause the group to succeed.
	#
	# Finally, non-printing characters can be embedded in mappings by
	# first surrounding the NetBIOS name in quotations, then using the
	# \0xnn notation to specify a hex value for a non-printing character.
	#
	# The following example illustrates all of these extensions:
	#
	# 102.54.94.97     rhino         #PRE #DOM:networking  #net group's DC
	# 102.54.94.102    &quot;appname  \0x14&quot;                    #special app server
	# 102.54.94.123    popular            #PRE             #source server
	# 102.54.94.117    localsrv           #PRE             #needed for the include
	#
	# #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
	# #INCLUDE \\localsrv\public\lmhosts
	# #INCLUDE \\rhino\public\lmhosts
	# #END_ALTERNATE
	#
	# In the above example, the &quot;appname&quot; server contains a special
	# character in its name, the &quot;popular&quot; and &quot;localsrv&quot; server names are
	# preloaded, and the &quot;rhino&quot; server name is specified so it can be used
	# to later #INCLUDE a centrally maintained lmhosts file if the &quot;localsrv&quot;
	# system is unavailable.
	#
	# Note that the whole file is parsed including comments on each lookup,
	# so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance.
	# Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the
	# end of this file.
</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883112"></a>HOSTS file</h3></div></div><p>
This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in 
<tt>C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains 
the IP Address and the IP hostname in matched pairs. It can be 
used by the name resolution infrastructure in MS Windows, depending 
on how the TCP/IP environment is configured. This file is in 
every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883144"></a>DNS Lookup</h3></div></div><p>
This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network 
configuration facility. If enabled an elaborate name resolution sequence 
is followed the precise nature of which is dependant on what the NetBIOS 
Node Type parameter is configured to. A Node Type of 0 means use 
NetBIOS broadcast (over UDP broadcast) is first used if the name 
that is the subject of a name lookup is not found in the NetBIOS name 
cache. If that fails then DNS, HOSTS and LMHOSTS are checked. If set to 
Node Type 8, then a NetBIOS Unicast (over UDP Unicast) is sent to the 
WINS Server to obtain a lookup before DNS, HOSTS, LMHOSTS, or broadcast 
lookup is used.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883156"></a>WINS Lookup</h3></div></div><p>
A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivaent of the 
rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores 
the names and IP addresses that are registered by a Windows client 
if the TCP/IP setup has been given at least one WINS Server IP Address.
</p><p>
To configure Samba to be a WINS server the following parameter needs 
to be added to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	wins support = Yes
</pre><p>
To configure Samba to use a WINS server the following parameters are 
needed in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	wins support = No
	wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
</pre><p>
where <i><tt>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</tt></i> is the IP address 
of the WINS server.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securing-samba"></a>Chapter 24. Securing Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">17 March 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2883603">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883619">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884070">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884122">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884164">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883724">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883760">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883603"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>
This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an
important security fix.  The information contained here applies to Samba
installations in general.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883619"></a>Using host based protection</h2></div></div><p>
In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside
your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from
any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on
a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be
especially vulnerable.
</p><p>
One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <b>hosts allow</b> and
<b>hosts deny</b> options in the Samba <tt>smb.conf</tt> configuration file to only
allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example
might be:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24
	hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
</pre><p>
The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own
computer) and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and
192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon
as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a
'not listening on called name' error.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884070"></a>Using interface protection</h2></div></div><p>
By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that
it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP
connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those
links. This may not be what you want.
</p><p>
You can change this behaviour using options like the following:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	interfaces = eth* lo
	bind interfaces only = yes
</pre><p>
This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a
name starting with 'eth' such as eth0, eth1, plus on the loopback
interface called 'lo'. The name you will need to use depends on what
OS you are using, in the above I used the common name for Ethernet
adapters on Linux.
</p><p>
If you use the above and someone tries to make a SMB connection to
your host over a PPP interface called 'ppp0' then they will get a TCP
connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as
the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that
interface to any samba process.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884122"></a>Using a firewall</h2></div></div><p>
Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't
want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea,
although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above
methods so that you are protected even if your firewall is not active
for some reason.
</p><p>
If you are setting up a firewall then you need to know what TCP and
UDP ports to allow and block. Samba uses the following:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	UDP/137    - used by nmbd
	UDP/138    - used by nmbd
	TCP/139    - used by smbd
	TCP/445    - used by smbd
</pre><p>
The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be
aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in
recent years. 
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884164"></a>Using a IPC$ share deny</h2></div></div><p>
If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a
more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently
discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other
shares while denying access to IPC$ from potentially untrustworthy
hosts.
</p><p>
To do that you could use:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	[ipc$]
	     hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1
	     hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
</pre><p>
this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from
anywhere but the two listed places (localhost and a local
subnet). Connections to other shares would still be allowed. As the
IPC$ share is the only share that is always accessible anonymously
this provides some level of protection against attackers that do not
know a username/password for your host.
</p><p>
If you use this method then clients will be given a 'access denied'
reply when they try to access the IPC$ share. That means that those
clients will not be able to browse shares, and may also be unable to
access some other resources. 
</p><p>
This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other
methods listed above for some reason.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883724"></a>NTLMv2 Security</h2></div></div><p>
To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa]
	&quot;lmcompatibilitylevel&quot;=dword:00000003

	0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication,
	use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain
	controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication.

	[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0]
	&quot;NtlmMinClientSec&quot;=dword:00080000

	0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or
	NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2
	session security is not negotiated.
</pre><p>
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883760"></a>Upgrading Samba</h2></div></div><p>
Please check regularly on <a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> for updates and
important announcements.  Occasionally security releases are made and 
it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability
is discovered.
</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unicode"></a>Chapter 25. Unicode/Charsets</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">TAKAHASHI Motonobu</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 March 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884358">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884428">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884517">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884562">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884358"></a>What are charsets and unicode?</h2></div></div><p>
Computers communicate in numbers. In texts, each number will be 
translated to a corresponding letter. The meaning that will be assigned 
to a certain number depends on the <span class="emphasis"><em>character set(charset)
</em></span> that is used. 
A charset can be seen as a table that is used to translate numbers to 
letters. Not all computers use the same charset (there are charsets 
with German umlauts, Japanese characters, etc). Usually a charset contains 
256 characters, which means that storing a character with it takes 
exactly one byte. </p><p>
There are also charsets that support even more characters, 
but those need twice(or even more) as much storage space. These 
charsets can contain <b>256 * 256 = 65536</b> characters, which
is more then all possible characters one could think of. They are called 
multibyte charsets (because they use more then one byte to 
store one character). 
</p><p>
A standardised multibyte charset is unicode, info is available at 
<a href="http://www.unicode.org/" target="_top">www.unicode.org</a>. 
A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; no 
need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are 
communicating.
</p><p>Old windows clients used to use single-byte charsets, named 
'codepages' by microsoft. However, there is no support for 
negotiating the charset to be used in the smb protocol. Thus, you 
have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an old client.
Newer clients (Windows NT, 2K, XP) talk unicode over the wire.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884428"></a>Samba and charsets</h2></div></div><p>
As of samba 3.0, samba can (and will) talk unicode over the wire. Internally, 
samba knows of three kinds of character sets: 
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">unix charset</span></dt><dd><p>
		This is the charset used internally by your operating system. 
		The default is <tt>ASCII</tt>, which is fine for most 
		systems.
		</p></dd><dt><span class="term">display charset</span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba will use to print messages
		on your screen. It should generally be the same as the <b>unix charset</b>.
		</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dos charset</span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba uses when communicating with 
		DOS and Windows 9x clients. It will talk unicode to all newer clients.
		The default depends on the charsets you have installed on your system.
		Run <b>testparm -v | grep &quot;dos charset&quot;</b> to see 
		what the default is on your system. 
		</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884517"></a>Conversion from old names</h2></div></div><p>Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, 
characters in filenames are usually not correct in the unix charset but only 
for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients.</p><p>The following script from Steve Langasek converts all 
filenames from CP850 to the iso8859-15 charset.</p><p>
<tt>#</tt><b><tt>find <i><tt>/path/to/share</tt></i> -type f -exec bash -c 'CP=&quot;{}&quot;; ISO=`echo -n &quot;$CP&quot; | iconv -f cp850 \
  -t iso8859-15`; if [ &quot;$CP&quot; != &quot;$ISO&quot; ]; then mv &quot;$CP&quot; &quot;$ISO&quot;; fi' \;
</tt></b>
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884562"></a>Japanese charsets</h2></div></div><p>Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are
points of attention when setting it up:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You should set <b>mangling method =
hash</b></p></li><li><p>There are various iconv() implementations around and not
all of  them work equally well. glibc2's iconv() has a critical problem
in CP932.  libiconv-1.8 works with CP932 but still has some problems and
does not  work with EUC-JP.</p></li><li><p>You should set <b>dos charset = CP932</b>, not
Shift_JIS, SJIS...</p></li><li><p>Currently only <b>unix charset = CP932</b>
will work (but still has some problems...) because of iconv() issues.
<b>unix charset = EUC-JP</b> doesn't work well because of
iconv() issues.</p></li><li><p>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <b>unix charset
= UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</b></p></li></ul></div><p>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="locking"></a>Chapter 26. File and Record Locking</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884210">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884872">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884987">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885212">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885239">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885320">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885350">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884210"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><p>
One area which sometimes causes trouble is locking.
</p><p>
There are two types of locking which need to be performed by a SMB server.
The first is <span class="emphasis"><em>record locking</em></span> which allows a client to lock
a range of bytes in a open file.  The second is the <span class="emphasis"><em>deny modes</em></span>
that are specified when a file is open.
</p><p>
Record locking semantics under Unix is very different from record locking under
Windows. Versions of Samba before 2.2 have tried to use the native fcntl() unix
system call to implement proper record locking between different Samba clients.
This can not be fully correct due to several reasons. The simplest is the fact
that a Windows client is allowed to lock a byte range up to 2^32 or 2^64,
depending on the client OS. The unix locking only supports byte ranges up to 2^31.
So it is not possible to correctly satisfy a lock request above 2^31. There are
many more differences, too many to be listed here.
</p><p>
Samba 2.2 and above implements record locking completely independent of the
underlying unix system. If a byte range lock that the client requests happens
to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the Unix system.
All other locks can not be seen by unix anyway.
</p><p>
Strictly a SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on
a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may overstress
the rpc.lockd. It is also almost always unnecessary as clients are supposed to
independently make locking calls before reads and writes anyway if locking is
important to them. By default Samba only makes locking calls when explicitly asked
to by a client, but if you set <span class="emphasis"><em>strict locking = yes</em></span> then it
will make lock checking calls on every read and write.
</p><p>
You can also disable by range locking completely using <span class="emphasis"><em>locking = no</em></span>.
This is useful for those shares that don't support locking or don't need it
(such as cdroms). In this case Samba fakes the return codes of locking calls to
tell clients that everything is OK.
</p><p>
The second class of locking is the <span class="emphasis"><em>deny modes</em></span>. These 
are set by an application when it opens a file to determine what types of
access should be allowed simultaneously with its open. A client may ask for
DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatibility
modes called DENY_FCB and  DENY_DOS.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884872"></a>Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</h2></div></div><p>
Opportunistic locking essentially means that the client is allowed to download and cache
a file on their hard drive while making changes; if a second client wants to access the
file, the first client receives a break and must synchronise the file back to the server.
This can give significant performance gains in some cases; some programs insist on
synchronising the contents of the entire file back to the server for a single change.
</p><p>
Level1 Oplocks (aka just plain &quot;oplocks&quot;) is another term for opportunistic locking.
</p><p>
Level2 Oplocks provids opportunistic locking for a file that will be treated as
<span class="emphasis"><em>read only</em></span>. Typically this is used on files that are read-only or
on files that the client has no initial intention to write to at time of opening the file.
</p><p>
Kernel Oplocks are essentially a method that allows the Linux kernel to co-exist with
Samba's oplocked files, although this has provided better integration of MS Windows network
file locking with the under lying OS, SGI IRIX and Linux are the only two OS's that are
oplock aware at this time.
</p><p>
Unless your system supports kernel oplocks, you should disable oplocks if you are
accessing the same files from both Unix/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should
always be disabled if you are sharing a database file (e.g., Microsoft Access) between
multiple clients, as any break the first client receives will affect synchronisation of
the entire file (not just the single record), which will result in a noticable performance
impairment and, more likely, problems accessing the database in the first place. Notably,
Microsoft Outlook's personal folders (*.pst) react very badly to oplocks. If in doubt,
disable oplocks and tune your system from that point.
</p><p>
If client-side caching is desirable and reliable on your network, you will benefit from
turning on oplocks. If your network is slow and/or unreliable, or you are sharing your
files among other file sharing mechanisms (e.g., NFS) or across a WAN, or multiple people
will be accessing the same files frequently, you probably will not benefit from the overhead
of your client sending oplock breaks and will instead want to disable oplocks for the share.
</p><p>
Another factor to consider is the perceived performance of file access. If oplocks provide no
measurable speed benefit on your network, it might not be worth the hassle of dealing with them.
</p><p>
You can disable oplocks on a per-share basis with the following:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	oplocks = False
	level2 oplocks = False
</pre><p>

Alternately, you could disable oplocks on a per-file basis within the share:

</p><pre class="programlisting">
	veto oplock files = /*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/
</pre><p>
</p><p>
If you are experiencing problems with oplocks as apparent from Samba's log entries,
you may want to play it safe and disable oplocks and level2 oplocks.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884987"></a>MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</h2></div></div><p>
There is a known issue when running applications (like Norton Anti-Virus) on a Windows 2000/ XP
workstation computer that can affect any application attempting to access shared database files
across a network. This is a result of a default setting configured in the Windows 2000/XP
operating system known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Opportunistic Locking</em></span>. When a workstation
attempts to access shared data files located on another Windows 2000/XP computer,
the Windows 2000/XP operating system will attempt to increase performance by locking the
files and caching information locally. When this occurs, the application is unable to
properly function, which results in an <span class="emphasis"><em>Access Denied</em></span>
 error message being displayed during network operations.
</p><p>
All Windows operating systems in the NT family that act as database servers for data files
(meaning that data files are stored there and accessed by other Windows PCs) may need to
have opportunistic locking disabled in order to minimize the risk of data file corruption.
This includes Windows 9x/Me, Windows NT, Windows 200x and Windows XP.
</p><p>
If you are using a Windows NT family workstation in place of a server, you must also
disable opportunistic locking (oplocks) on that workstation. For example, if you use a
PC with the Windows NT Workstation operating system instead of Windows NT Server, and you
have data files located on it that are accessed from other Windows PCs, you may need to
disable oplocks on that system.
</p><p>
The major difference is the location in the Windows registry where the values for disabling
oplocks are entered. Instead of the LanManServer location, the LanManWorkstation location
may be used.
</p><p>
You can verify (or change or add, if necessary) this Registry value using the Windows
Registry Editor. When you change this registry value, you will have to reboot the PC
to ensure that the new setting goes into effect.
</p><p>
The location of the client registry entry for opportunistic locking has changed in
Windows 2000 from the earlier location in Microsoft Windows NT.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Windows 2000 will still respect the EnableOplocks registry value used to disable oplocks
in earlier versions of Windows.
</p></div><p>
You can also deny the granting of opportunistic locks by changing the following registry entries:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\MRXSmb\Parameters\

		OplocksDisabled REG_DWORD 0 or 1
		Default: 0 (not disabled)
</pre><p>
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
The OplocksDisabled registry value configures Windows clients to either request or not
request opportunistic locks on a remote file. To disable oplocks, the value of
 OplocksDisabled must be set to 1.
</p></div><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters

		EnableOplocks REG_DWORD 0 or 1
		Default: 1 (Enabled by Default)

		EnableOpLockForceClose REG_DWORD 0 or 1
		Default: 0 (Disabled by Default)
</pre><p>
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
The EnableOplocks value configures Windows-based servers (including Workstations sharing
files) to allow or deny opportunistic locks on local files.
</p></div><p>
To force closure of open oplocks on close or program exit EnableOpLockForceClose must be set to 1.
</p><p>
An illustration of how level II oplocks work:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Station 1 opens the file, requesting oplock.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Since no other station has the file open, the server grants station 1 exclusive oplock.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Station 2 opens the file, requesting oplock.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Since station 1 has not yet written to the file, the server asks station 1 to Break
	to Level II Oplock.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Station 1 complies by flushing locally buffered lock information to the server.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Station 1 informs the server that it has Broken to Level II Oplock (alternatively,
	station 1 could have closed the file).
	</p></li><li><p>
	The server responds to station 2's open request, granting it level II oplock.
	Other stations can likewise open the file and obtain level II oplock.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Station 2 (or any station that has the file open) sends a write request SMB.
	The server returns the write response.
	</p></li><li><p>
	The server asks all stations that have the file open to Break to None, meaning no
	station holds any oplock on the file. Because the workstations can have no cached
	writes or locks at this point, they need not respond to the break-to-none advisory;
	all they need do is invalidate locally cashed read-ahead data.
	</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885212"></a>Workstation Service Entries</h3></div></div><pre class="programlisting">
	\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanWorkstation\Parameters

	UseOpportunisticLocking   REG_DWORD   0 or 1
	Default: 1 (true)
</pre><p>
Indicates whether the redirector should use opportunistic-locking (oplock) performance
enhancement. This parameter should be disabled only to isolate problems.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885239"></a>Server Service Entries</h3></div></div><pre class="programlisting">
	\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters

	EnableOplocks   REG_DWORD   0 or 1
	Default: 1 (true)
</pre><p>
Specifies whether the server allows clients to use oplocks on files. Oplocks are a
significant performance enhancement, but have the potential to cause lost cached
data on some networks, particularly wide-area networks.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	MinLinkThroughput   REG_DWORD   0 to infinite bytes per second
	Default: 0
</pre><p>
Specifies the minimum link throughput allowed by the server before it disables
raw and opportunistic locks for this connection.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	MaxLinkDelay   REG_DWORD   0 to 100,000 seconds
	Default: 60
</pre><p>
Specifies the maximum time allowed for a link delay. If delays exceed this number,
the server disables raw I/O and opportunistic locking for this connection.
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	OplockBreakWait   REG_DWORD   10 to 180 seconds
	Default: 35
</pre><p>
Specifies the time that the server waits for a client to respond to an oplock break
request. Smaller values can allow detection of crashed clients more quickly but can
potentially cause loss of cached data.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2885320"></a>Persistent Data Corruption</h2></div></div><p>
If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this paper but data corruption problems
and other symptoms persist, here are some additional things to check out:
</p><p>
We have credible reports from developers that faulty network hardware, such as a single
faulty network card, can cause symptoms similar to read caching and data corruption.
If you see persistent data corruption even after repeated reindexing, you may have to
rebuild the data files in question. This involves creating a new data file with the
same definition as the file to be rebuilt and transferring the data from the old file
to the new one. There are several known methods for doing this that can be found in
our Knowledge Base.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2885350"></a>Additional Reading</h2></div></div><p>
You may want to check for an updated version of this white paper on our Web site from
time to time. Many of our white papers are updated as information changes. For those papers,
the Last Edited date is always at the top of the paper.
</p><p>
Section of the Microsoft MSDN Library on opportunistic locking: 
</p><p>
Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN), Windows Development &gt;
Windows Base Services &gt; Files and I/O &gt; SDK Documentation &gt; File Storage &gt; File Systems
&gt; About File Systems &gt; Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Corporation.
<a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp</a>
</p><p>
Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q224992 &quot;Maintaining Transactional Integrity with OPLOCKS&quot;,
Microsoft Corporation, April 1999, <a href="=http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992</a>.
</p><p>
Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q296264 &quot;Configuring Opportunistic Locking in Windows 2000&quot;,
Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264</a>.
</p><p>
Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q129202 &quot;PC Ext: Explanation of Opportunistic Locking on Windows NT&quot;,
 Microsoft Corporation, April 1995, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202</a>.
</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="troubleshooting"></a>Troubleshooting</h1></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>27. <a href="#diagnosis">The samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884810">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793401">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886854">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2790687">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887096">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887237">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887343">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887497">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887016">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886937">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887713">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887849">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887942">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887989">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="diagnosis"></a>Chapter 27. The samba checklist</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Wed Jan 15</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884810">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793401">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886854">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884776"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>
This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your
Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem
is if it fails any one of these steps. If it passes all these tests
then it is probably working fine.
</p><p>
You should do ALL the tests, in the order shown. We have tried to
carefully choose them so later tests only use capabilities verified in
the earlier tests.  However, do not stop at the first error as there
have been some instances when continuing with the tests has helped
to solve a problem.
</p><p>
If you send one of the samba mailing lists  an email saying &quot;it doesn't work&quot;
and you have not followed this test procedure then you should not be surprised
if your email is ignored.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884810"></a>Assumptions</h2></div></div><p>
In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called 
BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP.
</p><p>
The procedure is similar for other types of clients.
</p><p>
It is also assumed you know the name of an available share in your
<tt>smb.conf</tt>. I will assume this share is called <i><tt>tmp</tt></i>.
You can add a <i><tt>tmp</tt></i> share like this by adding the
following to <tt>smb.conf</tt>:
</p><pre class="programlisting">

[tmp]
 comment = temporary files 
 path = /tmp
 read only = yes

</pre><p>
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
These tests assume version 3.0 or later of the samba suite.
Some commands shown did not exist in earlier versions. 
</p></div><p>
Please pay attention to the error messages you receive. If any error message
reports that your server is being unfriendly you should first check that your
IP name resolution is correctly set up. eg: Make sure your <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt>
file points to name servers that really do exist.
</p><p>
Also, if you do not have DNS server access for name resolution please check
that the settings for your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file results in <b>dns proxy = no</b>. The
best way to check this is with <b><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>.
</p><p>
It is helpful to monitor the log files during testing by using the
<b>tail -F <i><tt>log_file_name</tt></i></b> in a separate
terminal console (use ctrl-alt-F1 through F6 or multiple terminals in X). 
Relevant log files can be found (for default installations) in
<tt>/usr/local/samba/var</tt>.  Also, connection logs from
machines can be found here or possibly in <tt>/var/log/samba</tt>
depending on how or if you specified logging in your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file.
</p><p>
If you make changes to your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file while going through these test,
don't forget to restart smbd and nmbd.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2793401"></a>The tests</h2></div></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 27.1. Diagnosing your samba server</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>
In the directory in which you store your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, run the command
<b><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. If it reports any errors then your <tt>smb.conf</tt>
configuration file is faulty.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file may be located in: <tt>/etc/samba</tt>
Or in:   <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib</tt>
</p></div></li><li><p>
Run the command <b><tt>ping BIGSERVER</tt></b> from the PC and 
<b><tt>ping ACLIENT</tt></b> from
the unix box. If you don't get a valid response then your TCP/IP
software is not correctly installed. 
</p><p>
Note that you will need to start a &quot;dos prompt&quot; window on the PC to
run ping.
</p><p>
If you get a message saying &quot;host not found&quot; or similar then your DNS
software or <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file is not correctly setup.
It is possible to
run samba without DNS entries for the server and client, but I assume
you do have correct entries for the remainder of these tests. 
</p><p>
Another reason why ping might fail is if your host is running firewall 
software. You will need to relax the rules to let in the workstation
in question, perhaps by allowing access from another subnet (on Linux
this is done via the ipfwadm program.)
</p><p>
Note: Modern Linux distributions install ipchains/iptables by default. 
This is a common problem that is often overlooked.
</p></li><li><p>
Run the command <b><tt>smbclient -L BIGSERVER</tt></b> on the unix box. You
should get a list of available shares back. 
</p><p>
If you get a error message containing the string &quot;Bad password&quot; then
you probably have either an incorrect <b>hosts allow</b>, 
<b>hosts deny</b> or <b>valid users</b> line in your 
<tt>smb.conf</tt>, or your guest account is not
valid. Check what your guest account is using testparm and
temporarily remove any <b>hosts allow</b>, <b>hosts deny</b>, <b>valid users</b> or <b>invalid users</b> lines.
</p><p>
If you get a &quot;connection refused&quot; response then the smbd server may
not be running. If you installed it in inetd.conf then you probably edited
that file incorrectly. If you installed it as a daemon then check that
it is running, and check that the netbios-ssn port is in a LISTEN
state using <b><tt>netstat -a</tt></b>.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Some Unix / Linux systems use <b>xinetd</b> in place of
<b>inetd</b>. Check your system documentation for the location
of the control file/s for your particular system implementation of
this network super daemon.
</p></div><p>
If you get a &quot;session request failed&quot; then the server refused the
connection. If it says &quot;Your server software is being unfriendly&quot; then
its probably because you have invalid command line parameters to smbd,
or a similar fatal problem with the initial startup of smbd. Also
check your config file (<tt>smb.conf</tt>) for syntax errors with testparm
and that the various directories where samba keeps its log and lock
files exist.
</p><p>
There are a number of reasons for which smbd may refuse or decline
a session request. The most common of these involve one or more of
the following <tt>smb.conf</tt> file entries:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	hosts deny = ALL
	hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy
	bind interfaces only = Yes
</pre><p>
In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that
will automatically translate to the loopback adaptor address 127.0.0.1.
To solve this problem change these lines to:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	hosts deny = ALL
	hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127.
</pre><p>
Do NOT use the <b>bind interfaces only</b> parameter where you 
may wish to
use the samba password change facility, or where smbclient may need to
access a local service for name resolution or for local resource
connections. (Note: the <b>bind interfaces only</b> parameter deficiency
where it will not allow connections to the loopback address will be
fixed soon).
</p><p>
Another common cause of these two errors is having something already running 
on port 139, such as Samba (ie: smbd is running from inetd already) or
something like Digital's Pathworks. Check your <tt>inetd.conf</tt> file before trying
to start smbd as a daemon, it can avoid a lot of frustration!
</p><p>
And yet another possible cause for failure of this test is when the subnet mask
and / or broadcast address settings are incorrect. Please check that the
network interface IP Address / Broadcast Address / Subnet Mask settings are
correct and that Samba has correctly noted these in the <tt>log.nmb</tt> file.
</p></li><li><p>
Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__</tt></b>. You should get the
IP address of your Samba server back.
</p><p>
If you don't then nmbd is incorrectly installed. Check your <tt>inetd.conf</tt>
if you run it from there, or that the daemon is running and listening
to udp port 137.
</p><p>
One common problem is that many inetd implementations can't take many
parameters on the command line. If this is the case then create a
one-line script that contains the right parameters and run that from
inetd.
</p></li><li><p>run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -B ACLIENT '*'</tt></b></p><p>
You should get the PCs IP address back. If you don't then the client
software on the PC isn't installed correctly, or isn't started, or you
got the name of the PC wrong. 
</p><p>
If ACLIENT doesn't resolve via DNS then use the IP address of the
client in the above test.
</p></li><li><p>
Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -d 2 '*'</tt></b>
</p><p>
This time we are trying the same as the previous test but are trying
it via a broadcast to the default broadcast address. A number of
Netbios/TCPIP hosts on the network should respond, although Samba may
not catch all of the responses in the short time it listens. You
should see &quot;got a positive name query response&quot; messages from several
hosts.
</p><p>
If this doesn't give a similar result to the previous test then
nmblookup isn't correctly getting your broadcast address through its
automatic mechanism. In this case you should experiment with the
<b>interfaces</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to manually configure your IP
address, broadcast and netmask. 
</p><p>
If your PC and server aren't on the same subnet then you will need to
use the <i><tt>-B</tt></i> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs
subnet.
</p><p>
This test will probably fail if your subnet mask and broadcast address are
not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above).
</p></li><li><p>
Run the command <b><tt>smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP</tt></b>. You should 
then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account
you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with
another account then add the <i><tt>-U <i><tt>accountname</tt></i></tt></i> option to the end of
the command line.  eg: 
<b><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe</tt></b>
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
It is possible to specify the password along with the username
as follows:
<b><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe%secret</tt></b>
</p></div><p>
Once you enter the password you should get the <tt>smb&gt;</tt> prompt. If you
don't then look at the error message. If it says &quot;invalid network
name&quot; then the service &quot;tmp&quot; is not correctly setup in your <tt>smb.conf</tt>.
</p><p>
If it says &quot;bad password&quot; then the likely causes are:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	you have shadow passords (or some other password system) but didn't
	compile in support for them in smbd
	</p></li><li><p>
	your <b>valid users</b> configuration is incorrect
	</p></li><li><p>
	you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <b>password
	level</b> option at a high enough level
	</p></li><li><p>
	the <b>path =</b> line in <tt>smb.conf</tt> is incorrect. Check it with testparm
	</p></li><li><p>
	you enabled password encryption but didn't create the SMB encrypted
	password file
	</p></li></ol></div><p>
Once connected you should be able to use the commands 
<b>dir</b> <b>get</b> <b>put</b> etc. 
Type <b>help <i><tt>command</tt></i></b> for instructions. You should
especially check that the amount of free disk space shown is correct
when you type <b>dir</b>.
</p></li><li><p>
On the PC, type the command <b><tt>net view \\BIGSERVER</tt></b>. You will 
need to do this from within a &quot;dos prompt&quot; window. You should get back a 
list of available shares on the server.
</p><p>
If you get a &quot;network name not found&quot; or similar error then netbios
name resolution is not working. This is usually caused by a problem in
nmbd. To overcome it you could do one of the following (you only need
to choose one of them):
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	fixup the nmbd installation
</p></li><li><p>
	add the IP address of BIGSERVER to the <b>wins server</b> box in the
	advanced tcp/ip setup on the PC.
</p></li><li><p>
	enable windows name resolution via DNS in the advanced section of
	the tcp/ip setup
</p></li><li><p>
	add BIGSERVER to your lmhosts file on the PC.
</p></li></ol></div><p>
If you get a &quot;invalid network name&quot; or &quot;bad password error&quot; then the
same fixes apply as they did for the <b><tt>smbclient -L</tt></b> test above. In
particular, make sure your <b>hosts allow</b> line is correct (see the man
pages)
</p><p>
Also, do not overlook that fact that when the workstation requests the
connection to the samba server it will attempt to connect using the 
name with which you logged onto your Windows machine. You need to make
sure that an account exists on your Samba server with that exact same
name and password.
</p><p>
If you get &quot;specified computer is not receiving requests&quot; or similar
it probably means that the host is not contactable via tcp services.
Check to see if the host is running tcp wrappers, and if so add an entry in
the <tt>hosts.allow</tt> file for your client (or subnet, etc.)
</p></li><li><p>
Run the command <b><tt>net use x: \\BIGSERVER\TMP</tt></b>. You should 
be prompted for a password then you should get a &quot;command completed 
successfully&quot; message. If not then your PC software is incorrectly 
installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your <b>hosts allow</b>
and other config lines in <tt>smb.conf</tt> are correct.
</p><p>
It's also possible that the server can't work out what user name to
connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <b>user =
<i><tt>username</tt></i></b> to the <b>[tmp]</b> section of 
<tt>smb.conf</tt> where <i><tt>username</tt></i> is the
username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this
fixes things you may need the username mapping option. 
</p><p>
It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords 
and you have <b>encrypt passwords = no</b> in <tt>smb.conf</tt>
Turn it back on to fix.
</p></li><li><p>
Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -M <i><tt>testgroup</tt></i></tt></b> where 
<i><tt>testgroup</tt></i> is the name of the workgroup that your Samba server and 
Windows PCs belong to. You should get back the IP address of the 
master browser for that workgroup.
</p><p>
If you don't then the election process has failed. Wait a minute to
see if it is just being slow then try again. If it still fails after
that then look at the browsing options you have set in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. Make
sure you have <b>preferred master = yes</b> to ensure that 
an election is held at startup.
</p></li><li><p>
&gt;From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should
appear in the browse list of your local workgroup (or the one you
specified in smb.conf). You should be able to double click on the name
of the server and get a list of shares. If you get a &quot;invalid
password&quot; error when you do then you are probably running WinNT and it
is refusing to browse a server that has no encrypted password
capability and is in user level security mode. In this case either set
<b>security = server</b> AND 
<b>password server = Windows_NT_Machine</b> in your
<tt>smb.conf</tt> file, or make sure <b>encrypted passwords</b> is
set to &quot;yes&quot;.
</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886854"></a>Still having troubles?</h2></div></div><p>Read the chapter on 
<a href="#problems" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems</a>.
</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="problems"></a>Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Bannon</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 Apr 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2790687">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887096">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887237">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887343">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887497">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></div><p>
There are many sources of information available in the form 
of mailing lists, RFC's and documentation.  The docs that come 
with the samba distribution contain very good explanations of 
general SMB topics such as browsing.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790687"></a>Diagnostics tools</h2></div></div><p>
One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.  
You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what 
'debug level' at which to run.  See the man pages on smbd, nmbd  and 
smb.conf for more information on debugging options.  The debug 
level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
</p><p>
Another helpful method of debugging is to compile samba using the 
<b>gcc -g </b> flag.   This will include debug 
information in the binaries and allow you to attach gdb to the 
running smbd / nmbd process.  In order to attach gdb to an smbd 
process for an NT workstation, first get the workstation to make the 
connection. Pressing ctrl-alt-delete and going down to the domain box 
is sufficient (at least, on the first time you join the domain) to 
generate a 'LsaEnumTrustedDomains'. Thereafter, the workstation 
maintains an open connection, and therefore there will be an smbd 
process running (assuming that you haven't set a really short smbd 
idle timeout)  So, in between pressing ctrl alt delete, and actually 
typing in your password, you can attach gdb and continue.
</p><p>
Some useful samba commands worth investigating:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>testparam | more</p></li><li><p>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</p></li></ul></div><p>
An SMB enabled version of tcpdump is available from 
<a href="http://www.tcpdump.org/" target="_top">http://www.tcpdup.org/</a>.
Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for Unix and Win32
hosts, can be downloaded from <a href="http://www.ethereal.com/" target="_top">http://www.ethereal.com</a>.
</p><p>
For tracing things on the Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor 
(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's, 
the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's.  The version of 
netmon that ships with SMS allows for dumping packets between any two 
computers (i.e. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).  
The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring 
of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the 
local subnet.  Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon 
formatted files.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887096"></a>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</h2></div></div><p>
Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple 
of steps.  The following are for installing Netmon V4.00.349, which comes 
with Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, on Microsoft Windows NT 
Workstation 4.0.  The process should be similar for other versions of 
Windows NT / Netmon.  You will need both the Microsoft Windows 
NT Server 4.0 Install CD and the Workstation 4.0 Install CD.
</p><p>
Initially you will need to install 'Network Monitor Tools and Agent' 
on the NT Server.  To do this 
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto Start - Settings - Control Panel - 
	Network - Services - Add </p></li><li><p>Select the 'Network Monitor Tools and Agent' and 
	click on 'OK'.</p></li><li><p>Click 'OK' on the Network Control Panel.
	</p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Server 4.0 install CD 
	when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p>
At this point the Netmon files should exist in 
<tt>%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt>.    
Two subdirectories exist as well, <tt>parsers\</tt> 
which contains the necessary DLL's for parsing the netmon packet 
dump, and <tt>captures\</tt>.
</p><p>
In order to install the Netmon tools on an NT Workstation, you will 
first need to install the 'Network  Monitor Agent' from the Workstation 
install CD.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto Start - Settings - Control Panel - 
	Network - Services - Add</p></li><li><p>Select the 'Network Monitor Agent' and click 
	on 'OK'.</p></li><li><p>Click 'OK' on the Network Control Panel.
	</p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Workstation 4.0 install 
	CD when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p>
Now copy the files from the NT Server in %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* 
to %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* on the Workstation and set 
permissions as  you deem appropriate for your site. You will need 
administrative rights on the NT box to run netmon.
</p><p>
To install Netmon on a Windows 9x box install the network monitor agent 
from the Windows 9x CD (\admin\nettools\netmon).  There is a readme 
file located with the netmon driver files on the CD if you need 
information on how to do this.  Copy the files from a working 
Netmon installation.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887237"></a>Useful URL's</h2></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Home of Samba site <a href="http://samba.org" target="_top">
      http://samba.org</a>. We have a mirror near you !</p></li><li><p> The <span class="emphasis"><em>Development</em></span> document 
on the Samba mirrors might mention your problem. If so,
it might mean that the developers are working on it.</p></li><li><p>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at 
       <a href="http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html" target="_top">
       http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html</a>. </p></li><li><p>Although 2.0.7 has almost had its day as a PDC, David Bannon will
       keep the 2.0.7 PDC pages at <a href="http://bioserve.latrobe.edu.au/samba" target="_top">
       http://bioserve.latrobe.edu.au/samba</a> going for a while yet.</p></li><li><p>Misc links to CIFS information 
       <a href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top">http://samba.org/cifs/</a></p></li><li><p>NT Domains for Unix <a href="http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/ntdom/" target="_top">
       http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/ntdom/</a></p></li><li><p>FTP site for older SMB specs: 
       <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/" target="_top">
       ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/</a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887343"></a>Getting help from the mailing lists</h2></div></div><p>
There are a number of Samba related mailing lists. Go to <a href="http://samba.org" target="_top">http://samba.org</a>, click on your nearest mirror
and then click on <b>Support</b> and then click on <b>
Samba related mailing lists</b>.
</p><p>
For questions relating to Samba TNG go to
<a href="http://www.samba-tng.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba-tng.org/</a> 
It has been requested that you don't post questions about Samba-TNG to the
main stream Samba lists.</p><p>
If you post a message to one of the lists please observe the following guide lines :
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> Always remember that the developers are volunteers, they are 
not paid and they never guarantee to produce a particular feature at 
a particular time. Any time lines are 'best guess' and nothing more.
</p></li><li><p> Always mention what version of samba you are using and what 
operating system its running under. You should probably list the
relevant sections of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, at least the options 
in [global] that affect PDC support.</p></li><li><p>In addition to the version, if you obtained Samba via
CVS mention the date when you last checked it out.</p></li><li><p> Try and make your question clear and brief, lots of long, 
convoluted questions get deleted before	they are completely read ! 
Don't post html encoded messages (if you can select colour or font 
size its html).</p></li><li><p> If you run one of those nifty 'I'm on holidays' things when 
you are away, make sure its configured	to not answer mailing lists.
</p></li><li><p> Don't cross post. Work out which is the best list to post to 
and see what happens, i.e. don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
Many people active on the lists subscribe to more 
than one list and get annoyed to see the same message two or more times. 
Often someone will see a message and thinking it would be better dealt 
with on another, will forward it on for you.</p></li><li><p>You might include <span class="emphasis"><em>partial</em></span>
log files written at a debug level set to as much as 20.  
Please don't send the entire log but enough to give the context of the 
error messages.</p></li><li><p>(Possibly) If you have a complete netmon trace ( from the opening of 
the pipe to the error ) you can send the *.CAP file as well.</p></li><li><p>Please think carefully before attaching a document to an email.
Consider pasting the relevant parts into the body of the message. The samba
mailing lists go to a huge number of people, do they all need a copy of your 
smb.conf in their attach directory?</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887497"></a>How to get off the mailinglists</h2></div></div><p>To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the
same place you went to to get on it. Go to <a href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>, 
click on your nearest mirror and then click on <b>Support</b> and 
then click on <b> Samba related mailing lists</b>. Or perhaps see 
<a href="http://lists.samba.org/mailman/roster/samba-ntdom" target="_top">here</a>
</p><p>
Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just
be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...)
</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="bugreport"></a>Chapter 29. Reporting Bugs</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 27 June 1997 </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2887016">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886937">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887713">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887849">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887942">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887989">Patches</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887016"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Please report bugs using <a href="https://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_top">bugzilla</a>.</p><p>
Please take the time to read this file before you submit a bug
report. Also, please see if it has changed between releases, as we
may be changing the bug reporting mechanism at some time.
</p><p>
Please also do as much as you can yourself to help track down the
bug. Samba is maintained by a dedicated group of people who volunteer
their time, skills and efforts. We receive far more mail about it than
we can possibly answer, so you have a much higher chance of an answer
and a fix if you send us a &quot;developer friendly&quot; bug report that lets
us fix it fast. 
</p><p>
Do not assume that if you post the bug to the comp.protocols.smb
newsgroup or the mailing list that we will read it. If you suspect that your 
problem is not a bug but a configuration problem then it is better to send 
it to the Samba mailing list, as there are (at last count) 5000 other users on
that list that may be able to help you.
</p><p>
You may also like to look though the recent mailing list archives,
which are conveniently accessible on the Samba web pages
at <a href="http://samba.org/samba/" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/</a>.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886937"></a>General info</h2></div></div><p>
Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly
errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that
you've misconfigured something and run testparm to test your config
file for correct syntax.
</p><p>
Have you run through the <a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 27. The samba checklist">diagnosis</a>? 
This is very important.
</p><p>
If you include part of a log file with your bug report then be sure to
annotate it with exactly what you were doing on the client at the
time, and exactly what the results were.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887713"></a>Debug levels</h2></div></div><p>
If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a
server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably
be very useful. Depending on the problem a log level of between 3 and
10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level givesmore
detail, but may use too much disk space.
</p><p>
To set the debug level use <b>log level =</b> in your 
<tt>smb.conf</tt>. You may also find it useful to set the log 
level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine. 
To do this use:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
log level = 10
log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m
include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m
</pre><p>
then create a file 
<tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.<i><tt>machine</tt></i></tt> where
<i><tt>machine</tt></i> is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file
put any <tt>smb.conf</tt> commands you want, for example 
<b>log level=</b> may be useful. This also allows you to 
experiment with different security systems, protocol levels etc on just 
one machine.
</p><p>
The <tt>smb.conf</tt> entry <b>log level =</b> 
is synonymous with the entry <b>debuglevel =</b> that has been 
used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards 
compatibility of <tt>smb.conf</tt> files.
</p><p>
As the <b>log level =</b> value is increased you will record 
a significantly increasing level of debugging information. For most 
debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than 3. Nearly 
all bugs can be tracked at a setting of 10, but be prepared for a VERY 
large volume of log data.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887849"></a>Internal errors</h2></div></div><p>
If you get a &quot;INTERNAL ERROR&quot; message in your log files it means that
Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a
segmentation fault and almost certainly means a bug in Samba (unless
you have faulty hardware or system software).
</p><p>
If the message came from smbd then it will probably be accompanied by
a message which details the last SMB message received by smbd. This
info is often very useful in tracking down the problem so please
include it in your bug report.
</p><p>
You should also detail how to reproduce the problem, if
possible. Please make this reasonably detailed.
</p><p>
You may also find that a core file appeared in a <tt>corefiles</tt>
subdirectory of the directory where you keep your samba log
files. This file is the most useful tool for tracking down the bug. To
use it you do this:
</p><p><b>gdb smbd core</b></p><p>
adding appropriate paths to smbd and core so gdb can find them. If you
don't have gdb then try <b><tt>dbx</tt></b>. Then within the debugger use the
command <b><tt>where</tt></b> to give a stack trace of where the problem
occurred. Include this in your mail.
</p><p>
If you know any assembly language then do a <b><tt>disass</tt></b> of the routine
where the problem occurred (if its in a library routine then
disassemble the routine that called it) and try to work out exactly
where the problem is by looking at the surrounding code. Even if you
don't know assembly then incuding this info in the bug report can be
useful. 
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887942"></a>Attaching to a running process</h2></div></div><p>
Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels)
refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd
does often). To debug with this sort of system you could try to attach
to the running process using <b><tt>gdb smbd <i><tt>PID</tt></i></tt></b> where you get <i><tt>PID</tt></i> from
smbstatus. Then use <b><tt>c</tt></b> to continue and try to cause the core dump
using the client. The debugger should catch the fault and tell you
where it occurred.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887989"></a>Patches</h2></div></div><p>
The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us
patches please use <b><tt>diff -u</tt></b> format if your version of 
diff supports it, otherwise use <b><tt>diff -c4</tt></b>. Make sure 
you do the diff against a clean version of the source and let me know 
exactly what version you used. 
</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Appendixes"></a>Appendixes</h1></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>30. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887580">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887587">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887620">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888377">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888418">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888501">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888639">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888786">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888853">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889045">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888159">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888028">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889725">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889980">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890062">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890304">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889273">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889171">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889194">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890671">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890709">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890716">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890741">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890748">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>33. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890402">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890976">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890983">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or 
		OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891066">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), 
		OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891126">Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) 
		is used as a client?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891155">How do I get printer driver download working 
		for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891218">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891226">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891257">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891287">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891313">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891344">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891361">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891388">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891458">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891475">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891585">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890961">SWAT Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890837">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891873">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891946">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892010">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892118">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892167">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892216">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892261">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892300">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892316">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#speed">Samba performance issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891608">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891653">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892541">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892584">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892637">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892660">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892717">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892759">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892781">Client tuning</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="compiling"></a>Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (22 May 2001) </p></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 18 March 2003 </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2887580">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887587">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887620">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888377">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888418">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888501">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888639">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888786">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888853">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889045">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
You can obtain the samba source from the <a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">samba website</a>. To obtain a development version, 
you can download samba from CVS or using rsync.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887580"></a>Access Samba source code via CVS</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887587"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p>
Samba is developed in an open environment.  Developers use CVS
(Concurrent Versioning System) to &quot;checkin&quot; (also known as 
&quot;commit&quot;) new source code.  Samba's various CVS branches can
be accessed via anonymous CVS using the instructions
detailed in this chapter.
</p><p>
This chapter is a modified version of the instructions found at
<a href="http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html</a>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887620"></a>CVS Access to samba.org</h3></div></div><p>
The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS 
repository for access to the source code of several packages, 
including samba, rsync and jitterbug. There are two main ways of 
accessing the CVS server on this host.
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2887636"></a>Access via CVSweb</h4></div></div><p>
You can access the source code via your 
favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of 
individual files in the repository and also to look at the revision 
history and commit logs of individual files. You can also ask for a diff 
listing between any two versions on the repository.
</p><p>
Use the URL : <a href="http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb" target="_top">http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb</a>
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2888200"></a>Access via cvs</h4></div></div><p>
You can also access the source code via a 
normal cvs client.  This gives you much more control over what you can 
do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees 
and keep them up to date via normal cvs commands. This is the 
preferred method of access if you are a developer and not
just a casual browser.
</p><p>
To download the latest cvs source code, point your
browser at the URL : <a href="http://www.cyclic.com/" target="_top">http://www.cyclic.com/</a>.
and click on the 'How to get cvs' link. CVS is free software under 
the GNU GPL (as is Samba).  Note that there are several graphical CVS clients
which provide a graphical interface to the sometimes mundane CVS commands.
Links to theses clients are also available from http://www.cyclic.com.
</p><p>
To gain access via anonymous cvs use the following steps. 
For this example it is assumed that you want a copy of the 
samba source code. For the other source code repositories 
on this system just substitute the correct package name
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
	Install a recent copy of cvs. All you really need is a 
	copy of the cvs client binary. 
	</p></li><li><p>
	Run the command 
	</p><p>
	<b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot login</tt></b>
	</p><p>
	When it asks you for a password type <b><tt>cvs</tt></b>.
	</p></li><li><p>
	Run the command 
	</p><p>
	<b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co samba</tt></b>
	</p><p>
	This will create a directory called samba containing the 
	latest samba source code (i.e. the HEAD tagged cvs branch). This 
	currently corresponds to the 3.0 development tree. 
	</p><p>
	CVS branches other then HEAD can be obtained by using the <i><tt>-r</tt></i>
	and defining a tag name.  A list of branch tag names can be found on the
	&quot;Development&quot; page of the samba web site.  A common request is to obtain the
	latest 2.2 release code.  This could be done by using the following userinput.
	</p><p>
	<b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co -r SAMBA_2_2 samba</tt></b>
	</p></li><li><p>
	Whenever you want to merge in the latest code changes use 
	the following command from within the samba directory: 
	</p><p>
	<b><tt>cvs update -d -P</tt></b>
	</p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888377"></a>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</h2></div></div><p>
	pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS tree at <a href="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked" target="_top">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</a> and also via anonymous rsync at rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp.
	See <a href="http://rsync.samba.org/" target="_top">the rsync homepage</a> for more info on rsync.                       
	</p><p>
	The disadvantage of the unpacked trees
	is that they do not support automatic
	merging of local changes like CVS does.
	rsync access is most convenient for an 
	initial install.                       
	</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888418"></a>Verifying Samba's PGP signature</h2></div></div><p>
In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP signature for any
source file before installing it. According to Jerry Carter of the Samba Team, only about 22% of
all Samba downloads have had a corresponding PGP signature download (a very low percentage, which
should be considered a bad thing). Even if you're not downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP
signatures should be a standard reflex.
</p><p>
With that said, go ahead and download the following files:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
     $ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc
     $ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc
</pre><p>
The first file is the PGP signature for the Samba source file; the other is the Samba public
PGP key itself. Import the public PGP key with:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
     $ gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc
</pre><p>
And verify the Samba source code integrity with:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
     $ gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz
     $ gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc
</pre><p>
If you receive a message like, &quot;Good signature from Samba Distribution Verification Key...&quot;
then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An example of what
you would not want to see would be:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
     gpg: BAD signature from &quot;Samba Distribution Verification Key&quot;
</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888501"></a>Building the Binaries</h2></div></div><p>To do this, first run the program <b><tt>./configure
	</tt></b> in the source directory. This should automatically 
	configure Samba for your operating system. If you have unusual 
	needs then you may wish to run</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>./configure --help
	</tt></b></p><p>first to see what special options you can enable.
	Then executing</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make</tt></b></p><p>will create the binaries. Once it's successfully 
	compiled you can use </p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make install</tt></b></p><p>to install the binaries and manual pages. You can 
	separately install the binaries and/or man pages using</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make installbin
	</tt></b></p><p>and</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make installman
	</tt></b></p><p>Note that if you are upgrading for a previous version 
	of Samba you might like to know that the old versions of 
	the binaries will be renamed with a &quot;.old&quot; extension. You 
	can go back to the previous version with</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make revert
	</tt></b></p><p>if you find this version a disaster!</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888639"></a>Compiling samba with Active Directory support</h3></div></div><p>In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed
	on your system:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the MIT kerberos development libraries
	    (either install from the sources or use a package). The
	    heimdal libraries will not work.</p></li><li><p>the OpenLDAP development libraries.</p></li></ul></div><p>If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then
	  remember to add the configure option --with-krb5=DIR.</p><p>After you run configure make sure that <tt>include/config.h</tt> it generates contains lines like this:</p><pre class="programlisting">
#define HAVE_KRB5 1
#define HAVE_LDAP 1
</pre><p>If it doesn't then configure did not find your krb5 libraries or
	    your ldap libraries. Look in config.log to figure out why and fix
		  it.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2888706"></a>Installing the required packages for Debian</h4></div></div><p>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</p><p>
	</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>libkrb5-dev</li><li>krb5-user</li></ul></div><p>
	</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2888736"></a>Installing the required packages for RedHat</h4></div></div><p>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </p><p>
	</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</li><li>krb5-libs (for linking with)</li><li>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</li></ul></div><p>
	</p><p>in addition to the standard development environment.</p><p>Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need
	to get them off CD2.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888786"></a>Starting the smbd and nmbd</h2></div></div><p>You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either
	as daemons or from inetdDon't try
	to do both!  Either you can put them in <tt>
	inetd.conf</tt> and have them started on demand
	by inetd, or you can start them as
	daemons either from the command line or in <tt>
	/etc/rc.local</tt>. See the man pages for details
	on the command line options. Take particular care to read
	the bit about what user you need to be in order to start
	Samba.  In many cases you must be root.</p><p>The main advantage of starting smbd
	and nmbd using the recommended daemon method
	is that they will respond slightly more quickly to an initial connection
	request.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888853"></a>Starting from inetd.conf</h3></div></div><p>NOTE; The following will be different if 
		you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.</p><p>Look at your <tt>/etc/services</tt>. 
		What is defined at port 139/tcp. If nothing is defined 
		then add a line like this:</p><p><b><tt>netbios-ssn     139/tcp</tt></b></p><p>similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like:</p><p><b><tt>netbios-ns	137/udp</tt></b></p><p>Next edit your <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> 
		and add two lines something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting">
		netbios-ssn stream tcp nowait root /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd smbd 
		netbios-ns dgram udp wait root /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd nmbd 
		</pre><p>The exact syntax of <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> 
		varies between unixes. Look at the other entries in inetd.conf 
		for a guide.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns 
		(note the underscore) in <tt>/etc/services</tt>. 
		You must either edit <tt>/etc/services</tt> or
		<tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> to make them consistent.</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>On many systems you may need to use the 
		<b>interfaces</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to specify the IP address 
		and netmask of your interfaces. Run ifconfig 
		as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your
		net. nmbd tries to determine it at run 
		time, but fails on some unixes. 
		</p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Many unixes only accept around 5 
		parameters on the command line in <tt>inetd.conf</tt>. 
		This means you shouldn't use spaces between the options and 
		arguments, or you should use a script, and start the script 
		from <b>inetd</b>.</p></div><p>Restart <b>inetd</b>, perhaps just send 
		it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of 
		nmbd then you may need to kill nmbd as well.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889045"></a>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</h3></div></div><p>To start the server as a daemon you should create 
		a script something like this one, perhaps calling 
		it <tt>startsmb</tt>.</p><pre class="programlisting">
		#!/bin/sh
		/usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D 
		/usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd -D 
		</pre><p>then make it executable with <b>chmod 
		+x startsmb</b></p><p>You can then run <b>startsmb</b> by 
		hand or execute it from <tt>/etc/rc.local</tt>
		</p><p>To kill it send a kill signal to the processes 
		<b>nmbd</b> and <b>smbd</b>.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>If you use the SVR4 style init system then 
		you may like to look at the <tt>examples/svr4-startup</tt>
		script to make Samba fit into that system.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NT4Migration"></a>Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2888159">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888028">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889725">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889980">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890062">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890304">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
This is a rough guide to assist those wishing to migrate from NT4 domain control to
Samba-3 based domain control.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888159"></a>Planning and Getting Started</h2></div></div><p>
In the IT world there is often a saying that all problems are encountered because of
poor planning. The corrollary to this saying is that not all problems can be anticpated
and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticpate most show stopper type situations.
</p><p>
Those wishing to migrate from MS Windows NT4 domain control to a Samba-3 domain control
environment would do well to develop a detailed migration plan. So here are a few pointers to
help migration get under way.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888028"></a>Objectives</h3></div></div><p>
The key objective for most organisations will be to make the migration from MS Windows NT4 
to Samba-3 domain control as painless as possible. One of the challenges you may experience
in your migration process may well be one of convincing management that the new environment
should remain in place. Many who have introduced open source technologies have experienced
pressure to return to a Microsoft based platform solution at the first sign of trouble. 
</p><p>
It is strongly advised that before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network
that every possible effort be made to gain all-round commitment to the change. Firstly, you
should know precisely <span class="emphasis"><em>why</em></span> the change is important for the organisation.
Possible motivations to make a change include:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Improve network manageability</p></li><li><p>Obtain better user level functionality</p></li><li><p>Reduce network operating costs</p></li><li><p>Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support</p></li><li><p>Avoid MS License 6 implications</p></li><li><p>Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft</p></li></ul></div><p>
It is vital that it be well recognised that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers
an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers some
advantages compared with it. It should also be recognised that Samba-3 lacks many of the
features that Microsoft has promoted as core values in migration from MS Windows NT4 to 
MS Windows 2000 and beyond (with or without Active Directory services).
</p><p>
What are the features that Samba-3 can NOT provide?
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Active Directory Server</p></li><li><p>Group Policy Objects (in Active Direcrtory)</p></li><li><p>Machine Policy objects</p></li><li><p>Logon Scripts in Active Directorty</p></li><li><p>Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory</p></li></ul></div><p>
The features that Samba-3 DOES provide and that may be of compelling interest to your site
includes:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Lower Cost of Ownership</p></li><li><p>Global availability of support with no strings attached</p></li><li><p>Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)</p></li><li><p>Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts</p></li><li><p>Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files</p></li><li><p>Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability</p></li><li><p>Manageability via an ssh connection</p></li><li><p>Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)</p></li><li><p>Ability to implement a full single-signon architecture</p></li><li><p>Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand</p></li></ul></div><p>
Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 it is vital that all necessary factors are
considered. Users should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a
welcome one and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are some of the
factors that will go into a successful migration:
</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889498"></a>Domain Layout</h4></div></div><p>
Samba-3 can be configured as a domain controller, a back-up domain controller (probably best called
a secondary controller), a domain member, or as a stand-alone server. The Windows network security
domain context should be sized and scoped before implementation. Particular attention needs to be
paid to the location of the primary domain controller (PDC) as well as backup controllers (BDCs).
It should be noted that one way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one
chooses to use an LDAP authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different
domains. This means that in a complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, that itself
can be distributed, that can simultaneously serve multiple domains (that can also be widely distributed).
</p><p>
It is recommended that from a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number
of servers, per domain should be scaled according to needs and should also consider server capacity
and network bandwidth.
</p><p>
A physical network segment may house several domains, each of which may span multiple network segments.
Where domains span routed network segments it is most advisable to consider and test the performance
implications of the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is being
designed to serve mulitple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems if the
response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC is more than 100 ms. In situations
where the delay is too long it is highly recommended to locate a backup controller (BDC) to serve as
the local authentication and access control server.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889551"></a>Server Share and Directory Layout</h4></div></div><p>
There are few cardinal rules to effective network design that can be broken with impunity.
The most important rule of effective network management is that simplicity is king in every
well controlled network. Every part of the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex
it is, the greater will be the demand of keeping systems secure and functional.
</p><p>
The nature of the data that must be stored needs to be born in mind when deciding how many
shares must be created. The physical disk space layout should also be taken into account
when designing where share points will be created. Keep in mind that all data needs to be
backed up, thus the simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to keep track of what must
be backed up to tape or other off-line storage medium. Always plan and implement for minimum
maintenance. Leave nothing to chance in your design, above all, do not leave backups to chance:
Backup and test, validate every backup, create a disaster recovery plan and prove that it works.
</p><p>
Users should be grouped according to data access control needs. File and directory access 
is best controlled via group permissions and the use of the &quot;sticky bit&quot; on group controlled
directories may substantially avoid file access complaints from samba share users.
</p><p>
Many network administrators who are new to the game will attempt to use elaborate techniques
to set access controls, on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions.
There is the ever present danger that that administrator's successor will not understand the
complex mess that has been inherited. Remember, apparent job security through complex design
and implementation may ultimately cause loss of operations and downtime to users as the new
administrator learns to untangle your web. Keep access controls simple and effective and
make sure that users will never be interrupted by the stupidity of complexity.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889612"></a>Logon Scripts</h4></div></div><p>
Please refer to the section of this document on Advanced Network Adminsitration for information
regarding the network logon script options for Samba-3. Logon scripts can help to ensure that
all users gain share and printer connections they need.
</p><p>
Logon scripts can be created on-the-fly so that all commands executed are specific to the
rights and privilidges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through
group membership so that group information can be used to custom create a logong script using
the <tt>root preexec</tt> parameters to the <tt>NETLOGON</tt> share.
</p><p>
Some sites prefer to use a tool such as <tt>kixstart</tt> to establish a controlled
user environment. In any case you may wish to do a google search for logon script process controls.
In particular, you may wish to explore the use of the Microsoft knowledgebase article KB189105 that
deals with how to add printers without user intervention via the logon script process.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889670"></a>Profile Migration/Creation</h4></div></div><p>
User and Group Profiles may be migrated using the tools described in the section titled Desktop Profile
Management.
</p><p>
Profiles may also be managed using the Samba-3 tool <tt>profiles</tt>. This tool allows
the MS Windows NT style security identifiers (SIDs) that are stored inside the profile NTuser.DAT file
to be changed to the SID of the Samba-3 domain.
</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889700"></a>User and Group Accounts</h4></div></div><p>
It is possible to migrate all account settings from an MS Windows NT4 domain to Samba-3. Before
attempting to migrate user and group accounts it is STRONGLY advised to create in Samba-3 the
groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain <span class="emphasis"><em>AND</em></span> to connect these to
suitable Unix/Linux groups. Following this simple advice will mean that all user and group attributes
should migrate painlessly.
</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889725"></a>Steps In Migration Process</h3></div></div><p>
The approximate migration process is described below.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
You will have an NT4 PDC that has the users, groups, policies and profiles to be migrated
</p></li><li><p>
Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc.
</p></li></ul></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 31.1. The Account Migration Process</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>Create a BDC account for the samba server using NT Server Manager</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Samba must NOT be running</p></li></ol></li><li><p>rpcclient NT4PDC -U Administrator%passwd</p><ol type="a"><li><p>lsaquery</p></li><li><p>Note the SID returned</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net getsid -S NT4PDC -w DOMNAME -U Administrator%passwd</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net getlocalsid</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID, now check that all three SIDS reported are the same!</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net rpc join -S NT4PDC -w DOMNAME -U Administrator%passwd</p></li><li><p>net rpc vampire -S NT4PDC -U administrator%passwd</p></li><li><p>pdbedit -l</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - did the users migrate?</p></li></ol></li><li><p>initGrps.sh DOMNAME</p></li><li><p>net groupmap list</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Now check that all groups are recognised</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net rpc campire -S NT4PDC -U administrator%passwd</p></li><li><p>pdbedit -lv</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - check that all group membership has been migrated</p></li></ol></li></ol></div><p>
Now it is time to migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files.
More later.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889980"></a>Migration Options</h2></div></div><p>
Based on feedback from many sites as well as from actual installation and maintenance
experience sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba
based solution fit into three basic categories.
</p><div class="table"><a name="id2889997"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types</b></p><table summary="The 3 Major Site Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Number of Users</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>&lt; 50</td><td><p>Want simple conversion with NO pain</p></td></tr><tr><td>50 - 250</td><td><p>Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity</p></td></tr><tr><td>&gt; 250</td><td><p>Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890062"></a>Planning for Success</h3></div></div><p>
There are three basic choices for sites that intend to migrate from MS Windwows NT4
to Samba-3.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Simple Conversion (total replacement)
	</p></li><li><p>
	Upgraded Conversion (could be one of integration)
	</p></li><li><p>
	Complete Redesign (completely new solution)
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream problems:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	Take sufficient time
	</p></li><li><p>
	Avoid Panic
	</p></li><li><p>
	Test ALL assumptions
	</p></li><li><p>
	Test full roll-out program, including workstation deployment
	</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="id2890135"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices</b></p><table summary="Nature of the Conversion Choices" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Simple</th><th>Upgraded</th><th>Redesign</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Make use of minimal OS specific features</p></td><td><p>Translate NT4 features to new host OS features</p></td><td><p>Decide:</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3</p></td><td><p>Copy and improve:</p></td><td><p>Authentication Regime (database location and access)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Make least number of operational changes</p></td><td><p>Make progressive improvements</p></td><td><p>Desktop Management Methods</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Take least amount of time to migrate</p></td><td><p>Minimise user impact</p></td><td><p>Better Control of Desktops / Users</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Live versus Isolated Conversion</p></td><td><p>Maximise functionality</p></td><td><p>Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out)</p></td><td><p>Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890304"></a>Samba Implementation Choices</h3></div></div><pre class="programlisting">
Authentication database back end
	Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server)
	Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs
	External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain

Database type
	smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, MySQLsam

Access Control Points
	On the Share itself (Use NT4 Server Manager)
	On the file system
	Unix permissions on files and directories
	Posix ACLs enablement in file system?
	Through Samba share parameters
		Not recommended - except as only resort

Policies (migrate or create new ones)
	Group Policy Editor (NT4)
	Watch out for Tattoo effect

User and Group Profiles
	Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local
	to a Roaming profile Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs
	(NTUser.DAT)

Logon Scripts (Know how they work)

User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux
	username map facility may be needed
	Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups
	Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration
NOTE:
If migrating to LDAP back end it may be easier to dump initial LDAP database
to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP

	OS specific scripts / programs may be needed
		Add / delete Users
			Note OS limits on size of name (Linux 8 chars)
				NT4 up to 254 chars
		Add / delete machines
			Applied only to domain members (note up to 16 chars)
		Add / delete Groups
			Note OS limits on size and nature
				Linux limit is 16 char,
				no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd)

Migration Tools
	Domain Control (NT4 Style)
	Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security

Migration Tools
	Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles
	Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS)

Authentication
	New SAM back end (smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)
</pre><p>
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Portability"></a>Chapter 32. Portability</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2889273">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889171">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889194">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890671">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890709">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890716">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890741">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890748">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the 
platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains 
platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889273"></a>HPUX</h2></div></div><p>
HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for
hysterical reasons).  There are two group files, /etc/group and
/etc/logingroup; the system maps UIDs to numbers using the former, but
initgroups() reads the latter.  Most system admins who know the ropes
symlink /etc/group to /etc/logingroup (hard link doesn't work for reasons
too stupid to go into here).  initgroups() will complain if one of the
groups you're in in /etc/logingroup has what it considers to be an invalid
ID, which means outside the range [0..UID_MAX], where UID_MAX is (I think)
60000 currently on HP-UX.  This precludes -2 and 65534, the usual 'nobody'
GIDs.
</p><p>
If you encounter this problem, make sure that the programs that are failing 
to initgroups() be run as users not in any groups with GIDs outside the 
allowed range.
</p><p>This is documented in the HP manual pages under setgroups(2) and passwd(4).
</p><p>
On HPUX you must use gcc or the HP Ansi compiler. The free compiler
that comes with HP-UX is not Ansi compliant and cannot compile
Samba.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889171"></a>SCO Unix</h2></div></div><p> 
If you run an old version of  SCO Unix then you may need to get important 
TCP/IP patches for Samba to work correctly. Without the patch, you may 
encounter corrupt data transfers using samba.
</p><p>
The patch you need is UOD385 Connection Drivers SLS. It is available from
SCO (ftp.sco.com, directory SLS, files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z).
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889194"></a>DNIX</h2></div></div><p>
DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are
needed for Samba to work correctly, but they were left out of the DNIX
C library for some reason.
</p><p>
For this reason Samba by default defines the macro NO_EID in the DNIX
section of includes.h. This works around the problem in a limited way,
but it is far from ideal, some things still won't work right.
</p><p> 
To fix the problem properly you need to assemble the following two
functions and then either add them to your C library or link them into
Samba.
</p><p> 
put this in the file <tt>setegid.s</tt>:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
        .globl  _setegid
_setegid:
        moveq   #47,d0
        movl    #100,a0
        moveq   #1,d1
        movl    4(sp),a1
        trap    #9
        bccs    1$
        jmp     cerror
1$:
        clrl    d0
        rts
</pre><p>
put this in the file <tt>seteuid.s</tt>:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
        .globl  _seteuid
_seteuid:
        moveq   #47,d0
        movl    #100,a0
        moveq   #0,d1
        movl    4(sp),a1
        trap    #9
        bccs    1$
        jmp     cerror
1$:
        clrl    d0
        rts
</pre><p>
after creating the above files you then assemble them using
</p><p><b>as seteuid.s</b></p><p><b>as setegid.s</b></p><p>
that should produce the files <tt>seteuid.o</tt> and 
<tt>setegid.o</tt>
</p><p>
then you need to add these to the LIBSM line in the DNIX section of
the Samba Makefile. Your LIBSM line will then look something like this:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
LIBSM = setegid.o seteuid.o -ln
</pre><p> 
You should then remove the line:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
#define NO_EID
</pre><p>from the DNIX section of <tt>includes.h</tt></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890671"></a>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</h2></div></div><p>
By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an
entry to /etc/hosts as follows:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	127.0.0.1 loopback &quot;hostname&quot;.&quot;domainname&quot;
</pre><p>
</p><p>
This causes Samba to loop back onto the loopback interface.
The result is that Samba fails to communicate correctly with
the world and therefor may fail to correctly negotiate who
is the master browse list holder and who is the master browser.
</p><p>
Corrective Action:	Delete the entry after the word loopback
	in the line starting 127.0.0.1
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890709"></a>AIX</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890716"></a>Sequential Read Ahead</h3></div></div><p>
Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using <b><tt>vmtune -r 0</tt></b> improves 
samba performance significally.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890741"></a>Solaris</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890748"></a>Locking improvements</h3></div></div><p>Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl 
when running samba on solaris. The built in file locking mechanism was
not scalable. Performance would degrade to the point where processes would
get into loops of trying to lock a file. It woul try a lock, then fail,
then try again. The lock attempt was failing before the grant was
occurring. So the visible manifestation of this would be a handful of
processes stealing all of the CPU, and when they were trussed they would
be stuck if F_SETLKW64 loops.
</p><p>
Sun released patches for Solaris 2.6, 8, and 9. The patch for Solaris 7
has not been released yet.
</p><p>
The patch revision for 2.6 is 105181-34
for 8 is 108528-19
and for 9 is 112233-04
</p><p>
After the install of these patches it is recommended to reconfigure
and rebuild samba.
</p><p>Thanks to Joe Meslovich for reporting</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="winbind-solaris9"></a>Winbind on Solaris 9</h3></div></div><p>
Nsswitch on Solaris 9 refuses to use the winbind nss module.  This behavior
is fixed by Sun in patch 113476-05 which as of March 2003 is not in any
roll-up packages.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Other-Clients"></a>Chapter 33. Samba and other CIFS clients</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jim McDonough</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IBM<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jmcd@us.ibm.com">jmcd@us.ibm.com</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">5 Mar 2001</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2890402">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890976">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890983">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or 
		OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891066">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), 
		OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891126">Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) 
		is used as a client?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891155">How do I get printer driver download working 
		for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891218">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891226">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891257">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891287">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891313">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891344">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891361">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891388">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891458">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891475">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891585">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter contains client-specific information.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890402"></a>Macintosh clients?</h2></div></div><p>
Yes. <a href="http://www.thursby.com/" target="_top">Thursby</a> now have a CIFS Client / Server called <a href="http://www.thursby.com/products/dave.html" target="_top">DAVE</a>
</p><p>
They test it against Windows 95, Windows NT and samba for
compatibility issues.  At the time of writing, DAVE was at version
1.0.1. The 1.0.0 to 1.0.1 update is available as a free download from
the Thursby web site (the speed of finder copies has been greatly
enhanced, and there are bug-fixes included).
</p><p> 
Alternatives - There are two free implementations of AppleTalk for
several kinds of UNIX machnes, and several more commercial ones.
These products allow you to run file services and print services
natively to Macintosh users, with no additional support required on
the Macintosh.  The two free omplementations are 
<a href="http://www.umich.edu/~rsug/netatalk/" target="_top">Netatalk</a>, and 
<a href="http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/appletalk/atalk.html" target="_top">CAP</a>.  
What Samba offers MS
Windows users, these packages offer to Macs.  For more info on these
packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
<a href="http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html" target="_top">http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html</a>
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890976"></a>OS2 Client</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890983"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or 
		OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</h3></div></div><p>A more complete answer to this question can be 
		found on <a href="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html" target="_top">
		http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html</a>.</p><p>Basically, you need three components:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer')
			</p></li><li><p>TCP/IP ('Internet support') 
			</p></li><li><p>The &quot;NetBIOS over TCP/IP&quot; driver ('TCPBEUI')
			</p></li></ul></div><p>Installing the first two together with the base operating 
		system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp 
		has already been installed, but you now want to install the 
		networking support, use the &quot;Selective Install for Networking&quot; 
		object in the &quot;System Setup&quot; folder.</p><p>Adding the &quot;NetBIOS over TCP/IP&quot; driver is not described 
		in the manual and just barely in the online documentation. Start 
		MPTS.EXE, click on OK, click on &quot;Configure LAPS&quot; and click 
		on &quot;IBM OS/2 NETBIOS OVER TCP/IP&quot; in  'Protocols'.  This line 
		is then moved to 'Current Configuration'. Select that line, 
		click on &quot;Change number&quot; and increase it from 0 to 1. Save this
		configuration.</p><p>If the Samba server(s) is not on your local subnet, you 
		can optionally add IP names and addresses of these servers 
		to the &quot;Names List&quot;, or specify a  WINS server ('NetBIOS 
		Nameserver' in IBM and RFC terminology). For Warp Connect you 
		may need to download an update for 'IBM Peer' to bring it on 
		the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891066"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), 
		OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</h3></div></div><p>You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client 
		for OS/2 from 
		<a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/" target="_top">
		ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/</a>.
   	See <a href="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html" target="_top">
		http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html</a> for 
		more information on how to install and use this client. In 
		a nutshell, edit the file \OS2VER in the root directory of 
		the OS/2 boot partition and add the lines:</p><pre class="programlisting">
		20=setup.exe
		20=netwksta.sys
		20=netvdd.sys
		</pre><p>before you install the client. Also, don't use the 
		included NE2000 driver because it is buggy. Try the NE2000 
		or NS2000 driver from 
		<a href="ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/" target="_top">
 		ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/</a> instead.
		</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891126"></a>Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) 
		is used as a client?</h3></div></div><p>When you do a NET VIEW or use the &quot;File and Print 
		Client Resource Browser&quot;, no Samba servers show up. This can 
		be fixed by a patch from <a href="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html" target="_top">
		http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html</a>.
		The patch will be included in a later version of Samba. It also 
		fixes a couple of other problems, such as preserving long 
		filenames when objects are dragged from the Workplace Shell 
		to the Samba server. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891155"></a>How do I get printer driver download working 
		for OS/2 clients?</h3></div></div><p>First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is 
		world-readable.  Copy your OS/2 driver files there.  Note 
		that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need 
		to use the original install files, and not copy an installed 
		driver from an OS/2 system.</p><p>Install the NT driver first for that printer.  Then, 
		add to your smb.conf a parameter, os2 driver map = 
		<i><tt>filename</tt></i>&quot;.  Then, in the file 
		specified by <i><tt>filename</tt></i>, map the 
		name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as 
		follows:</p><p><b>nt driver name = os2 &quot;driver 
		name&quot;.&quot;device name&quot;</b>, e.g.:
		HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP LaserJet 5L</p><p>You can have multiple drivers mapped in this file.</p><p>If you only specify the OS/2 driver name, and not the 
		device name, the first attempt to download the driver will 
		actually download the files, but the OS/2 client will tell 
		you the driver is not available.  On the second attempt, it 
		will work.  This is fixed simply by adding the device name
  		 to the mapping, after which it will work on the first attempt.
		</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891218"></a>Windows for Workgroups</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891226"></a>Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</h3></div></div><p>Use the latest TCP/IP stack from microsoft if you use Windows
for workgroups. 
</p><p>The early TCP/IP stacks had lots of bugs.</p><p> 
Microsoft has released an incremental upgrade to their TCP/IP 32-Bit
VxD drivers.  The latest release can be found on their ftp site at
ftp.microsoft.com, located in /peropsys/windows/public/tcpip/wfwt32.exe.
There is an update.txt file there that describes the problems that were
fixed.  New files include WINSOCK.DLL, TELNET.EXE, WSOCK.386, VNBT.386,
WSTCP.386, TRACERT.EXE, NETSTAT.EXE, and NBTSTAT.EXE.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891257"></a>Delete .pwl files after password change</h3></div></div><p>
WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my
password on either the unix box or the PC the safest thing to do is to
delete the .pwl files in the windows directory. The PC will complain about not finding the files, but will soon get over it, allowing you to enter the new password.
</p><p> 
If you don't do this you may find that WfWg remembers and uses the old
password, even if you told it a new one.
</p><p> 
Often WfWg will totally ignore a password you give it in a dialog box.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891287"></a>Configure WfW password handling</h3></div></div><p>
There is a program call admincfg.exe
on the last disk (disk 8) of the WFW 3.11 disk set.  To install it
type EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE Then add an icon
for it via the &quot;Progam Manager&quot; &quot;New&quot; Menu.  This program allows you
to control how WFW handles passwords.  ie disable Password Caching etc
for use with <b>security = user</b>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891313"></a>Case handling of passwords</h3></div></div><p>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> information on <b>password level</b> to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891344"></a>Use TCP/IP as default protocol</h3></div></div><p>To support print queue reporting you may find
that you have to use TCP/IP as the default protocol under
WfWg. For some reason if you leave Netbeui as the default
it may break the print queue reporting on some systems.
It is presumably a WfWg bug.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891361"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><p>
Note that some people have found that setting DefaultRcvWindow in
the [MSTCP] section of the SYSTEM.INI file under WfWg to 3072 gives a
big improvement. I don't know why.
</p><p>
My own experience wth DefaultRcvWindow is that I get much better
performance with a large value (16384 or larger). Other people have
reported that anything over 3072 slows things down enourmously. One
person even reported a speed drop of a factor of 30 when he went from
3072 to 8192. I don't know why.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891388"></a>Windows '95/'98</h2></div></div><p>
When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba
is being used. Please NOTE that the above change will affect you once these
updates  have been installed.
</p><p> 
There are more updates than the ones mentioned here. You are referred to the
Microsoft Web site for all currently available updates to your specific version
of Windows 95.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Kernel Update: KRNLUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>Ping Fix: PINGUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>RPC Update: RPCRTUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>TCP/IP Update: VIPUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>Redirector Update: VRDRUPD.EXE</p></li></ol></div><p>
Also, if using MS OutLook it is desirable to install the OLEUPD.EXE fix. This
fix may stop your machine from hanging for an extended period when exiting
OutLook and you may also notice a significant speedup when accessing network
neighborhood services.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891458"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><p>
Configure the win95 TCPIP registry settings to give better
performance. I use a program called MTUSPEED.exe which I got off the
net. There are various other utilities of this type freely available.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891475"></a>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</h2></div></div><p> 
There are several annoyances with Windows 2000 SP2. One of which
only appears when using a Samba server to host user profiles
to Windows 2000 SP2 clients in a Windows domain.  This assumes
that Samba is a member of the domain, but the problem will
likely occur if it is not.
</p><p> 
In order to server profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2 
clients (when not operating as a PDC), Samba must have 
<b>nt acl support = no</b>
added to the file share which houses the roaming profiles.
If this is not done, then the Windows 2000 SP2 client will
complain about not being able to access the profile (Access 
Denied) and create multiple copies of it on disk (DOMAIN.user.001,
DOMAIN.user.002, etc...).  See the 
<a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> man page
for more details on this option.  Also note that the 
<b>nt acl support</b> parameter was formally a global parameter in
releases prior to Samba 2.2.2.
</p><p> 
The following is a minimal profile share:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	[profile]
		path = /export/profile
		create mask = 0600
		directory mask = 0700
		nt acl support = no
		read only = no
</pre><p>
The reason for this bug is that the Win2k SP2 client copies
the security descriptor for the profile which contains
the Samba server's SID, and not the domain SID.  The client
compares the SID for SAMBA\user and realizes it is
different that the one assigned to DOMAIN\user.  Hence the reason
for the &quot;access denied&quot; message.
</p><p>
By disabling the <b>nt acl support</b> parameter, Samba will send
the Win2k client a response to the QuerySecurityDescriptor
trans2 call which causes the client to set a default ACL
for the profile. This default ACL includes 
</p><p><b>DOMAIN\user 	&quot;Full Control&quot;</b></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This bug does not occur when using winbind to
create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891585"></a>Windows NT 3.1</h2></div></div><p>If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows 
NT 3.1 workstations, read <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;%5BLN%5D;Q103765" target="_top">this Microsoft Knowledge Base article</a>.

</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SWAT"></a>Chapter 34. SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2890961">SWAT Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890837">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891873">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891946">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892010">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892118">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892167">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892216">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892261">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892300">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892316">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
There are many and varied opinions regarding the usefulness or otherwise of SWAT.
No matter how hard one tries to produce the perfect configuration tool it remains
an object of personal taste. SWAT is a tool that will allow web based configuration
of samba. It has a wizard that may help to get samba configured quickly, it has context
sensitive help on each smb.conf parameter, it provides for monitoring of current state
of connection information, and it allows network wide MS Windows network password
management.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890961"></a>SWAT Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><p>
There are network administrators who believe that it is a good idea to write systems
documentation inside configuration files, for them SWAT will aways be a nasty tool. SWAT
does not store the configuration file in any intermediate form, rather, it stores only the
parameter settings, so when SWAT writes the smb.conf file to disk it will write only
those parameters that are at other than the default settings. The result is that all comments
will be lost from the smb.conf file. Additionally, the parameters will be written back in
internal ordering.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
So before using SWAT please be warned - SWAT will completely replace your smb.conf with
a fully optimised file that has been stripped of all comments you might have placed there
and only non-default settings will be written to the file.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890837"></a>Enabling SWAT for use</h3></div></div><p>
SWAT should be installed to run via the network super daemon. Depending on which system
your Unix/Linux system has you will have either an <tt>inetd</tt> or
<tt>xinetd</tt> based system.
</p><p>
The nature and location of the network super-daemon varies with the operating system
implementation. The control file (or files) can be located in the file 
<tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> or in the directory <tt>/etc/[x]inet.d</tt>
or similar.
</p><p>
The control entry for the older style file might be:
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	# swat is the Samba Web Administration Tool
	swat stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat
</pre><p>
A control file for the newer style xinetd could be:
</p><p>
</p><pre class="programlisting">
	# default: off
	# description: SWAT is the Samba Web Admin Tool. Use swat \
	#              to configure your Samba server. To use SWAT, \
	#              connect to port 901 with your favorite web browser.
	service swat
	{
		port    = 901
		socket_type     = stream
		wait    = no
		only_from = localhost
		user    = root
		server  = /usr/sbin/swat
		log_on_failure  += USERID
		disable = yes
	}
</pre><p>

</p><p>
Both the above examples assume that the <tt>swat</tt> binary has been
located in the <tt>/usr/sbin</tt> directory. In addition to the above
SWAT will use a directory access point from which it will load it's help files
as well as other control information. The default location for this on most Linux
systems is in the directory <tt>/usr/share/samba/swat</tt>. The default
location using samba defaults will be <tt>/usr/local/samba/swat</tt>.
</p><p>
Access to SWAT will prompt for a logon. If you log onto SWAT as any non-root user
the only permission allowed is to view certain aspects of configuration as well as
access to the password change facility. The buttons that will be exposed to the non-root
user are: <span class="emphasis"><em>HOME, STATUS, VIEW, PASSWORD</em></span>. The only page that allows
change capability in this case is <span class="emphasis"><em>PASSWORD</em></span>.
</p><p>
So long as you log onto SWAT as the user <b>root</b> you should obtain
full change and commit ability. The buttons that will be exposed includes:
<span class="emphasis"><em>HOME, GLOBALS, SHARES, PRINTERS, WIZARD, STATUS, VIEW, PASSWORD</em></span>.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891873"></a>Securing SWAT through SSL</h3></div></div><p>
Lots of people have asked about how to setup SWAT with SSL to allow for secure remote
administration of Samba. Here is a method that works, courtesy of Markus Krieger
</p><p>
Modifications to the swat setup are as following: 
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	install OpenSSL 
	</p></li><li><p>
	generate certificate and private key

	</p><pre class="programlisting">
	root# /usr/bin/openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -nodes -config \
	 	/usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \
		-out /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -keyout /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem
	</pre></li><li><p>
	remove swat-entry from [x]inetd 
	</p></li><li><p>
	start stunnel

	</p><pre class="programlisting">
	root# stunnel -p /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -d 901 \
		 -l /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat 
	</pre></li></ul></div><p>
afterwards simply contact to swat by using the URL &quot;https://myhost:901&quot;, accept the certificate
and the SSL connection is up.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891946"></a>The SWAT Home Page</h3></div></div><p>
The SWAT title page provides access to the latest Samba documentation. The manual page for
each samba component is accessible from this page as are the Samba-HOWTO-Collection (this 
document) as well as the O'Reilly book &quot;Using Samba&quot;.
</p><p>
Administrators who wish to validate their samba configuration may obtain useful information
from the man pages for the diganostic utilities. These are available from the SWAT home page
also. One diagnostic tool that is NOT mentioned on this page, but that is particularly
useful is <b>ethereal</b>, available from <a href="http://www.ethereal.com" target="_top">
http://www.ethereal.com</a>.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
SWAT can be configured to run in <span class="emphasis"><em>demo</em></span> mode. This is NOT recommended
as it runs SWAT without authentication and with full administrative ability. ie: Allows
changes to smb.conf as well as general operation with root privilidges. The option that
creates this ability is the <b>-a</b> flag to swat. DO NOT USE THIS IN ANY
PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT - you have been warned!
</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892010"></a>Global Settings</h3></div></div><p>
The Globals button will expose a page that allows configuration of the global parameters
in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
	<b>Basic</b> - exposes common configuration options.
	</p></li><li><p>
	<b>Advanced</b> - exposes  configuration options needed in more 
	complex environments.
	</p></li><li><p>
	<b>Developer</b> - exposes configuration options that only the brave
	will want to tamper with.
	</p></li></ul></div><p>
To switch to other than <span class="emphasis"><em>Basic</em></span> editing ability click on either the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> or the <span class="emphasis"><em>Developer</em></span> dial, then click the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Commit Changes</em></span> button.
</p><p>
After making any changes to configuration parameters make sure that you click on the 
<span class="emphasis"><em>Commit Changes</em></span> button before moving to another area otherwise
your changes will be immediately lost.
</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
SWAT has context sensitive help. To find out what each parameter is for simply click the
<b>Help</b> link to the left of the configurartion parameter.
</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892118"></a>Share Settings</h3></div></div><p>
To affect a currenly configured share, simply click on the pull down button between the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Share</em></span> and the <span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Share</em></span> buttons,
select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Share</em></span> button, to delete the share simply press the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Share</em></span> button.
</p><p>
To create a new share, next to the button labelled <span class="emphasis"><em>Create Share</em></span> enter
into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the 
<span class="emphasis"><em>Create Share</em></span> button.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892167"></a>Printers Settings</h3></div></div><p>
To affect a currenly configured printer, simply click on the pull down button between the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Printer</em></span> and the <span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Printer</em></span> buttons,
select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Printer</em></span> button, to delete the share simply press the
<span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Printer</em></span> button.
</p><p>
To create a new printer, next to the button labelled <span class="emphasis"><em>Create Printer</em></span> enter
into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the 
<span class="emphasis"><em>Create Printer</em></span> button.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892216"></a>The SWAT Wizard</h3></div></div><p>
The purpose if the SWAT Wizard is to help the Microsoft knowledgable network administrator
to configure Samba with a minimum of effort.
</p><p>
The Wizard page provides a tool for rewiting the smb.conf file in fully optimised format.
This will also happen if you press the commit button. The two differ in the the rewrite button
ignores any changes that may have been made, while the Commit button causes all changes to be
affected.
</p><p>
The <span class="emphasis"><em>Edit</em></span> button permits the editing (setting) of the minimal set of
options that may be necessary to create a working samba server.
</p><p>
Finally, there are a limited set of options that will determine what type of server samba
will be configured for, whether it will be a WINS server, participate as a WINS client, or
operate with no WINS support. By clicking on one button you can elect to epose (or not) user
home directories.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892261"></a>The Status Page</h3></div></div><p>
The status page serves a limited purpose. Firstly, it allows control of the samba daemons.
The key daemons that create the samba server environment are: <b> smbd, nmbd, winbindd</b>.
</p><p>
The daemons may be controlled individually or as a total group. Additionally, you may set
an automatic screen refresh timing. As MS Windows clients interact with Samba new smbd processes
will be continually spawned. The auto-refresh facility will allow you to track the changing
conditions with minimal effort.
</p><p>
Lastly, the Status page may be used to terminate specific smbd client connections in order to
free files that may be locked.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892300"></a>The View Page</h3></div></div><p>
This page allows the administrator to view the optimised smb.conf file and if you are
particularly massochistic will permit you also to see all possible global configuration
parameters and their settings.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892316"></a>The Password Change Page</h3></div></div><p>
The Password Change page is a popular tool. This tool allows the creation, deletion, deactivation
and reactivation of MS Windows networking users on the local machine. Alternatively, you can use
this tool to change a local password for a user account.
</p><p>
When logged in as a non-root account the user will have to provide the old password as well as
the new password (twice). When logged in as <b>root</b> only the new password is
required.
</p><p>
One popular use for this tool is to change user passwords across a range of remote MS Windows
servers.
</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="speed"></a>Chapter 35. Samba performance issues</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Paul Cochrane</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Dundee Limb Fitting Centre<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt>&lt;<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2891608">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891653">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892541">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892584">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892637">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892660">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892717">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892759">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892781">Client tuning</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891608"></a>Comparisons</h2></div></div><p>
The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are
trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to
programs that use the same protocol. The most readily available
programs for file transfer that use TCP are ftp or another TCP based
SMB server.
</p><p>
If you want to test against something like a NT or WfWg server then
you will have to disable all but TCP on either the client or
server. Otherwise you may well be using a totally different protocol
(such as Netbeui) and comparisons may not be valid.
</p><p>
Generally you should find that Samba performs similarly to ftp at raw
transfer speed. It should perform quite a bit faster than NFS,
although this very much depends on your system.
</p><p>
Several people have done comparisons between Samba and Novell, NFS or
WinNT. In some cases Samba performed the best, in others the worst. I
suspect the biggest factor is not Samba vs some other system but the
hardware and drivers used on the various systems. Given similar
hardware Samba should certainly be competitive in speed with other
systems.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891653"></a>Socket options</h2></div></div><p>
There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the
performance of a TCP based server like Samba.
</p><p>
The socket options that Samba uses are settable both on the command
line with the -O option, or in the smb.conf file.
</p><p>
The <b>socket options</b> section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page describes how
to set these and gives recommendations.
</p><p>
Getting the socket options right can make a big difference to your
performance, but getting them wrong can degrade it by just as
much. The correct settings are very dependent on your local network.
</p><p>
The socket option TCP_NODELAY is the one that seems to make the
biggest single difference for most networks. Many people report that
adding <b>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</b> doubles the read 
performance of a Samba drive. The best explanation I have seen for this is
that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892541"></a>Read size</h2></div></div><p>
The option <b>read size</b> affects the overlap of disk
reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being
transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and
SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing
the data before it has received the whole packet from the network, or
in the case of SMBreadbraw, it begins writing to the network before
all the data has been read from disk.
</p><p>
This overlapping works best when the speeds of disk and network access
are similar, having very little effect when the speed of one is much
greater than the other.
</p><p>
The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation has been
done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best
value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is
pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892584"></a>Max xmit</h2></div></div><p>
At startup the client and server negotiate a <b>maximum transmit</b> size,
which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the
maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <b>max xmit = </b> option
in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that 
Samba will accept, but not the maximum size that the *client* will accept.
The client maximum receive size is sent to Samba by the client and Samba
honours this limit.
</p><p>
It defaults to 65536 bytes (the maximum), but it is possible that some
clients may perform better with a smaller transmit unit. Trying values
of less than 2048 is likely to cause severe problems.
</p><p>
In most cases the default is the best option.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892637"></a>Log level</h2></div></div><p>
If you set the log level (also known as <b>debug level</b>) higher than 2
then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the
server flushes the log file after each operation, which can be very
expensive. 
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892660"></a>Read raw</h2></div></div><p>
The <b>read raw</b> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
file read operation. A server may choose to not support it,
however. and Samba makes support for <b>read raw</b> optional, with it
being enabled by default.
</p><p>
In some cases clients don't handle <b>read raw</b> very well and actually
get lower performance using it than they get using the conventional
read operations. 
</p><p>
So you might like to try <b>read raw = no</b> and see what happens on your
network. It might lower, raise or not affect your performance. Only
testing can really tell.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892717"></a>Write raw</h2></div></div><p>
The <b>write raw</b> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
file write operation. A server may choose to not support it,
however. and Samba makes support for <b>write raw</b> optional, with it
being enabled by default.
</p><p>
Some machines may find <b>write raw</b> slower than normal write, in which
case you may wish to change this option.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892759"></a>Slow Logins</h2></div></div><p>
Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using
the lowest practical <b>password level</b> will improve things. 
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892781"></a>Client tuning</h2></div></div><p>
Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for
example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP
performance. Check the sections on the various clients in 
<a href="#Other-Clients" title="Chapter 33. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and Other Clients</a>.
</p></div></div></div></div></body></html>